Complete 2014 Syllabus - Alberta Music Festival Association

11 downloads 161 Views 2MB Size Report
Piano, woodwind, classical guitar, speech, vocal, musical theatre, brass, strings, music ...... CHORAL SPEECH ELEMENTARY SCHOOL – GRADES 4 - 6. 15.
Revised Oct 31

THE ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION

2014 Syllabus

www.albertamusicfestival.org

THE ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION affiliated with

THE FEDERATION OF CANADIAN MUSIC FESTIVALS is grateful for the assistance of the

2014 PROVINCIAL FESTIVALS CHORAL MAY 8 - 10 McDOUGALL UNITED CHURCH - EDMONTON, ALBERTA.

SOLO, ENSEMBLE & CHORAL SPEECH MAY 28 – 31 ALBERTA COLLEGE CONSERVATORY OF MUSIC, GRANT MacEWAN UNIVERSITY & McDOUGALL UNITED CHURCH EDMONTON, ALBERTA.

2014 NATIONAL FESTIVAL August 14 – 16 Kelowna, B.C.

THE ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION

Under the Distinguished Patronage of HIS HONOUR, THE HONOURABLE COLONEL (RET’D) DONALD ETHELL Lieutenant-Governor of Alberta THE HONOURABLE ALISON REDFORD Premier of Alberta THE HONOURABLE HEATHER KLIMCHUK Minister of Culture Present the

2014 PROVINCIAL SYLLABUS

Alberta Music Festival Association Mission Statement To promote and develop music and speech arts in Alberta through performance and workshop-style adjudications.

TABLE OF CONTENTS AMFA Introductory Pages 2013/2014 Board Members ................... 9 Member Festivals Contact Information ... 10 Changes in 2014 Syllabus ..................... 1 FAQ About the Festivals........................ 2 Glossary of Terms................................. 5 Provincial Festival Classes/Fees ........... 19 Local Festival Information Rules Governing Local Festivals ............ 13 List of Local Classes ............................ 15 Local Festival Classes • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Band.............................................21 Brass ............................................61 Chamber .......................................24 Choral (Community)...................... 107 Choral Speech .............................. 103 Choral (School) ............................ 115 Family Music ................................ 110 Guitar ...........................................43 Handbells ......................................71 Harp .............................................73 Music Composition ..........................29 Musical Theatre ............................ 135 Orchestra ......................................23 Orff Ensembles...............................72 Percussion .....................................68 Piano Concerto Classes ....................78 Piano Plan I ...................................74 Piano Plan II ..................................86 String ...........................................31 Speech Bibliography............... 102/106 Speech .........................................93 Vocal .......................................... 125 Popular Vocal ............................... 142 Woodwind .....................................51

School Classes • • • •

Brass ............................................67 Handbells ......................................71 Percussion ............................... 70 Popular Vocal ............................... 147

School Classes continued • • • • • •

Musical Theatre ............................ 141 Recorder ....................................... 60 Speech ....................................... 100 Strings.......................................... 42 Vocal .......................................... 144 Woodwind ..................................... 59

Provincial National Classes Information • • • • • • • • • •

17000 Chamber ............................. 26 30000 String ................................. 39 37000 Guitar ................................. 48 40000 Woodwind............................ 56 50000 Brass .................................. 64 70000 Piano .................................. 83 90000-90009 Community Choral .... 112 90000-90009 School Choral ........... 122 93000 Vocal ................................ 132 97000 Musical Theatre .................. 138

Provincial Festival Information Provincial Festival Rules ........................... 148 Provincial Festival Classes......................... 152 2013 Provincial Festival Winners................ 154 Provincial Festival Statistics ...................... 158 Provincial Donors....................................... 162 National Information The 2014 National Syllabus is located at the end of this syllabus or may be downloaded from www.fcmf.org or www.albertamusicfestival.org Alberta Winners at National Music Festival (1973 to 2013) .............. 159 2013 National Music Festival Alberta Reps & Winners ...................... 160 Greetings from the Federation of Canadian Music Festivals ..................... 161 Become a Friend of the Provincial Festival .......................... 164

CHANGES TO 2014 SYLLABUS Watch for ÆÆ

New in 2014ÆÆ

throughout the syllabus.

Area of Change

Details

Throughout Syllabus

Pages pertaining specifically to the Provincial Festival and the National Festival have been branded with their respective logos for easier identification. The Local classes are now the first classes listed in each syllabus. • Each Local Provincial National Class o Chamber – 17000 o String – 30000 o Guitar – 39000 o Woodwind – 40000 o Brass – 50000 o Piano – 70000 o Choral – 90000 – 90090 o Vocal – 93000 o Musical Theatre - 97000 is now located on the page after the Provincial Festival Class FAQ and is no longer at the beginning of each section of the syllabus.

Local Classes Provincial National Classes information

This should enable those competitors or teachers who are only interested in the Local and perhaps the Provincial stream, to access the Local Festival information without having to read through all the Provincial National information. •

Provincial National Musical Theatre class

Each Provincial National class now consists of three pages: • The Local Provincial National Class page • Provincial National Festival FAQ • National Festival FAQ thereby putting all the Provincial National information together.

Local and Provincial classes have been added to enable those senior Musical Theatre competitors to be eligible for the new National Musical Theatre class. See Page 138 for further information.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 1

F.A.Q. – PROVINCIAL FESTIVALS Are you attending the Provincial Festival as a participant, teacher, or parent? Never heard of the Provincial Music Festival or AMFA? Need to know where to park, what to wear, or if there is a cost of admission? Here you will find a list of the most common questions & answers in regards to the Alberta Provincial Music Festival. Please note that the following information is informal in nature, to help answer some of the most common questions. If you are attending the festival as a participant, make sure to read the complete AMFA Provincial Festival Rules found in this syllabus.

General Information What is AMFA?

The Alberta Music Festival Association

Who belongs to AMFA?

AMFA is an association of 39 local festivals. All are entitled to send qualified representatives to the Provincial Festival. The emphasis of all the festivals is classical style music. Exception: Musical Theatre There are other components such as speech arts and musical theatre at the local and Provincial levels and some local festivals offer some opportunities for the performance of pop music and dance (neither of which are included at the Provincial festival). Annual Provincial Festivals are held to provide competition for selected representatives from local festivals. Adjudicators from Canada and abroad are engaged to offer constructive criticism as well as to choose winners in the various areas of performance. Rules for participation in all festivals (Local, Provincial and National) are printed in an annual syllabus. The syllabus is available on-line at www.albertamusicfestival.org. It is generally posted by mid October for the festivals that will be held in the following calendar year. There may be a local addendum to the Provincial Syllabus which will be available from your local festival Always read the rules and guidelines well ahead of time as it is in your best interest to be aware of the rules so that you choose the right classes and music for your performance. Remember the absence of a rule prohibiting certain kinds of music, the use of technology, etc. does not mean that such things are acceptable. Should you have any questions check with your local festival for clarification. Piano, woodwind, classical guitar, speech, vocal, musical theatre, brass, strings, music composition, chamber, choral (community and school) and choral speech. ALL classes at the Provincial Level are solo except for Chamber Group, Choral and Choral Speech classes.

What kind of music is performed? Is there speech, pop music or dance? Why is the Provincial Festival held? Are the adjudicators local? How do I find a list of classes that I can enter at my local festival?

Why should I read the rules and guidelines in the syllabus?

What classes are offered at the Provincial festival?

Provincial Festival Attendance Information Where and when is the Provincial Festival?

The Provincial Festivals are held in Edmonton: • The Choral Festival runs from Thursday to Saturday, May 8 to 10, 2014. Performances are in McDougall United Church, 10025—101 St. • The second part of the Festival for Solos, Ensembles and Choral Speech takes place Wednesday to Saturday, May 28 to 30, 2014, at Alberta College campus of MacEwan University located at 10050 McDonald Drive. • The two locations are neighbouring buildings. The location of the Festival Office for both sections of the Festival is in Room 101 in Alberta College Campus of MacEwan University. There are usually three sessions per day, morning, afternoon, and evening.

When do I need to arrive and how long do I need to stay?

You should plan to arrive before the beginning of your session. If your class is divided into two sessions, you are welcome to sit in on the session before or after yours. Published editions of your music or speech selections should be turned in 15 minutes before the beginning of your session—usually to the adjudicator’s secretary at the competition venue. Adjudication sheets and certificates are presented only when the whole class is finished. However, the adjudicator will make comments at the end of the first session of a two part class. If you are in the first part of a two part class and cannot stay, you should pick up your music at the end of the session and then a) make arrangements for someone to pick up your adjudication sheet and your certificate or b) stop at the Festival Office located in room 101 at Alberta College and request that your adjudication sheet and certificate be mailed to you.

Are practice rooms available?

Yes. Please note these are warm-up rooms—not suitable for a full rehearsal. The rooms are in Alberta College and in McDougall Church. There are no warm-up facilities for choral speech. The number of rooms available each year depends on what other events are scheduled at the College. Booking the rooms begins one hour before the scheduled class starting time and is handled at a table located in the main foyer of Alberta College. When you have booked a warm up room you need to be at the room and ready to go to the room immediately. You will have 15 minutes in the room. If no one is waiting you may stay longer unless you have been told that the room must be vacated after your 15 minutes is up. Advance booking for other sessions is not permitted.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 2

What should I wear?

What you wear should be appropriate for the circumstances. Revealing clothing and bare midriffs are never acceptable. At the very least, guys should wear dress pants and a clean shirt. In musical theatre, you will be in costume. In some speech classes you may wear at least a suggestion of a costume. If you are a younger student, 12 and under, dress clothes that you might wear for a special occasion are appropriate. In senior classes, dress is more formal. A suit for males and a long dress for females are not overdressing. Both genders may choose to wear black slacks and a black top. Jewellery, if worn at all, should be small pieces and should not “jingle”.

When do I find out where and when I perform?

You may download an “At-a-Glance” schedule at www.albertamusicfestival.org that shows the days for each class. This may have been given to you by your local festival. If the class is completed in one session, then you will know when your class is scheduled. If the class spans two sessions, you will know just as soon as is possible. Until all entries have been submitted by all local festivals the complete schedule is subject to change. However, changes will be in the number of sessions, not the day. Be sure to check our website often as changes will be posted as soon as they become available.

Provincial Festival Performance Information For a more detailed description of Performance rules and guidelines, please see the AMFA Provincial Festival Rules found in this syllabus. I forgot my music! What happens?

What if my selections take longer to perform than the time limit for my class?

The adjudicator must have a published edition of your selection—music or speech—which must be complete with solo and accompaniment parts. No photocopies will be accepted (exception, Music Composition). Go to the Festival office which is located in Room 101 in Alberta College and speak to the Provincial Administrator, who may be able to assist you. If a published edition cannot be located and assuming that you and your accompanist can go ahead with the performance, you will get an adjudication only—not a mark, and therefore not able to place in the class. The time limits for the various classes are in the syllabus on Page 20 and again on Page 152. If your performance is longer than the time limit, you will receive adjudication only—no mark and no placement in the class.

Can I use music to perform, or do I have to memorize my pieces?

Regardless of the rules at your local festival, all selections performed at the Provincial Festival must be done from memory. The competitor using music will only receive an adjudication and will not receive a mark or be able to place in the class. Exceptions are made for Chamber Groups and Choirs who may choose to use their music.

Since my performance in my local festival I’ve worked really hard on another selection and I’d like to play that instead. May I?

No. If you perform a selection other than those submitted by your local festival, you will be disqualified meaning that you will receive adjudication only, no mark and no placement in the class. Changes in selections must be approved by the Provincial Administrator. No changes are permitted within 10 days of the start of the Festival.

If I place first in my class, do I have to do anything special?

Yes, you need to go to the Festival Office and write a thank you note to the donors of your scholarship cheque and plaque. You will not be given the cheque until after you have written the thank you cards. No. If you or your accompanist use rooms scheduled for performances, you will be disqualified.

Is there a chance for me to practice in the room in which I’ll be performing?

Provincial Festival Audience Information Are there admission costs to the festival?

Performers and accompanists are allowed admission to all competition venues at no cost. Parents, grandparents, teachers and general public are expected to pay a $5.00 admission fee. This admission is good for the whole day. Even if someone is going to see just your performance, payment is expected. The costs of putting on the festival do not change even if any one person just goes to one session. Admissions are an important source of revenue for the Provincial Festival.

Can my family/teacher/friends come to my performance?

Yes. The Provincial Festival is open to the public. Everyone attending the festival must pay a $5.00 per day admission fee unless they are a performer or accompanist. For Choral and Choral Speech participants, free admission is given to the performing groups of that day, which includes teachers and chaperones. Note to performers: if you wish to attend the festival on a day that you are NOT performing, you will have to pay the $5.00 admission fee.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 3

What is Audience etiquette?

If you wish to attend the festival as an audience member, you should be aware of the following etiquette rules. Each class is competing for trophies and scholarships, some are competing for National class placement, and certain Choral classes are recorded for future adjudication. As a result these rules are very important to maintain a proper and level field of competition. •





Audience members are to remain seated and quiet during performances. If necessary, you may leave the performance hall in-between performance, but please note that you will not be allowed back into the hall until there is a break inbetween performance. Note: Families with small children are welcome to attend the classes, but please note that a silent and seated audience is required for the class to commence, and classes can run anywhere from 1-4 hours. If your young child is found to be a disturbance (crying, running, misbehaving) you may be asked to leave the performance hall. Discretion is advised. Please be sure to turn off any cell phones, pagers, or any devices that make audible noise before the class begins (turn OFF, not "silent" or "vibrate" mode). Anyone found using a cell phone or allowing an audible device to disrupt a performance will be removed from the performance hall. Photography, video and audio recording is permitted of your child's performance only. No flash photography is permitted, so be sure to turn the flash OFF on your camera. No video or audio recording of the adjudication is permitted.

National Festival Information How do I enter the National Festival?

What will I perform at Nationals?

You need to enter the local festival with the intent of proceeding on to the National Festival and so you must enter a Provincial National Class at the local festival. Then you will need to be recommended to the Provincial Festival and also recommended from the Provincial Festival to the National Festival. You are strongly advised to read the rules of the National Festival. They are available as an appendix to the Provincial Syllabus and on the National Festival website (www.fcmf.org). Requirements and repertoire are very specific at all levels leading to the National level. Generally you will perform the same program that you performed at Provincials. In those disciplines where the National Festival requirements exceed the Provincial requirements you will need to add the missing required elements if you did not perform your National Festival program in its entirety at the Provincial Festival.

If I am not competing in a Provincial National class may I still be recommended to go to the National Festival?

No. In order to go to the Nationals you must be the winner of a Provincial National class and have received the Provincial adjudicator’s written recommendation to represent Alberta at the National Music Festival.

If recommended, does my choir have to travel to the National Festival?

No. All winners of Provincial National Choral classes who are recommended to represent Alberta at the National Festival will do so by CD.

Still need answers? Very often your local festival contact person will be able to provide them. If not, contact the Provincial Administrator or the Assistant Provincial Administrator. See following pages for contact information.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 4

GLOSSARY OF TERMS Accompaniment - A subordinate part for Instruments, voices or ensembles – usually piano although one or more instruments are allowed in some classes. Action Song - A song having definite actions that all the children are expected to perform. Adult - Of legal age in Alberta. Amateur - A person whose principal means of livelihood is not obtained from the performance of music in the particular discipline in which he or she is competing. This stipulation does not, however, preclude such a person having occasionally received remuneration for musical services rendered, even in the area in which he or she is competing. Aria - An elaborate, accompanied, vocal solo from an opera, operetta or cantata. Art Song - The Art Song was a creation of the late 18th and early 19th centuries and continues into the 20th and 21st centuries. These songs were written for voice with piano accompaniment. Composers such as Mozart, Schumann, Brahms, Schubert, Britten, Quilter, Barber, Bernstein, Rorem, Coulthard, Fleming, etc. were inspired to write music to enhance existing poetry. NOTE: The language of the song, if other than English, determines the class to be entered. Associate Standard - Refers to a selection of advanced difficulty that must be of at least post Grade 10 or equivalent level. Lists are available in the RCM and Conservatory Canada syllabi. Bach String Solo - A composition written for unaccompanied solo string. Ballad – (as used in Musical Theatre) - Music with a slower tempo, often of a serious nature. See Up-tempo Ballad/Traditional Air - A narrative poem, often of unknown origin and written in short stanzas. Was originally sung to a repeated tune. Baroque Music - Music composed in or around the Baroque Period, circa 1600-1760. Canadian Composer/Author - A person born in Canada, one who has resided in Canada for at least five years, or a naturalized citizen.

Chamber Music - A term that originally referred to music not intended for the church, the theatre, or public concert hall. It no longer implies a place of performance, but refers to music written for three, four or more instruments played with one instrument to a “part”, all the parts having equal importance. Choir/Chorus - A group of 13 or more members performing as a single unit. Choral Speech - Is the speaking of a piece of literature by a speech choir. It differs from Choric Drama in that the prime emphasis is on telling the story, rather than acting it out. The focus is on the language and the speaking of the text. There is no movement around the stage, but gestures and simple in-place movements may be used. Variety may be provided through the division of voices, use of solo voices, the physical arrangement of the choir, use of props and the suggestion of a simple costume. Choric Drama - Is distinguished from Choral Speech in that the choir enacts the story, as opposed to just telling the story through language. The choir may use theatrical elements such as dialogue, characterization and movement around the stage. Solo voices are featured and blocking (grouping) of individual speakers may be incorporated. Other theatrical elements such as scenery, costumes and props may be used. Class – each discipline is divided into sub-categories by instrument, and/or by age and/or by grade level. Each is identified by a five digit number. Each is labeled “a Class”. With few exceptions, students may enter only one class in a group of classes. See list of LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES for guidelines regarding groups of local classes.. Classical Guitar - A plucked stringed instrument originating in Spain. Classical - Refers to music of a serious nature, not pop. Not limited to the “Classical period.” Classical Period - Music composed approximately between 1750 and 1830. Classroom Music - Music designed to portray the many facets of the elementary school program. Singing is the main emphasis, but some movement/creative dance and limited use of simple instruments is required. Costumes and stage props may be used.

Canadian Poetry - Published poetry written by a Canadian author (including those works that are in books printed at direct cost to the author). ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 5

Community Band/Choir/Chorus - A group of instrumentalists or singers performing as a unit. The term also refers to a group whose members come from 2 or more schools and who have been selected on the basis of performing ability. Concert Band - A group of musicians playing woodwind, brass and percussion instruments under the direction of a conductor. Concerted Work - Any composition originally written for solo instrument with orchestral accompaniment. In festivals, a piano provides the orchestral part. Concerto - A composition written in several movements usually for solo instrument with orchestral accompaniment. Contemporary/Modern – In music, a work written from 1900 to the present. In Speech Solo Scenes, works written after 1950. Composition, Music - Music composed by the competitor. Creative Story Telling - The story may be either an original work by the performer, or a traditional story, folk tale, family tale, legend, fable or myth. Entrants submit a brief plot outline to the adjudicator. Appropriate sounds, props or movement may be incorporated into the performance provided there is no disruption of the smooth delivery of the story. The performance MUST be in the teller’s own words. Discipline - AMFA defines six disciplines for administrative purposes: Band/Orchestra, Music Composition, Instrumental, Piano, Speech and Voice. Domicile - Refers to the family home. Dramatic Improvisation - The unified presentation of an idea or theme through action and dialogue. It must be spontaneous, unscripted and have clarity and purpose.

Finger-style Guitar - Describes a manner of playing in which the fingertips are used to pluck the strings. Flamenco Guitar - Describes accompaniments used in gypsy folk songs and dances of Spanish music. Folk Guitar - Describes accompaniments of folk songs employing simple chords and arpeggios. Folk Song - Music which has entered into the heritage of the people and which can usually be assigned to no composer, school or period. It has been fashioned and refashioned through many generations by countless individuals and was usually passed on orally. Full Orchestra - A large group of musicians performing as a unit and using string, woodwind, brass and percussion instruments. General Classes - Syllabus classes NOT identified as school classes. General classes are intended for students receiving private lessons. In a choral context, non-school choral groups or school groups from 2 or more schools selected on the basis of ability. See School Classes Gesture - Movement of the hands and arms, that clarifies or emphasizes the meaning and emotional content of a performance. Group Competitor - Two or more individuals performing as a unit. Group of Classes - A competitor may enter only one class in a given Group of Classes. A Group of Classes consists of those classes listed beside each entry on the Local Festival Classes pages. See Rule 8 in the Rules Governing Local Festivals. See List of Local Classes on Page 17. Group Study - A method of teaching a group collectively rather than teaching each person individually.

Duet - Two individuals performing different parts as a unit.

Handbell - A musically tuned bell with a handle made of leather or plastic that allows it to be held in the hand.

Duologue - A speech selection for 2 individuals performing different parts.

Hand/Tonechime - A metal tube slotted and cut to produce a musical sound.

Ensemble - A small group, the required size of which depends upon the class entered. In choral 8 – 12 singers, in chamber 3 – 6 performers.

Impressionism/Impressionistic Idiom - The style of music composed at the time of Debussy and continued by his followers. It conveys moods and emotions aroused by the subject rather than portraying a detailed tone poem.

Family Music - Music performed by a group all of whom, including the accompanist, are members of the same family.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 6

Instrumental - Generally refers to the string, woodwind, brass and percussion families, but includes the singing voice and the speaking voice as separate instruments. It also has a more specialized meaning as one of the Disciplines. Lieder - A distinctive type of German vocal solo composition that was an outcome of the Romantic Movement of the late 18th and early 19th centuries. In lieder the quality of the verse is very important. The piano part is more than an accompaniment and, as does the vocal part, demands artistic interpretation. Light Opera/Operetta - A type of comic or lighthearted opera containing spoken dialogue. Lyric Poetry - Is distinguished by its intense personal feeling and unified by the poet’s consistent response to an incident or idea. Lyric poetry frequently exhibits a graceful, fluid rhythm and an evocative pattern of sound. It is reflective poetry, and although a lyric may relate an incident or episode, the story element is of secondary importance. Movement and gesture, if any, should be restrained and should never draw attention away from the language. See also Narrative Dramatic Poetry Madrigal - A composition for several voices, performed unaccompanied. The texts of a madrigal are usually secular. Medley – a piece composed from parts of existing pieces, played one after another, sometimes overlapping.

Narrative/Dramatic Poetry - Is poetry that tells a story and stresses plot and action. It often contains dialogue, characterization and conflict. Although narrative/dramatic poetry may contain lyrical or descriptive passages, it usually minimizes or ignores the poet’s expression of personal feelings. Movement and gestures should flow naturally from the text and the performer’s interpretation. See Lyric Poetry Obligato - An accompaniment that has a distinct character and independence providing special or unusual effects and is an integral part of the composition. Operatic Solo - See Aria. Oratorio - Drama which may be sacred or secular and set to music. It contains all the elements of an opera, but is seldom staged. Partner Song – two different songs that have a similar harmonic structure and length, so they may be sung together. Piano Quick Study - A class in which a competitor performs a selection within 24 hours of receiving the music. Plectrum Guitar - Describes a manner of playing in which a small piece of plastic is used to strum the strings. Popular Vocal - Is non-classical in style and includes Movie/TV/Pop, vocal jazz, country and western and contemporary gospel music. Does NOT include Musical Theatre.

Mime - Is a silent art form that uses body and face as instruments of communication. The art of mime is based on careful and sensitive observation, and the translation of that observation, along with thoughts and emotion into movement and expression so as to express a mood or present a scenario. The performer must communicate character, storyline, location and emotion clearly. Skills such as economy of movement, eye focus, the ability to position objects and maintain consistency of distance are vital. While classical mime skills may be incorporated into the mime work, the focus is on the piece as an artistic whole – as a scene driven by personal communication.

Prescribed Selection - A test piece that is listed in the current syllabus for a specific class.

Mixed Choir/Chorus - A group of female and male singers performing as a unit.

Props - Objects used to enhance a presentation usually in musical theatre, some solo speech classes, choral speech and choric drama. They may be hand-held (a purse, a glass, a mop) or be stage props (a doorway, a stool, a table and chair). Stage props are set up before the performance begins. In all cases, props should be simple, limited in number and an integral part of the performance. Only ONE stage prop is allowed in a solo performance.

Modern/Contemporary - See Contemp./Modern. Musical Theatre/Broadway Musical – A stage production or movie musical that incorporates the elements of acting, song and movement. Not to include TV, pop songs or movie theme songs.

Private Lessons – regular scheduled instruction on a continuing basis under the guidance of a recognized instructor receiving compensation for such instruction. Production Number - A vocal presentation assisted by a background ensemble. Professional - A person whose principal means of livelihood is obtained from the practice of music in the particular category in which he or she is competing.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 7

Prose Solo - A prose selection may be fiction or nonfiction from a published story, essay, novel or the like. Public Domain - Means the author has been dead for at least fifty years and therefore the work is out of copyright. Quartet - Four individuals performing different parts as a unit. Quintet - Five individuals performing different parts as a unit. Readers Theatre - Is a form of group interpretation that can represent the staging of all kinds of literature. It is a presentational, nonrealistic form of production that includes the audience’s imaginative participation as a scripting and staging principle. It emphasizes the experience in the text and appeals to the audience’s ability to imagine. The actors may be seated, movement is limited and scripts may be used as props.

Selection • A stand-alone piece of music. • One, and only one, portion of a song cycle (NOTE: exception allowed in Provincial National Vocal class) • One, and only one, piece from a collection of pieces or as prescribed as a requirement in either the Royal Conservatory of Music, Conservatory Canada or other recognized syllabus. • One or more movements of a multi-movement composition e.g. sonata, concerto or concerted work. Senior - Usually refers to the level of achievement. In Provincial classes, refers to those 17 years and over. Sight Singing/Reading/Playing - The performance of a selection by a competitor who has had only a few minutes preparation.

Rhythm Band - A group of performers playing very simple instruments, usually percussive. A component of the elementary school program.

Sonata - A composition usually written in three or four movements for solo instrument with or without piano accompaniment. The solo instrument and accompaniment are of equal importance, although generally only the soloist is adjudicated.

Romantic Music - Music composed between 1830 and 1900.

Sonnet Sequence - Two sonnets with a similar theme, not necessarily by the same author.

Sacred - A selection using a religious theme or a religious text set to music. It should be “classical” in style but not an oratorio.

Special Study - Classes for competitors who are in the beginning stages of study.

Sacred Reading - The oral communication, in English, of a passage taken from any faith’s holy text. School Band/Choir/Chorus - A group of at least 13 performers, usually from one school, performing as a unit. See Rule 516 under “Rules Governing the Provincial Festival”. School Classes are so identified in the Syllabus. They are intended for students receiving musical or speech instruction in a classroom setting. That does not preclude receiving extra coaching from their school teacher. Students receiving private lessons may not enter classes identified as “school classes” unless part of a group entry. See Private Lessons Sea Shanty - A song originally sung by sailors. Similar in origins to a folk song. Selected Voice Choir/Chorus - A choir or chorus whose members are selected or “hand picked”. The standard of performance is higher than that which is expected of an unselected choir.

Story Telling - See Creative Story Telling. String Orchestra - A group of musicians using only string instruments and performing as a unit. Traditional Air/Ballad - See Ballad/Traditional Air. Transcription - The arrangement of a composition originally written for one instrument but adapted for another. Trio - Three individuals performing different parts as a unit. Unaccompanied - A selection written for solo or group and performed without instrumental assistance. Unchanged Voice - Refers to a singer, usually male, whose voice has not yet “broken” - changed from an adolescent to an adult sound. Up-tempo – as used in musical theatre, music with a lively tempo, often comedy.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 8

EXECUTIVE MEMBERS 2013/2014 Provincial Administrator Wendy Durieux 37 Beech Crescent Olds AB T4H 1L8 Phone: (403) 556-3038 Cell: (403) 559-6166 [email protected] President Norma Jean Atkinson 35 – 701 Beacon Hill Fort McMurray AB T9H 3R4 Phone: (780) 743-5053 [email protected] Past President Vacant [email protected] Vice President Anne Carrier Box 1058 Medicine Hat, AB T1A 7H1 Phone: (403) 504-1923 [email protected] Treasurer Bev Sweet 102 Aspen Ridge Crescent Wetaskiwin AB T9A 3N7 Phone: (780) 352-7339 Fax: (780) 352-2040 [email protected]

Director Fay Durocher 40 Sunset Close Cochrane, AB T4C 0B3 Cell Phone: (403) 968-9925 [email protected] Director Esther Madsen 418 Conifer Street Sherwood Park, AB T8A 1N1 Phone: (780) 464-0664 [email protected] Director Heather Bedford-Clooney 14004 – 75 Ave. NW Edmonton, AB T5R 2Y6 Phone: (780) 488-3498 [email protected] Assistant Provincial Administrator, Fundraising & Public Relations Dianne Johnstone Box 44 Provost, AB T0B 3S0 Res: (780) 753-6152 Fax: (780) 753-3502 [email protected] Syllabus Coordinator Sharon Cook 272 Wood Crest Place SW Calgary, AB T2W 3S3 Cell: (403) 860-2337 Bus: (403) 283-6009 Bus Fax: (403) 283-2631 [email protected]

AMFA Web Page http://www.albertamusicfestival.org

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 9

2013–2014 MEMBER FESTIVALS AIRDRIE ROTARY FESTIVAL OF THE PERFORMING ARTS Jill Jackson 234 Williamstown Cl. NW, Airdrie, AB T4B 0X9 Phone: 403-975-5455 [email protected] [email protected] airdrierotaryfestival.org Festival: March 12 – 22, 2014 Entry closing date: February 12, 2014 Concert: March 22, 2014 ATHABASCA AND DISTRICT MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION Ida Edwards Box 3080, Athabasca, AB T9S2B6 Phone: 780-675-4524 [email protected] Festival: March 13 – 20, 2014 Entry closing date: January 24, 2014 Concert: March 21, 2014

Festival Dates: March 17 – 26, 2014 Entry closing date: February 1, 2014 Final Concert: April 9 – 10, 2014

CROWSNEST PASS MUSIC FESTIVAL Bev Merkley PO Box 487, Coleman, AB T0K 0M0 Phone: 403-668-4067, 403-975-2415 [email protected] [email protected]

BROOKS MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION Nadine Harshenin BMFA Box 814, Brooks, AB T1R 1B7 Phone: 403-363-4311 [email protected] www.brooksmusicfestival.ca

Festival: March 11 – 14, 2014 Entry closing date: January 31, 2014 Concert: March 16, 2014

Festival: March 23 – 28, 2014 Entry closing date: January 31, 2014 Concerts: April 1 & April 3, 2014

T2G 2R7

Festival: February 24 – March 13, 2014 Entry closing dates: Nov 18, 2013 (Piano) Dec. 2, 2013 ( all other) Concerts: March 15, 2014 (see website for details)

Festival: March 24 – 28, 2014 Entry closing date: January 18, 2014 Concert: March 29, 2014

COLD LAKE MUSIC FESTIVAL Melinda Brown 1708 – 7 St. Cold Lake, AB T9M 1M7 Phone: 780-639-9904 [email protected]

March 11 – 19, 2014 Entry closing date: February 3, 2014 Concert: April 1, 2014

Festival: March 10 – 15, 2014 Entry closing date: Feb. 1, 2014 Concert: TBA

CAMROSE & DISTRICT MUSIC FESTIVAL Cathy Kennedy 4407 – 66 St. Camrose, AB T4V 2S6 Phone: 780-679-0122 [email protected] www.camrosemusicfestival.ca

Festival: March 17 – 28, 2014 Entry closing date: February 10, 2014 Concert: March 28, 2014

CORONATION MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION Marilyn Thornton Box 1062, Coronation, AB T0C 1C0 Phone: 403-575-0202 [email protected] www.coronationmusicfestival.com

BARRHEAD ROTARY MUSIC FESTIVAL Festival President Box 4153, Barrhead, AB T7N 1A2 [email protected]

CALGARY KIWANIS MUSIC FESTIVAL Mary Ross Suite 201, 4014 Macleod Trail SE. Calgary, AB Phone: 403-283-6009 [email protected] www.calgarykiwanisfestival.ca

CARDSTON & DISTRICT ROTARY MUSIC & SPEECH FESTIVAL Cathy Mitchell Box 2253, Cardston, AB T0K 0K0 Phone: 403-653-2733 [email protected]

DRAYTON VALLEY KIN CLUB PERFORMING ARTS FESTIVAL Theresa Dufault Site 411, Box 3, Comp 12, RR 3, Drayton Valley, AB T7A 2A3 Phone: 780-542-5538 [email protected] Festival: April 14 – 28, 2014 Entry closing date: January 31, 2014 Concert: May 1, 2014 DRUMHELLER & DISTRICT MUSIC FESTIVAL Lynn Edwards Box 2877, Drumheller, T0J 0Y0 Phone: 403-823-7483 [email protected] Entries: [email protected] Festival: March 17 – 28, 2014 Entry Closing Date: January 24, 2014 Concert: March 28, 2014

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 10

EDMONTON KIWANIS MUSIC FESTIVAL Heather Bedford-Clooney 14004 – 75 Ave. Edmonton, AB T5R 2Y6 Phone: 780-488-3498 [email protected] www.edmontonkiwanis.com

KALYNA COUNTRY PERFORMING ARTS ASSOCIATION Judy Taylor c/o Kalyna Festival Box 135, St. Michael. AB T0B 4B0 Phone: 780-895-7471 [email protected]

Festival: April 14 – May 2, 2014 Entry closing date: January 31, 2014 (midnight) Concert: Opening Gala – April 13, 2014

Festival: March 1 – 4, 2014 Entry closing date: January 15, 2014 Concert: March 9, 2014

FORT MCMURRAY OILSANDS ROTARY MUSIC FESTIVAL Norma Jean Atkinson 230 Powder Drive, Fort McMurray, AB T9K 0W8 Phone: 780-3150 (Office), 780-743-8500 (fax) [email protected], [email protected] www.oilsandsmusic.org

LAC LA BICHE & DISTRICT MUSIC FESTIVAL Mysoon Tarrabain RR1 Site 631 Comp 41, Lac La Biche, AB T0A 2C1 Phone: 780-623-4215 [email protected]

Festival: March 10 - May 2, 2014 Entry closing date: Piano & Music Composition Jan 21-23 - Early Bird Jan 24 - Final Closing Date All other disciplines Feb 4-6 - Early Bird Feb 7 - Final Closing Date Concert: May 3 - 2:00 pm (12 & under) 7:00 pm (13 & over)

LACOMBE & DISTRICT MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION Norm Start Box 5236, Lacombe, AB T4L 1W9 Phone: 403-782-6746; [email protected]

FORT SASKATCHEWAN MUSIC FESTIVAL Helen Akerboom 8502 – 100 Ave. Fort Saskatchewan, AB T8L 3B5 Phone: 780-998-5048 [email protected] Festival: March 3 – 12, 2014 Entry closing date: January 17, 2014 Concert: March 16, 2014 GRANDE PRAIRIE & DISTRICT ENCANA MUSIC FESTIVAL Barbara Donkin 9863 – 67 Ave. Grande Prairie, AB T8W 2T3 Phone: 780-505-2461 [email protected] www.gpmusicfestival.ca Festival: TBA Entry closing date: TBA Concert: TBA HANNA & DISTRICT FESTIVAL FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS Roberta Rehill Box 877, Hanna, AB T0J 1P0 Phone: (403) 854-2229 [email protected] Festival: April 11 – 19, 2014 Entry Closing: February 15, 2014 Concert: May 4, 2014 HIGH RIVER & DISTRICT LIONS MUSIC FESTIVAL Joel Windsor 27 High Ridge Court NW, High River, AB T1V 1Z6 Phone: 403-603-0930 [email protected] highrivermusicfestival.org

Festival: TBA Entry closing date: TBA Concert: TBA

Festival: March 3 – 12, 2014 Entry closing date: January 20, 2014 Concert: March 16, 2014 LEDUC MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATON Teena Van Boom 41 Corinthia Drive, Leduc, AB T9E 4M7 Phone: 780-986-9216 [email protected] Festival: April 9 – 16, 2014 Entry closing date: January 31, 2014 Concert: April 27, 2014 LETHBRIDGE & DISTRICT KIWANIS MUSIC & SPEECH ARTS FESTIVAL Beth Cook 4B, 740 – 4 Ave. S. Lethbridge, AB T1J 0N9 Phone: 403-381-6512; [email protected] www.kiwanislethbridge.org Festival: March 31 – April 12, 2014 Entry closing date: January 15, 2014 Concerts: April 5 (Musical Theatre) April 12 (Showcase) MEDICINE HAT ROTARY MUSIC FESTIVAL Laurie Christiansen Box 1058, Medicine Hat, AB T1A 7H1 Phone: 403-527-0771 (during festival) [email protected] www.rotarymusicfestival.com Festival: March 3 - 16, 2014 Entry closing date: December 31, 2013 Concerts: March 14 (Rose Bowl) March 16 (Stars of the Festival Awards Concert)

Festival: March 24 – April 11, 2014 Entry closing date: December 19, 2013 Concert: See Website for Details

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 11

NORTH PEACE PERFORMING ARTS FESTIVAL Donna Brunham 9718 – 81st Ave. Peace River, AB T8S 1A7 Phone: 780-624-2998 [email protected] www.northpeacefestival.ca

STETTLER & DISTRICT MUSIC FESTIVAL Sherry Rempel Box 1735, Stettler, AB T0C 2L0 Phone: 403-742-5157 [email protected] http://www.stettlermusicfestival.com/

Festival: March 23 – April 4, 2014 Entry closing date: January 15, 2014 Concert: April 4, 2014 OLDS & DISTRICT KIWANIS MUSIC FESTIVAL Wendy Durieux 37 Beech Cres. Olds, AB T4H 1L8 Phone: 403-556-8962 [email protected] www.oldskiwanis.org

Festival: April 1 – 12, 2014 Entry closing dates: January 15 (Dance) January 31 (Vocal, Piano, Musical Theatre) February 7 (School, Band, Speech) Concert: April 15, 2014

Festival: March 20 – April 3, 2014 Entry closing date: February 1, 2014 Concerts: March 29 (Musical Theatre Showcase) April 11 (Grand Concert) PARKLAND MUSIC FESTIVAL RJ Chambers Box 3784, Spruce Grove, AB T7X 3B1 Phone: 780-919-9132 [email protected] Festival: March 18 – 22, 2014 Entry closing date: February 1, 2014 Concert: March 23, 2014 PROVOST MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION Darlene Downing Box 904, Provost, AB T0B 3S0 Phone: 780-753-0710 [email protected] Festival: March 23 – 28, 2014 Entry closing date: January 23, 2014 Concert: March 29, 2014 RED DEER FESTIVAL OF THE PERFORMING ARTS Ashley Miller 187 Douglas Ave., Red Deer, AB T4R 2G2 Phone: 403-392-8820 [email protected] Festival: April 22 – 27, 2014 Entry closing date: January 31, 2014 Concert: May 3, 2014 ST. ALBERT ROTARY MUSIC FESTIVAL Maryan Threndyle 14 Glenhaven Cres. St. Albert, AB T8N 1A5 Phone: 780-419-2658 [email protected] Festival: April 2 – 12, 2014 Entry closing date: January 25, 2014 Concert: April 20, 2014 SHERWOOD PARK MUSIC FESTIVAL Janelle Orr 73 Charwin Road, Sherwood Park, AB T8H 2S6 Phone: 780-464-0553 [email protected] www.spmf.org Festival: April 21 - 25, 2014 Entry closing date: February 4, 2014 Concert: April 27, 2014

THREE HILLS & DISTRICT ARTS FESTIVAL Marilyn Sept Box 2870, Three Hills, AB T0M 2A0 Phone: 403-443-7011 [email protected] Festival: March 10 – 14, 2014 Entry closing date: February 14, 2014 Concert: March 14, 2014 VERMILION & DISTRICT MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION Cathy Wolters 4406-49 Ave., Vermilion AB T9X 1P7 Phone: 780-853-6334 [email protected] Festival: March 31 – April 4, 2014 Entry closing date: January 18, 2014 Concert: April 6, 2014 WETASKIWIN MUSIC FESTIVAL Bev Sweet Bev Sweet 102 Aspen Ridge Cres. Wetaskiwin, AB Phone: 780-352-7339 Fax: 780-352-2040 [email protected]

T9A 3N7

Festival: March 28 – April 4, 2014 Entry closing date: January 17, 2014 Concert: April 4, 2014 WHITECOURT ROTARY MUSIC FESTIVAL Dr. Diane Ferguson Box 2376, Whitecourt, AB T7S 1W3 Phone: 780-778-8914 [email protected]; www.whitecourtmusicfestival.com Festival: April 7 – 11, 2014 Entry closing date: March 4, 2014 Concert: April 15, 2014 YELLOWKNIFE MUSIC FESTIVAL Festival Administrator Classics on Stage Yellowknife Box 1142, Yellowknife NT X1A 2Nb [email protected] Festival: April 29 – May 7, 2014 Entry closing date: February 28, 2014 Concert: May 7, 2014

Dance classes The following festivals offer dance: Brooks, Camrose, Coronation, Drumheller, Hanna, Kalyna County, St. Albert and Stettler. For more information contact the festivals listed.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 12

Rules Governing the Local Festivals 8.

A competitor may enter only once in a Group of Classes. A Group of Classes consists of those classes listed beside each entry on the Local Festival Classes pages. Exception: Competitors may enter more than once in a Group of classes if they are playing a different instrument.

See “Rules Governing the Provincial Festival” for local addendum classes that may be eligible for provincial recommendation.

9

A festival may establish additional rules that shall apply only to that festival. Except for classes otherwise designated, selections of music are expected to be of a serious “classical” nature. (See the Glossary.)

A member of a duet or ensemble may enter more than once in a class provided that he or she performs a different part, plays a different instrument, or is the conductor.

10. A competitor taking private vocal lessons may not enter a school vocal class.

A local festival may publish an Addendum to accompany the Provincial and National Syllabi. The Addendum includes information that applies particularly to the local festival organization. Please check your local addendum for changes or modifications to classes, rules or regulations.

It is the responsibility of every competitor to be familiar with the Rules Governing Local Festivals, the Rules Governing the Provincial Festival, meanings of the terms in the Glossary, and any rules or regulations established by the local festival in its Local Addendum. A competitor who is interested in eligibility requirements for the National Festival should consult their local festival contact person or the Provincial Administrator of AMFA. Local festivals reserve the right to refuse any entry. MANAGEMENT 1. Each festival is managed by a committee. Questions concerning a festival should be directed to the local contact person. Decisions of the committee are final.

11. A. The winner of a solo (other than a Provincial National) class may enter the same class in any subsequent Provincial Festival after sitting out two festival years. Notes: • The winner of a solo class at the National Music Festival may compete in a Provincial Festival using the same instrument after sitting out two festival years. • The National Festival Grand Award winner may not compete in any subsequent Provincial Festival using the same instrument. B. The winner of a solo (other than a Provincial National ) class may not enter a lower age class in the same discipline in any subsequent year. SELECTIONS AND PERFORMANCE Festivals may use any grading system. Suggested grading system: • 90% or over Superior • 85-89% Distinction • 80-84% Honours • Below 80% Merit A grade of at least 80% must be achieved to receive a First Place Certificate.

2.

Each festival reserves the right to delete classes or to add classes upon request.

3.

Adjudicators’ decisions regarding performance are final.

4.

At no time may a teacher or competitor engage the adjudicator in conversation prior to or during any performance for that adjudicator. Such an approach may result in the competitor’s disqualification.

13. A festival is not permitted to replace any selection listed in the Syllabus without the approval of the Provincial Administrator or Syllabus Coordinator.

5.

A protest can be considered only if it is made in accordance with regulations established by the festival.

14. Names of publishers are included for guidance only. Any standard edition of a selection may be used.

Refer to Glossary the definition of a selection.

COMPETITORS 6. The age of a competitor is established as of December 31 preceding the festival. 7.

The festival movement is “amateurs”. (See the Glossary)

intended

for

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 13

15. A solo competitor may not perform the same selection in the same festival in the following two festival years. EXCEPTION: In the Piano concerto classes the 1st movement may be repeated in the second and third years provided that in the second year it is augmented by the 2nd movement and in the third year all three movements are performed. 16. A competitor may perform a selection only once using the same solo instrument during a given festival. 17. In classes with “own choice” selections, the total performance must not exceed 20 minutes unless otherwise stated. See preamble before classes for details. Exceptions: Complete Concerto classes for Strings (34350 - 34380) Complete Concerto classes for Piano (74090) Provincial National classes - 60 minutes. 18. A complete published score, including solo and accompaniment music, not a photocopy except as provided by Rule 19, must be provided for the adjudicator. The first bar of each line in music scores must be numbered. Each selection should be clearly marked with the class and competitor number. 19. Selections: A. Music 1. In every class other than Creative Music a photocopy may be used ONLY if the publisher’s written approval has been given. 2. A photocopy of an accompaniment may be used to ease page turning provided the accompanist has, at the accompanying instrument, a published edition of the selection. 3. In every Music Composition class a photocopy or computer printout must be provided for the adjudicator. B. Speech 1. A published edition must be available for the adjudicator. 20. Each festival reserves the right to disqualify a competitor who is not ready to perform when called.

22. Accompaniments must be played as written. Exceptions: Folk songs, Musical Theatre, and Pop. 23. Each festival sets its own regulations regarding taped accompaniments. 24. No person on or off stage may augment or coach a performance. 25. Any transposition is permitted except in the following classes: Vocal Solo - Bach Aria Vocal Solo - Opera Vocal Solo - Oratorio Competitors must mark their score advising the adjudicator what key the music has been transposed to. 26. The use of tape or cassette recorders, video cameras or any other recording devices may be permitted provided that the user remains stationary and unobtrusive, and records only his or her own competitor. The use of flash cameras is prohibited during a performance or adjudication. Adjudications MUST NOT be recorded. CHORAL, BAND, ORCHESTRA CLASSES 27. Every choir member must be a bona fide member. TEN percent of the choir membership may exceed a specified age limit by no more than two years. Exception: All National Choral classes. See page 114 for age limitations in all National Choral classes. Note: Professional vocalists and teachers of singing may sing in a choir of which they are bona fide members. 28. A choir must consist of at least 13 members. Choirs with fewer members should notify the local festival contact person or the Provincial Administrator of AMFA. 29. When a school entry contains combined grades, the grade having the largest number of students determines the class to be entered. 30. A choir, band or orchestra entry with members from two or more schools, and trained as a unit, may compete as a school entry only if the members have not been selected on the basis of performing ability. Otherwise, it must compete as a non-school choir or as a community band or orchestra.

21. Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 14

LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES • A Group of Classes consists of those class number ranges which are listed below. e.g. School String Solo classes 35710-35770 or Guitar Advanced classes 37400-37470. • A competitor may enter only once in a Group of Classes. EXCEPTION: Competitors may enter more than one class in a Group of Classes only if: 1. they are playing a different instrument 2. in the case of vocal classes, if they are singing in a different voice

BAND/ORCHESTRA

Band ............................................... 21 Elementary Concert School

10000 11000, 11130, 11300, 11530 11060, 11360,

Community Recital School

11030, 11100, 11200, 11230, 11330, 11430, 11160, 11260, 11460, 11560

11600, 11630, 11700, 11730, 11830 11660, 11760, 11860

Community Jazz Band/Ensemble School Community

Orchestra ....................................... 23 15000, 15110, 16000, 16110, 16300, 16410,

String

15010, 15200, 16010, 16200, 16310, 16500,

15100, 15210, 16100, 16210, 16400, 16510,

CHAMBER GROUP ........................... 24 Provincial National Chamber Group

17000 17100-17140

MUSIC COMPOSITION .................. 29 Music Composition School Music Composition

20000-20060 20200-20210

INSTRUMENTAL

Strings............................................ 32 Provincial National Violin Prescribed Own Choice Viola Violoncello Double Bass Any String Instrument (except harp, guitar) J.S. Bach Baroque Classical Romantic Contemporary/Modern Composers Canadian Composers Sonata - Baroque Sonata

33950 34000-34380 34400-34710 34800-35110 35200 35300-35590 35900

School Strings ............................42 Solo Duet Trio Quartet/Quintet Ensemble

35710-35770 35810-35870 36700 36800 36900

Guitar ..............................................43

13000, 13030 13010, 13060

Full

String & Keyboard Sonata Concerto Concert Recital Sight Reading Duet String Ensemble

30000 30100-30220 30300-30440 30600-30670 30790-30920 30950-31060 31070-31240 31250-31600 31700-32050 32200-32550 32600-32950 33000-33350 33400-33630 33700-33930

Classical Guitar Provincial National Prescribed Selection Own Choice Advanced J. S. Bach Transcriptions Renaissance Baroque Classical Romantic Contemporary/Modern Composers Canadian Composers Concert Recital Special Study Adult Popular Duet Ensemble Guitar Solo-Non-classical Flamenco Finger-style Folk Guitar Plectrum

39000 37000-37130 37200-37330 37400-37470 37600-37670 37700-37770 37800-37870 37900-37970 38000-38070 38100-38170 38200-38270 38300-38380 38400-38480 38500-38510 38600 38700 38800 38900 39050 39100-39130 39200 39300-39360

Woodwind .....................................51 Provincial National Piccolo Flute Own Choice Duet Trio Quartet/Quintet Oboe Own Choice English Horn

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 15

40000 41000 41310-41380 41610-41680 41700 41800 42310-42380 43000

Saxophone Alto Saxophone Tenor Saxophone Baritone Saxophone Saxophone Duet Saxophone Trio Saxophone Quartet/Quintet Clarinet Own Choice Alto Clarinet Bass Clarinet Clarinet Duet Clarinet Trio Clarinet Quartet/Quintet Bassoon Own Choice Recorder Own Choice Concert Duet Trio Quartet/Quintet Ensemble Any Woodwind Instrument Own Choice Concerto Sonata Contemporary/Modern Composers Concert Recital Duet Trio Quartet/Quintet Ensemble

44310-44380 44510-44580 44610-44680 44710-44780 44800 44900

Percussion .....................................68

46310-46380

School Percussion .....................70

47310-47380 47410-47480 47610-47680 47700 47800 47910-47980 48000-48050 48100-48140 48200-48240 48300-48340 48400-48440 48500-48540 48600-48640 48700 48800 48900

49010-49070 49110-49170 49200 49300 49400-49450 49470-49480

(excluding recorders) ...................... 54 49510-49570 49610-49670 49700 49800 49900

Brass .............................................. 61 Provincial National Trumpet French Horn Trombone Baritone/Euphonium Tuba Any Brass Instrument Own Choice Concerto Sonata Contemporary/Modern Composers Concert Recital Duet Brass Ensemble

59510-59570 59610-59670 59700 59800 59900

Snare Drum Timpani Mallets Any Percussion Instrument Own choice Concert Duet Ensemble

School Woodwind Solo Duet Trio Quartet/Quintet Ensemble

Solo Duet Trio Quartet/Quintet Ensemble

45310-45380 45400 45500 45610-45680 45700 45800

School Recorder........................ 59 Solo Duet Trio Quartet/Trio Reorder Chorus Recorder Ensemble

School Brass ...............................67

50000 51000-51070 52000-52070 53000-53070 54000-54070 55000-55070 56000-56050 56200-56240 56400-56440 56600-56640 56800-56840 56900-56940 57000-57040 57900

Solo Duet Trio Quartet/Quintet Ensemble

60000-60070 61000-61070 62000-62070 63000-63040 63100-63140 63200-63240 63300 63510-63570 63610-63670 63700 63800 63900

Handbells .......................................71 Chorus Recital

64000-64030 64200-64240

School Handbells School Hand Chimes

64500-64550 64750

Orff Ensembles ..............................72 Division I Division II

65000 65100

Harp.................................................73 Provincial National String Pedal or Lever Latin/Celtic Turlough O’Carolan Carlos Salzedo Own Composition Harp & Voice Harp & Other Instrument Harp Duets Harp Ensembles

30000 67000-67140 67210-67230 67240-67260 67270-67280 67310-67320 67330-67340 67350-67360 67370-67390 67400-67420

PIANO .................................................74 Provincial National Piano

70000

Piano Plan I Prescribed Selection 70010-70140 Own Choice 70200-70350 J.S. Bach 70420-70600 Baroque 70700-70850 Sonata, Haydn & Mozart 71010-71250 Sonata, Beethoven 71310-71550 Sonata, Schubert 71580 Classical 71600-71750 Romantic 71840-71950 Late Romantic 72060-72150 Chopin 72270-72350 Impressionism 72470-72550 Canadian Composers 72600-72750 Contemporary/Modern Composers Classical 73000-73150 Contemporary Idiom 73200-73350 Jazz/Blues/Ragtime 73400-73566 Concert 73710-73850 Recital 73910-74050 Concerto 74070-74090

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 16

Movie/TV/Pop National Anthem Duet Classical Movie/TV/Pop/ Jazz/ Blues/Ragtime Trio Ensemble Sight Reading Quick Study

74380-74530 74540-74550 74560-74700 74720-74860 74900 74920 74940-74950 74980

Piano Plan II ...................................... 86 Own Choice 75200-75310 J.S. Bach 75410-75540 Baroque 75700-75810 Sonata, Haydn & Mozart 76090-76110 Sonata, Beethoven 76190-76210 Sonata, Schubert 76310 Classical 76600-76710 Romantic 76830-76910 Late Romantic 77050-77110 Chopin 77260-77310 Impressionism 77460-77510 Canadian Composers 77600-77710 Contemporary/Modern Composers Classical 78000-78110 Contemporary Idiom 78200-78310 Jazz/Blues/Ragtime 78400-78510 Concert 78710-78810 Recital 78910-79010 Concerto 74070-74090 Movie/TV/Pop 79300-79410 National Anthem 79480-79490 Duet Classical 79500-79610 Movie/TV/Pop/ Jazz/Blues/Ragtime 79700-79810 79811-79822 Trio 79900 Ensemble 79920 Sight Reading 79940-79950 Quick Study 79980 Group 79990

SPEECH .............................................. 93 Narrative/Dramatic Poetry Lyric Poetry Canadian Poetry English Romantic Poetry English Victorian Poetry Twentieth / Twenty-First Century Poetry Alberta Poetry Original Poetry French Poetry Sonnet Sequence Prose Solo Sacred Reading Solo Public Speaking Creative Story Telling Solo Scenes Classical Shakespeare Modern Contemporary Solo Mime Concert Recital

82500-82610 82650-82760 82800-82910 82950-82990 83000-83040 83050-83090 83100-83160 83300-83360 83500-83610 83650-83690 83700-83770 83800-83860 83900-83950 84000-84100 84200-84260 84300-84360 84400-84480 84500-84580 84600-84670 84700-84800 84900-84960

Group Speech ................................100 Duologue Choric Drama Readers Theatre Group Mime Group Scenes Improvisation

85000-85060 85100-85140 85200-85250 85300-85370 85400-85460 85500-85530

Choral Speech ...............................103 Own Choice French

86200-86230 86300-86330

Speech Bibliography..........................106

VOICE

Choral ...................................... 107 Provincial National Choral

Chorus Own Choice Various Church/Sunday School Contemporary/Modern Composers Concert Recital Folk Song - Traditional Movie/TV/Pop Music Ensemble Family Community

90000, 90010, 90020, 90040, 90050, 90070, 90090 90200-90260 90280-90290 90300-90350 90400-90450 90500-90550 90600-90650 90700-90750 90800-90840 90900-90910 90940 90950-90960

School Choral ...............................115 Provincial National Choral School Chorus Own Choice Vocal Ensemble “Classical” Contemporary/Modern Composers Folk Song - Traditional With Instrumental Accompaniment Concert Recital Movie/TV/Pop Classroom Music Action Song Rhythm Band

90010, 90030, 90040, 90060, 90080 91200-91280 91300-91310 91400-91420 91600-91660 91800-91870 92000-92070 92200-92230 92250-92280 92300-92360 92500-92550 92700-92730 92800-92840

Vocal ...............................................125 Provincial National Vocal Boys Prescribed Selection Own Choice Girls Prescribed Selection Own choice Special Study Contemporary/Modern Composers Art Songs American Canadian French

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 17

93000 93010-93110 93210-93350 93410-93510 93610-93750 93800-93820 93850-93990 94000-94040 94050-94090 94100-94140

German (includes Lieder) Great Britain Italian Other Bach Aria Oratorio Concert Recital Duet Trio Quartet Opera Solo Duet Light Opera Solo Duet Folk Song Sacred “Classical” Contemporary/Modern Composers

94150-94190 94200-94240 94250-94290 94300-94340 94400-94420 94430-94460 94500-94600 94700-94800 94900-94950 94980 94990 95000-95110 95120-95130 95200-95230 95300-95330 95500-95730 96010-96140 96210-96340

Musical Theatre ............................ 135 Provincial National Musical Theatre Solo Solo Ballad Solo Up Tempo Duet Trio Production Number

97000 97010-97070 97080-97140 97160-97220 97240-97310 97320 97330

Popular Vocal................................ 142 Contemporary Gospel (Pop Style) Solo 97400-97430 Solo Ballad 97440-97530 Solo Up Tempo 97540-97630 Duet 97650-97720 Trio 97730 Movie/TV/Pop Solo 97740-97750 Solo Ballad 97760-97870 Solo Up Tempo 97880-97990 Duet 98000-98070 Trio 98080

School Vocal.................................. 144 Boys Prescribed Selection Own Choice Girls Prescribed Selection Own Choice Concert Recital Duet

98300-98350 98410-98500 98510-98560 98610-98700 98810-98900 99010-99100 99110-99200

School Musical Theatre ............... 141 Solo Duet Trio Production Number

99210-99301 99310-99400 99410 99420

School Popular Vocal................... 146 Contemporary Gospel Solo Duet Trio Movie/TV/Pop Solo Duet Trio

99450-99540 99550-99640 99650 99710-99800 99810-99900 99950

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 18

PROVINCIAL FESTIVAL CLASSES GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR PROVINCIAL CLASSES ALL PROVINCIAL & PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CLASSES Each festival may send, upon the adjudicators’ recommendation, ONE competitor to each one of the Provincial classes. If competitor is recommended to one of classes 701 to 706 they may also be recommended to 707, 708 or 709. EXCEPTION: PIANO CLASSES Festivals with more than 2000 local entries may send ONE representative to each of 704, 705 & 706 and TWO competitors to each of 701, 702, 703, 707, 708 & 709. PROVINCIAL ENTRY FORMS The forms will be posted on the Provincial website www.albertamusicfestival.org. The Provincial Administrator will notify each festival when the forms are available and provide a log-in and password to the entry forms and other Provincial forms.

More information on the Provincial Festival may be found starting on Page 147 of the Syllabus Time Limit in minutes

FEE

PROVINCIAL CHAMBER 170 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHAMBER GROUP 171 CHAMBER GROUP

60 40

$300 $150

PROVINCIAL MUSIC COMPOSITION 201 MUSIC COMPOSITION – 12 YEARS & UNDER 202 MUSIC COMPOSITION – 16 YEARS & UNDER 203 MUSIC COMPOSITION – SENIOR

18 28 40

$100 $100 $125

PROVINCIAL STRING SOLO 300 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL STRING SOLO 301 VIOLIN SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER 302 VIOLIN SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER 303 VIOLIN SOLO-SENIOR 304 VIOLA – 16 YEARS & UNDER 305 VIOLA SOLO – SENIOR 311 CELLO OR DOUBLE BASS SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER 312 CELLO OR DOUBLE BASS SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER 313 CELLO OR DOUBLE BASS SOLO – SENIOR

60 18 28 40 28 40 18 28 40

$200 $100 $100 $125 $100 $125 $100 $100 $125

PROVINCIAL CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO 390 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO 381 CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – 12 YEARS AND UNDER 382 CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – 16 YEARS AND UNDER 383 CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – SENIOR

60 18 28 40

$200 $100 $100 $125

PROVINCIAL WOODWIND SOLO 400 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL WOODWIND SOLO 401 WOODWIND SOLO – 16 YEARS AND UNDER 402 WOODWIND SOLO – SENIOR

60 28 40

$200 $100 $125

PROVINCIAL BRASS SOLO 500 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL BRASS SOLO 501 BRASS SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER 502 BRASS SOLO – SENIOR

60 28 40

$200 $100 $125

PROVINCIAL PIANO SOLO 700 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL PIANO SOLO 701 PIANO SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER 702 PIANO SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER 703 PIANO SOLO – SENIOR

60 18 28 40

$200 $100 $100 $125

NAME & DESCIPTION OF PROVINCIAL CLASS

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 19

PROVINCIAL PIANO SOLO continued 704 PIANO SOLO – GRADES 5 & 6 705 PIANO SOLO – GRADES 7 & 8 706 PIANO SOLO – GRADES 9 & 10 707 PIANO SOLO – CONCERTO – 1 MOVEMENT 708 PIANO SOLO – CONCERTO – 2 MOVEMENTS 709 PIANO SOLO – CONCERTO – COMPLETE

18 28 40 40 40 40

$100 $100 $125 $100 $100 $125

PROVINCIAL SPEECH SOLO 801 SPEECH SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER 802 SPEECH SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER 803 SPEECH SOLO – SENIOR

18 28 40

$100 $100 $125

PROVINCIAL SCHOOL CHORAL SPEECH 851 CHORAL SPEECH ELEMENTARY SCHOOL – GRADES 1 - 3 852 CHORAL SPEECH ELEMENTARY SCHOOL – GRADES 4 - 6

15 15

$150 $150

PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 900 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 901 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 902 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 903 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 904 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 905 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 906 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 907 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 908 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 909 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL

30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

$150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $150

PROVINCIAL CHORAL 911 CHORAL – 10 YEARS & UNDER 912 CHORAL – 14 YEARS & UNDER 913 CHORAL – 16 YEARS & UNDER 914 CHORAL - 19 YEARS & UNDER 915 CHORAL – ENSEMBLE 916 CHORAL – SENIOR

30 30 30 30 30 30

$150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $150

PROVINCIAL SCHOOL CHORAL CLASSES 971 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CHOIR – GRADES 1-3 972 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CHOIR – GRADES 4-6 973 JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL CHOIR 974 SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL CHOIR 975 SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL ENSEMBLE

30 30 30 30 30

$150 $150 $150 $150 $150

PROVINCIAL VOCAL SOLO 920 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL VOCAL SOLO 921 VOCAL SOLO BOYS – 12 YEARS AND UNDER 922 VOCAL SOLO GIRLS – 12 YEARS AND UNDER 923 VOCAL SOLO BOYS – 16 YEARS AND UNDER 924 VOCAL SOLO GIRLS – 16 YEARS AND UNDER 925 VOCAL SOLO – SENIOR

60 18 18 28 28 40

$200 $100 $100 $100 $100 $125

60

$200

15 15 15 15 15 15

$100 $100 $100 $100 $125 $125

– – – – – – – – – –

19 YRS AND OVER MALES 19 YRS AND UNDER SCHOOL- 19 YRS AND UNDER ENSEMBLE 16 YRS AND UNDER SCHOOL - 16 YEARS AND UNDER 12 YEARS AND UNDER SCHOOL - 12 YEARS AND UNDER 25 YEARS AND UNDER

PROVINCIAL MUSICAL THEATRE SOLO All new class numbers and some new classes. **NEW IN 2014** 937 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL MUSICAL THEATRE SOLO 931 MUSICAL THEATRE SOLO BALLAD – 12 YEARS AND UNDER 932 MUSICAL THEATRE SOLO UPTEMPO – 12 YEARS AND UNDER 933 MUSICAL THEATRE SOLO BALLAD – 16 YEARS AND UNDER 934 MUSICAL THEATRE SOLO UPTEMPO – 16 YEARS AND UNDER 935 MUSICAL THEATRE SOLO BALLAD – SENIOR 936 MUSICAL THEATRE SOLO UPTEMPO – SENIOR

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 20

BAND LOCAL FESTIVAL FAQ Classes

Other Festivals Selections

Are all Band classes listed below available at most festivals? Are there Band classes at the Provincial or National Festivals? Where can we get information about other Band festivals?

Check with your local festival

Are we required to play any of the selections listed below?

No. The selections listed below are suggestions only. NONE of these are required selections for bands. They are only guidelines. Experienced directors may wish to select their own pieces. If you need more selections, see the ABA website for Syllabus listings for prior years.

No Information about a province-wide band festival is available at www.albertabandassociation.com

PLEASE NOTE The band selections listed for Concert Bands Grades I to VI in this syllabus are NOT compulsory! All selections listed are suggestions only. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL BANDS 10000 • • • •

GRADES 4- 6

A competitor MAY NOT enter any other band class. The band MUST consist of recognized band instruments. Time Limit: to be determined by local festival No limit on the number of selections that may be played. The local festival will determine the performance format.

CONCERT BANDS GRADES I - VI • Grade I the least advanced. • Time Limit: to be determined by local festival. • No limit on the number of selections that may be played. • The local festival will determine the performance format.

CONCERT BAND GRADE I 11000 11030 11060

JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL COMMUNITY

SUGGESTED Selections for Grade I A Starlit Night - J. Swearingen (Barnhouse) Theme and Variations - T. Broege (Manhattan Beach) Olympia - B. Balmages (FJH Music) Mystic Runes of Ra’ak - K. Kaisershot (Eighth Note) March Jubilante - E. Lucas (Alfred) Two Canadian Folk Songs - A. McGinty (Queenwood/Kjos) Bartok Suite - Bartok/Clark (Warner Bros.)

CONCERT BAND GRADE II 11100 11130 11160

JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL COMMUNITY

SUGGESTED Selections for Grade II A Childhood Hymn - D. Holsinger (Wingert-Jones) Bosnian Folk Songs - F. Allen (TRN) Korean Folk Rhapsody - J. Curnow (Hal Leonard) Chant and Savage Dance - B. Balmages (FJH) Bugs - D. Shaffer (Barnhouse) Song of the Hebrides - L. Daehn (Daehn Publications) A Tallis Prelude - D. Akey (Queenwood Publications)

CONCERT BAND GRADE III 11200 11230 11260

JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL COMMUNITY

SUGGESTED Selections for Grade III On a Hymnsong of Phillip Bliss - D. Holsinger (TRN Music) Whale Warriors - B. Balmages (FJH Music) Encanto - R. W. Smith (Hal Leonard) The King Across the Water - B. Fraser (G & M Brand / C. Alan) Three Scottish Vistas - W. Owens (FJH) At Morning’s First Light - D. Gillingham (C. Alan) St. Florian Chorale - T. Doss (De Haske)

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 21

CONCERT BAND GRADE IV 11300 11330 11360

JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL COMMUNITY

SUGGESTED Selections for Grade IV Prairie Songs - P. LaPlante (Daehn) Scenes from Old Russia - K. Singleton (Grand Mesa Music) The Spring Sketches - S. Yagisawa (De Haske via HL) Three Celtic Dances - B. Balmages (FJH) Prelude, Siciliano and Rondo - M. Arnold/ Paynter (Carl Fischer) Aquarium - J. DeMeij (De Haske) Three London Miniatures - M. Camphouse (TRN)

CONCERT BAND – RECITAL • The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator. • A movement or several movements may be performed as one selection. TWO or THREE (as specified) selections, own choice, from the following: (a) An arranged selection by a classical composer (b) An original band composition (c) A selection of popular music arranged for band. Grades I and II: TWO selections, one from (a) or (b) and one from (c) Grades III and IV: THREE selections, one from each of (a), (b) and (c)

CONCERT BAND GRADE V 11430 11460

SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL COMMUNITY

SUGGESTED Selections for Grade V Puszta - J. Van der Roost (DeHaske) Bandancing - J. Stamp (KJOS) Hymn to a Blue Hour - J. Mackey (Osti) October - E. Whitacre (Hal Leonard) Metroplex: Three Postcards from Manhattan R. Sheldon (Alfred) Pageant - V. Persichetti/ (Carl Fischer) Handel in the Strand - P. Grainger *Choice of either/or of the faster pieces or play all three as a set. Suite of Old American Dances - R.R. Bennett (Hal Leonard) *Minimum requirement any three movements.

Grades V and VI: THREE selections, one from each of (a), (b) and (c)

GRADES 11600 11630 11660

I and II JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL COMMUNITY

GRADES 11700 11730 11760

III and IV JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL COMMUNITY

GRADES V and VI 11830 SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL 11860 COMMUNITY

CONCERT BAND GRADE VI

JAZZ BAND/ENSEMBLE

11530 11560

TWO contrasting selections, own choice 13000 JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL 13010 JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL – COMMUNITY 13030 SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL 13060 COMMUNITY

SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL COMMUNITY

SUGGESTED Selections for Grade VI Paris Sketches - M. Ellerby (Maecenas Music) Sinfonia no. 3 – La Salsa Mvmt 1 Tumbao R. Sierra (www.subitomusic.com) rental only Suite Française - D. Milhaud (Hal Leonard) Masquerade - V. Persichetti (Theodore Presser) Postcard - F. Ticheli (Manhattan Beach) Heroes Lost and Fallen - D. Gillingham (Hal Leonard) Passacaglia-Homage on Bach - R. Nelson (Ludwig)

School Band teachers are encouraged to enter their students in the SCHOOL INSTRUMENTAL classes in string, woodwind, brass and percussion.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 22

LOCAL FESTIVAL - INFO ORCHESTRA

LOCAL FESTIVAL FAQ Classes

Are all Orchestra classes listed below available at most festivals? Are there Orchestra classes at the Provincial or National Festivals?

National Festival

Check with your local festival

No

LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES FULL ORCHESTRA TWO contrasting selections, own choice FULL ORCHESTRA GRADES I and II 15000 SCHOOL 15010 COMMUNITY FULL ORCHESTRA GRADES III and IV 15100 SCHOOL 15110 COMMUNITY FULL ORCHESTRA GRADES V and VI 15200 SCHOOL 15210 COMMUNITY

STRING ORCHESTRA TWO contrasting selections, own choice STRING ORCHESTRA GRADE I 16000 SCHOOL 16010 COMMUNITY STRING ORCHESTRA GRADE II 16100 SCHOOL 16110 COMMUNITY STRING ORCHESTRA GRADE III 16200 SCHOOL 16210 COMMUNITY STRING ORCHESTRA GRADE IV 16300 SCHOOL 16310 COMMUNITY STRING ORCHESTRA GRADE V 16400 SCHOOL 16410 COMMUNITY STRING ORCHESTRA GRADE VI 16500 SCHOOL 16510 COMMUNITY

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 23

CHAMBER LOCAL FESTIVAL FAQ Local Classes

Are all Local Festival chamber classes listed below available at most festivals?

Check with your local festival.

Instruments

What instruments are acceptable?

They must be recognized orchestral instruments. One voice may be a component of the group.

Music

How many selections need to be played at the Local Festival?

TWO eligible contrasting selections at the local festival level. PLEASE NOTE: Two consecutive movements of one of the selections will be required at Provincial Festival.

Memorization

Does the music have to be memorized?

Memorization is not required. You may choose to play from memory or not. If you do choose to use your music photocopies are not acceptable.

Time Limits

What time limits apply to Classes 17100 to 17140?

There is a 20 minute limit.

Performers

Number of performers in a chamber group?

A minimum of 3 to a maximum of 6 performers, each having their own part.

Piano Reduction

Is a piano reduction acceptable?

No. Piano part must be an original.

LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES CHAMBER GROUP • •

Classes consist of string, woodwind, brass, piano and/or voice. May be accompanied.

TWO contrasting selections, own choice 17100 17110 17120 17130 17140

12 14 16 18 19

AND AND AND AND AND

UNDER UNDER UNDER UNDER OVER

Local PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHAMBER CLASS #17000 information is located on next page

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 24

FAQ - PROVINCIAL FESTIVAL CHAMBER CLASS 171 Edmonton, AB Competing at the Provincial Festival

How do I enter?

You cannot enter the Provincial Festival - you must be recommended by the adjudicator at your local festival.

May I be recommended to more than one Provincial Class?

No. There is only one class at the Provincial Festival other than the Provincial National class. To be eligible for recommendation to the Provincial National Class you would have to have entered and won local Class 17000 or its local festival equivalent.

How many pieces do I have to perform at the Local Festival?

Two contrasting pieces.

How many pieces will I have to perform at the Provincial Festival if recommended?

You must play two (2) contrasting pieces – both must have been adjudicated at the local festival.

Time Limits

How long will I have to perform at the Provincials?

40 minutes

Age

Is there a maximum age at Provincials?

You cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the Provincial Festival. There is not a minimum age.

Entry Form

If I have been recommended do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival?

No, the entry form will be done by the Local festival.

Fees

How much are the fees for the Provincial class?

$150

Memorization

Do I need to have my music memorized?

No. Memorization is not mandatory. If you do choose to use your music photocopies are not acceptable.

Dates

When is the 2014 Provincial Festival Chamber class?

Friday, May 30th at 6:00 pm. The Provincial schedule may be down-loaded at www.albertamusicfestival.org

Place

Where is the Provincial Festival held?

At the Alberta College Campus of Grant MacEwan University in Edmonton. Alberta College is located at 10040 MacDonald Drive (corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street – behind McDougall United Church). It is not part of the City Centre campus of Grant MacEwan which is located on 104th Avenue.

Music

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 25

[ Local Class #17000 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHAMBER CLASS PLEASE NOTE: As the 17000 class is in a different stream from the other local festival classes listed above, you must read the PROVINCIAL NATIONAL information below and on the FAQ on the following page before entering this class. Not all festivals offer this class but they do have an equivalent with similar requirements.

• Only those senior chamber musicians who are performing at or above an minimum associate level and who are interested in competing at the National level should enter Class 17000.

• The adjudicator may recommend a competitor from the local festival to the Provincial Festival but is not required to do so.

• If you are recommended by the adjudicator, you must commit to the Provincial and National festival dates listed in the FAQ or an alternate candidate may be recommended in your place.

TIME LIMIT: 60 minutes or as specified in your local addendum. SELECTIONS - Number to be performed at your local festival: TWO contrasting own choice selections. Before you submit your selections you should read the requirements for the Provincial and National Festivals SELECTIONS TO BE PERFORMED if recommended to Provincial Festival: You MUST perform 2 selections consisting of: 1. At least two consecutive movements of the own choice selection performed at the Local festival; 2. One own choice selection (may not be another movement of the above. You SHOULD perform your National program at Provincials Festival TWO contrasting selections consisting of: 1. Complete own choice selection as in 1. above 2. One own choice selection. If this selection is from a multi-movement work, additional movements or the complete work may be performed depending on the time available. MUSIC: You will need one original copy of both selections for the adjudicator and another original copy for each of your group members. Photocopies of the music are not acceptable except to ease page turning. There must be an original copy onstage. MEMORIZATION: Your music does not need to be memorized. If you do choose to use your music photocopies are not acceptable. AGE LIMITS: You must not be older than 28 as of December 31st preceding the Provincial Festival. If you are under the age of 14 years of age see the National Syllabus General Regulation #4 in the National Syllabus.

[

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 26

FAQ PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHAMBER CLASS #170 Edmonton, Alberta Going to the Provincial Festival

How do I enter?

You will need to receive a recommendation from the adjudicator at your local festival.

Age Limits

What age limits are there?

Cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the National Festival. There is not a minimum age but the rules governing the National Festival stipulate that: If a competitor is under the age of 14 years on December 31 preceding the Festival then: i) that competitor must be accompanied by a parent/guardian ii) the competitor is subject to all rules and regulations applicable to those over 14 years of age excepting that provisions will be made to accommodate the parent/guardian in the same room or on the same floor as the under age 14 competitor iii) any expenses incurred by the parent/guardian are the responsibility of the parent/guardian, and not the Federation.

Entry Form

Do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival? Do I need to have my music memorized? When is the 2014 Provincial Festival?

No, the entry form will be done by the Local festival.

Place

Where is the Provincial Festival held?

At the Alberta College Campus of Grant MacEwan University in Edmonton. Alberta College is located at 10040 MacDonald Drive (corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street – behind McDougall United Church). It is not part of the City Centre campus of Grant MacEwan which is located on 104th Avenue.

National

What do I have to do if I want to go on to the National Festival?

You will need to win the Provincial National class in Edmonton and Receive the Adjudicator’s recommendation. Please Note: The adjudicator is not required to recommend.

Memorization Date

Memorization is not required. If you do choose to use your music photocopies are not acceptable. Friday, May 30th at 1:00 pm The Provincial schedule may be down-loaded at www.albertamusicfestival.org

The entry form will be done by the Provincial Festival. National

What are the National Festival requirements?

Make sure you are aware of all National Festival requirements before entering the local festival Provincial National class or its equivalent. Read the National Syllabus available at www.fcmf.org

National

2014 Dates & location

2014 National Festival will be held in Kelowna, British Columbia at the Okanagan Campus of the University of British Columbia. Competitions are on Thursday, August 14 & Friday, August 15 with the Grand Award competition being held on Saturday, August 16.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 27

FAQ NATIONAL CHAMBER GROUP CLASS #8 Download a copy of the National Syllabus www.fcmf.org Class Time limit

60 minutes – timed from the first note to the last and including the time between selections.

Selections to be performed at the National Festival

TWO selections consisting of:

Music

• You will need one original copy of both selections for the adjudicator and original copies for the member of your group. • Photocopies of the music are not acceptable, Chamber group members must perform from original parts. except for ease of page turning. There must be original copies onstage during the performance. • As an aid to the adjudicators, competitors must number the first bar of each line in their scores.

Memorization

Memorization is not required. If you do choose to use your music photocopies are not acceptable. See the National Festival Syllabus - at www.fcmf.org

Where can I get a copy of the Rules and Regulations for the National Festival?

1. Complete own choice selections recommended from performance at Provincial Level; 2. Own choice selection performed at the Provincial Level. If this selection is from a multi-movement work, additional movements or the comlete work may be performed depending on time.

What age limits are there?

Cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the National Festival. There is not a minimum age but the rules governing the National Festival stipulate that: If a competitor is under the age of 14 years on December 31 preceding the Festival then: i) that competitor must be accompanied by a parent/guardian ii) the competitor is subject to all rules and regulations applicable to those over 14 years of age excepting that provisions will be made to accommodate the parent/guardian in the same room or on the same floor as the under age 14 competitor iii) any expenses incurred by the parent/guardian are the responsibility of the parent/guardian, and not the Federation.

Where is the 2014 National Festival?

In Kelowna, British Columbia at the Okanagan Campus of The University of British Columbia.

What are the dates?

Competition days are Thursday, August 14th and Friday, August 15th with the Grand Award Concert being held on Saturday, August 16th

When do I have to be in Kelowna?

Must be onsite in Kelowna, BC for the competitor briefing which starts in the evening of Tuesday, August 12th. All competitors must remain until the end of the Grand Award Concert on Saturday, August 16th..

Who should I contact if I have any questions?

Either your local festival or the Provincial Administrator. You may reach Wendy Durieux at [email protected]

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 28

MUSIC COMPOSITION LOCAL FESTIVAL FAQ Classes

Performance

Are all Local Festival Music Composition classes listed below available at most festivals? Do I have to play my own composition at the local festival?

Check with your local festival.

No. Composition may be performed live or an audio CD must be available for the adjudicator. You will need to supply equipment on which your composition may be played if you decide not to play it yourself.

Performance at Provincials

If my composition was played at the local festival by a group do they have to go to Provincials?

You can send a CD of your composition. Not all members of the group have to attend. You, as the composer, must attend and bring equipment on which to play your composition. Compositions requiring more than five performers may only be submitted on an audio CD: there is no opportunity for live performance of a large group at the Provincial Festival.

Piano with Piano Accompaniment

If my composition is a piano work with piano accompaniment, may I play it at Provincials?

Compositions requiring more than one piano must be submitted on an audio CD as a live performance requiring more than one piano is not possible at the Provincial Festival.

Provincial Class Format

What is the format of the Provincial Class?

Classes at the Provincial Festival are in a workshop style. All interested teachers or students are welcome to attend.

Provincials

Can my composition go to the Provincial Festival?

The adjudicator at your local festival may recommend your composition to the appropriate Provincial Festival class

LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES PLEASE NOTE: ♪ ♪

You must enter one class only and submit only one composition. The composition may not already have been adjudicated at an AMFA festival.

THE COMPOSITION

MUSIC COMPOSITION ONE selection in any style. 20000 20010 20020 20030 20040 20050 20060

8 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER



The composition will be adjudicated on the basis of originality of ideas, inventiveness and the ability to express these ideas in a cohesive musical form.



A quality performance is expected, but it is the composition that will be adjudicated.

SCHOOL MUSIC COMPOSITION



A photocopy or a computer printout of your manuscript must be submitted. DO NOT SUBMIT THE ORIGINAL MANUSCRIPT.

20200

For teachers whose work will be performed by their students.

20210

For a student or students whose work will be performed by the other classroom students.



A brief description of the work must be included.

ONE selection in any style.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 29

FAQ - PROVINCIAL FESTIVAL MUSIC COMPOSITION CLASSES 201-203 Provincial Classes

What Music Composition classes are at the Provincial Festival?

201 202 203

Competing at the Provincial Festival Music

How do I enter?

You cannot enter the Provincial Festival - you must be recommended by the adjudicator at your local festival.

How many pieces do I have to perform at the Local Festival?

Only the one that you performed at the Local Festival.

Time Limits

How long will I have to perform at the Provincials?

18 minutes - 12 YEARS & UNDER 28 minutes - 16 YEARS & UNDER 40 minutes - SENIOR

Age

Is there a maximum age at Provincials?

You cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the Provincial Festival. There is not a minimum age.

If I won the 16 years and under Provincial class last year and I am still not 16 may I perform in the 16 and under class again this year if recommended? If I have been recommended do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival?

No. You would need to be chosen by the adjudicator to go as the Senior class representative. Once you win a Provincial class you must move up to the next level.

Fees

How much are the fees for the Provincial classes?

$100 – 201 - MUSIC COMPOSITION SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER $100 – 202 - MUSIC COMPOSITION SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER $125 – 203 - MUSIC COMPOSITION SOLO - SENIOR

Memorization

Do I need to have my music memorized?

Memorization is not required at the local or Provincial festivals.

Dates

When is the 2014 Provincial Festival?

Wednesday, May 28th to Saturday, May 31st

Place

Where is the Provincial Festival held?

At the Alberta College Campus of Grant MacEwan University in Edmonton. Alberta College is located at 10040 MacDonald Drive (corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street – behind McDougall United Church). It is not part of the City Centre campus of Grant MacEwan which is located on 104th Avenue.

Entry Form

MUSIC COMPOSITION - 12 YEARS & UNDER MUSIC COMPOSITION - 16 YEARS & UNDER MUSIC COMPOSITION - SENIOR

No, the entry form will be done by the Local festival.

The Provincial schedule can be down-loaded at www.albertamusicfestival.org

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 30

STRING LOCAL FESTIVAL FAQ Classes

Are all Local Festival String classes listed below available at most festivals? How many classes should I enter?

Check with your local festival.

You may enter one or more classes. Check with your local festival. • If you want to go to the Provincial Festival you should enter at sufficient classes so that you will have a choice of repertoire as you will need to play 2 pieces which were adjudicated at the Local Festival in the Provincial Class.

Memorization

Does the music have to be memorized?

Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial and National Festivals memorization is required. At the beginning of each class the genre of music (baroque, classical etc) is stated and number of selections that may be played in that class are specified.

Music

What music may I play?

School Classes

Are there String classes for schools?

Yes. Entry in these classes is limited to those studying strings in school and not receiving private lessons. The list of classes is on Page 42.

Time

How long may I play in my class?

All performances, unless otherwise noted, may not be longer than 20 minutes. OR as specified in your local festival addendum.

Local PROVINCIAL NATIONAL STRING CLASS #30000 information is located on Page 39, at the end of Local Class listings.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 31

LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES VIOLIN SOLO – PRESCRIBED SELECTION

30360 30370

ONE selection as specified. 30100 30110 30120 30130 30140

30150 30160

30170 30180

30190

30200

30210

30220

30380

5 AND UNDER Allegro – Shinichi Suzuki Suzuki Violin School Vol. 1 (Summy-Birchard) 6 AND UNDER The Happy Farmer – Robert Schumann Suzuki Violin School Vol. 1 (Summy-Birchard) 7 AND UNDER Hunters’ Chorus – Carl Maria von Weber Suzuki Violin School Vol. 2 (Summy-Birchard) 8 AND UNDER Mazurka – Nathalia Baklanova Violin Series 3 Third Edition.(FHM) 9 AND UNDER Concertino in the Style of Antonio Vivaldi, Op. 15, 3re Movement – Ferdinand Küchler Violin Series 4 Third Edition.(FHM)) 10 AND UNDER The Infant Paganini: Fantasia – Edward Mollenhauer Violin Series 4 Third Edition (FHM) 11 AND UNDER Concerto Op. 22 No. 5, 1st Movement – Frederic Seitz Violin Series 5 Third Edition (FHM) Suzuki Violin School Vol. 1 (Summy-Birchard) 12 AND UNDER Adoration – Felix Borowski Violin Series 6 Third Edition (FHM) 13 AND UNDER Introduction and Polonaise from Arabesques No. 12 – Carl Bohm RCM Grade 7 (Carl Fischer CF.S3811) 14 AND UNDER Danse villageoise – Claude Champagne RCM Grade 8 (Berandol Music), (Available from the Canadian Music Centre) 15 AND UNDER Mélodie from Souvenir d’un lieu cher Op. 42 – Pyotr Il’yich Tchaikovsky RCM Grade 9 (International #3193) 16 AND UNDER Praeludium and Allegro in the Style of Pugnani F.Kreisler Grade 10 (Schott) 18 AND UNDER Introduction and Tarantelle Op. 43 – Pablo de Sarasate (International 2711)

30390 30400 30410 30420 30430 30440

VIOLA SOLO – OWN CHOICE ONE selection, own choice 30600 30610 30620 30630 30640 30650 30660 30670

ONE selection, own choice 30790 30800 30810 30820 30830

VIOLIN SOLO – OWN CHOICE

30850

ONE selection, own choice

30860

30310 30320 30330 30340 30350

5 AND UNDER Pre Grade 1 standard only. 6 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 1 standard. 7 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 1 standard. 8 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 2 standard. 9 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 3 standard. 10 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 4 standard.

8 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 2 standard. 10 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 4 standard. 12 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 6 standard. 14 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 8 standard. 16 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 9 standard. 18 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 10 standard. 19 AND OVER Minimum Grade 10 standard. MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

VIOLONCELLO SOLO – OWN CHOICE

30840

30300

11 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 5 standard. 12 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 6 standard. 13 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 7 standard. 14 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 8 standard. 15 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 9 standard. 16 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 9 standard. 18 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 10 standard. 19 AND OVER Minimum Grade 10 standard. MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

30870 30880 30890 30900 30910 30920

6 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 1 standard. 7 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 1 standard. 8 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 2 standard. 9 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 3 standard. 10 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 4 standard. 11 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 5 standard. 12 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 6 standard. 13 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 7 standard. 14 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 8 standard. 15 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 9 standard. 16 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 9 standard. 18 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 10 standard. 19 AND OVER Minimum Grade 10 standard. MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 32

DOUBLE BASS SOLO – OWN CHOICE

STRING SOLO – BAROQUE

ONE selection, own choice

ONE selection, own choice

30950

6 AND UNDER 31250 31260 31270 31280

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

8 AND UNDER 31290 31300 31310 31320

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

10 AND UNDER 31330 31340 31350 31360

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

12 AND UNDER 31370 31380 31390 31400

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

14 AND UNDER 31410 31420 31430 31440

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

16 AND UNDER 31450 31460 31470 31480

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

18 AND UNDER 31490 31500 31510 31520

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

19 AND OVER 31530 31540 31550 31560

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

30960 30970 30980 30990 31000 31010 31020 31030 31040 31050 31060

8 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 2 standard. 9 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 3 standard. 10 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 4 standard. 11 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 5 standard. 12 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 6 standard. 13 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 7 standard. 14 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 8 standard. 15 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 9 standard. 16 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 9 standard. 18 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 10 standard. 19 AND OVER Minimum Grade 10 standard. MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ANY STRING INSTRUMENT (Except those in Harp and Guitar classes)

STRING SOLO – J.S. BACH •

If entering CELLO/DOUBLE BASS classes, please state instrument to be played.



MUST be performed unaccompanied.

ONE selection, own choice 12 AND UNDER 31070 31080 31090

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO/DOUBLE BASS

14 AND UNDER 31100 31110 31120

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO/DOUBLE BASS

16 AND UNDER 31130 31140 31150

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO/DOUBLE BASS

18 AND UNDER 31160 31170 31180

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO/DOUBLE BASS

19 AND OVER 31190 31200 31210

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO/DOUBLE BASS

MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD 31570 VIOLIN 31580 VIOLA 31590 CELLO 31600 BASS

MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD 31220 VIOLIN 31230 VIOLA 31240 CELLO/DOUBLE BASS

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 33

STRING SOLO – CLASSICAL ONE selection, own choice 6 AND UNDER 31700 31710 31720 31730 8 AND UNDER 31740 31750 31760 31770 10 AND UNDER 31780 31790 31800 31810

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

12 AND UNDER 31820 31830 31840 31850 14 AND UNDER 31860 31870 31880 31890

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

16 AND UNDER 31900 31910 31920 31930

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

18 AND UNDER 31940 31950 31960 31970

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

19 AND OVER 31980 31990 32000 32010

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD 32020 VIOLIN 32030 VIOLA 32040 CELLO 32050 BASS

STRING SOLO – ROMANTIC ONE selection, own choice 6 AND UNDER 32200 32210 32220 32230 8 AND UNDER 32240 32250 32260 32270 10 AND UNDER 32280 32290 32300 32310

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

12 AND UNDER 32320 32330 32340 32350 14 AND UNDER 32360 32370 32380 32390 16 AND UNDER 32400 32410 32420 32430 18 AND UNDER 32440 32450 32460 32470 19 AND OVER 32480 32490 32500 32510

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD 32520 VIOLIN 32530 VIOLA 32540 CELLO 32550 BASS

STRING SOLO – CONTEMPORARY/MODERN COMPOSERS ONE selection, own choice 6 AND UNDER 32600 32610 32620 32630 8 AND UNDER 32640 32650 32660 32670 10 AND UNDER 32680 32690 32700 32710 12 AND UNDER 32720 32730 32740 32750 14 AND UNDER 32760 32770 32780 32790 16 AND UNDER 32800 32810 32820 32830 18 AND UNDER 32840 32850 32860 32870

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS PAGE 34

19 AND OVER 32880 32890 32900 32910 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE 32920 32930 32940 32950

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS STANDARD VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

STRING SOLO – CANADIAN COMPOSERS ONE selection, own choice 6 AND UNDER 33000 VIOLIN 33010 VIOLA 33020 CELLO 33030 BASS 8 AND UNDER 33040 VIOLIN 33050 VIOLA 33060 CELLO 33070 BASS 10 AND UNDER 33080 VIOLIN 33090 VIOLA 33100 CELLO 33110 BASS 12 AND UNDER 33120 VIOLIN 33130 VIOLA 33140 CELLO 33150 BASS 14 AND UNDER 33160 VIOLIN 33170 VIOLA 33180 CELLO 33190 BASS 16 AND UNDER 33200 VIOLIN 33210 VIOLA 33220 CELLO 33230 BASS 18 AND UNDER 33240 VIOLIN 33250 VIOLA 33260 CELLO 33270 BASS 19 AND OVER 33280 VIOLIN 33290 VIOLA 33300 CELLO 33310 BASS MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD 33320 VIOLIN 33330 VIOLA 33340 CELLO 33350 BASS

STRING AND KEYBOARD SONATA-BAROQUE • •

Only the string competitor will be adjudicated. The string solo part must be performed from memory.

ONE movement, own choice 12 AND UNDER 33400 33410 33420 33430

14 AND UNDER 33440 VIOLIN 33450 VIOLA 33460 CELLO 33470 BASS 16 AND UNDER 33480 VIOLIN 33490 VIOLA 33500 CELLO 33510 BASS 18 AND UNDER 33520 VIOLIN 33530 VIOLA 33540 CELLO 33550 BASS 19 AND OVER 33560 VIOLIN 33570 VIOLA 33580 CELLO 33590 BASS MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD 33600 VIOLIN 33610 VIOLA 33620 CELLO 33630 BASS

STRING AND KEYBOARD SONATA • • •

Only the string competitor will be adjudicated. Must not be Baroque. The string solo part must be performed from memory.

ONE movement, own choice 12 AND UNDER 33700 VIOLIN 33710 VIOLA 33720 CELLO 33730 BASS 14 AND UNDER 33740 VIOLIN 33750 VIOLA 33760 CELLO 33770 BASS 16 AND UNDER 33780 VIOLIN 33790 VIOLA 33800 CELLO 33810 BASS 18 AND UNDER 33820 VIOLIN 33830 VIOLA 33840 CELLO 33850 BASS 19 AND OVER 33860 VIOLIN 33870 VIOLA 33880 CELLO 33890 BASS MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD 33900 VIOLIN 33910 VIOLA 33920 CELLO 33930 BASS

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 35

STRING CONCERTO FIRST, LAST, OR ANY TWO CONSECUTIVE movements, own choice 8 AND UNDER 34000 VIOLIN 34010 VIOLA 34020 CELLO 34030 BASS 10 AND UNDER 34040 VIOLIN 34050 VIOLA 34060 CELLO 34070 BASS 12 AND UNDER 34080 VIOLIN 34090 VIOLA 34100 CELLO 34110 BASS 14 AND UNDER 34120 VIOLIN 34130 VIOLA 34140 CELLO 34150 BASS 16 AND UNDER 34160 VIOLIN 34170 VIOLA 34180 CELLO 34190 BASS 18 AND UNDER 34200 VIOLIN 34210 VIOLA 34220 CELLO 34230 BASS 19 AND OVER 34240 VIOLIN 34250 VIOLA 34260 CELLO 34270 BASS MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD 34280 VIOLIN 34290 VIOLA 34300 CELLO 34310 BASS

STRING CONCERTO – COMPLETE • •

Please state the performance time on the entry. Class may be divided by age.

ONE selection, own choice 34350 34360 34370 34380

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

STRING SOLO – CONCERT The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator. A GROUP of selections, own choice, from ONE of the following styles: Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Impressionism, and Contemporary/Modern. 8 AND UNDER Time limit: 08 minutes. 34400 34410 34420 34430

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

10 AND UNDER Time limit: 10 minutes. 34440 34450 34460 34470

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

12 AND UNDER Time limit: 12 minutes. 34480 34490 34500 34510

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

14 AND UNDER Time limit: 14 minutes. 34520 34530 34540 34550

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

16 AND UNDER Time limit: 15 minutes. 34560 34570 34580 34590

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

18 AND UNDER Time limit: 17 minutes. 34600 34610 34620 34630

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

19 AND OVER Time limit: 18 minutes. 34640 34650 34660 34670

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD Time limit: 20 minutes. 34680 VIOLIN 34690 VIOLA 34700 CELLO 34710 BASS

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 36

STRING SOLO – RECITAL •

STRING DUET

The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator.

THREE selections, own choice, from any THREE of the following styles: Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Impressionism, and Contemporary/Modern. 8 AND UNDER Time limit: 08 minutes. 34800 34810 34820 34830

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

10 AND UNDER Time limit: 10 minutes. 34840 34850 34860 34870

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

12 AND UNDER Time limit: 12 minutes. 34880 34890 34900 34910

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

14 AND UNDER Time limit: 15 minutes. 34920 34930 34940 34950

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

16 AND UNDER Time limit: 18 minutes. 34960 34970 34980 34990

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

18 AND UNDER Time limit: 22 minutes. 35000 35010 35020 35030

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

19 AND OVER Time limit: 25 minutes. 35040 35050 35060 35070

VIOLIN VIOLA CELLO BASS

Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice 10 AND UNDER 35300 VIOLIN 35310 VIOLA 35320 CELLO 35330 BASS 35340 COMBINATION 12 AND UNDER 35350 VIOLIN 35360 VIOLA 35370 CELLO 35380 BASS 35390 COMBINATION 14 AND UNDER 35400 VIOLIN 35410 VIOLA 35420 CELLO 35430 BASS 35440 COMBINATION 16 AND UNDER 35450 VIOLIN 35460 VIOLA 35470 CELLO 35480 BASS 35490 COMBINATION 18 AND UNDER 35500 VIOLIN 35510 VIOLA 35520 CELLO 35530 BASS 35540 COMBINATION 19 AND OVER 35550 VIOLIN 35560 VIOLA 35570 CELLO 35580 BASS 35590 COMBINATION

STRING ENSEMBLE Not Eligible for Provincials •

Please state age and instruments to be played

TWO contrasting selections, own choice

MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD Time limit: 30 minutes. 35080 VIOLIN 35090 VIOLA 35100 CELLO 35110 BASS

STRING SIGHT READING

35900

STRING ENSEMBLE

STRING AND KEYBOARD SONATA Not Eligible for Provincials • •

Both Competitors will be adjudicated. Both parts must be memorized

ONE movement, own choice 33950

STRING AND KEYBOARD SONATA

• State the instrument and current GRADE of study. • The test piece will be approximately three grades below the current grade. 35200

STRING SIGHT READING

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 37

FAQ - PROVINCIAL FESTIVAL STRING CLASSES 301-313 Provincial Class Information

What classes are offered at the Provincial Festival?

301 302 303 304 305 311 312 313

Competing at the Provincial Festival Music

How do I enter?

You cannot enter the Provincial Festival - you must be recommended by the adjudicator at your local festival.

How many pieces will I have to perform at the Provincial Festival if recommended?

You must play two (2) contrasting pieces – both must have been adjudicated at the local festival. The more selections you play at your local festival the more choice you have when deciding what to play if you are recommended. No. You will need to play the same movements as you did at the local festival.

May I add movements to my concerto before the Provincial Festival?

VIOLIN SOLO - 12 YEARS & UNDER VIOLIN SOLO - 16 YEARS & UNDER VIOLIN SOLO - SENIOR (17 to 28 years) VIOLA SOLO - 16 YEARS & UNDER VIOLA SOLO - SENIOR (17 to 28 years) CELLO OR DOUBLE BASS SOLO - 12 YRS & UNDER CELLO OR DOUBLE BASS SOLO - 16 YRS & UNDER CELLO OR DOUBLE BASS SOLO - SENIOR (17 to 28 years)

Will I play both pieces at the same time

Yes. Even though you may see 2 classes shown on the schedule in your age group you will play both your pieces in one class. A second class may be listed due to the number of entries anticipated.

Memorization

Do I need to memorize my music

Yes. All String repertoire is to be played from memory at the Provincial and National Festivals. Exception is Chamber repertoire.

Time Limits

How long will I have to perform at the Provincials?

18 28 40 28 40 18 28 40

Age

Is there a maximum age at Provincials?

You cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the Provincial Festival. There is not a minimum age.

If I won a 16 years and under Provincial class last year and I am still not 16 may I play in the 16 and under class again this year if recommended?

No. You would need to be chosen by the adjudicator to go as the Senior class representative. Once you win a Provincial class you must move up to the next level.

Entry Form

If I have been recommended do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival?

No, the entry form will be done by the Local festival.

Fees

How much are the fees for the Provincial classes?

$100 $100 $125 $100 $125 $100 $100 $125

Music

How many originals of the music do I have to bring to the Provincial festival?

Dates

When is the 2014 Provincial Festival?

TWO original copies are required. The following rules will be enforced at the Provincial Festival: • One (1) original of Selection for Adjudicator • One (1) Original of Selection at the piano for accompanist (when applicable). Accompanist may play from photocopy to ease page turning. Wednesday, May 28th to Saturday, May 31st The Provincial schedule

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

– – – – – – – –

301 302 303 304 305 311 312 313

– – – – – – – –

301 302 303 304 305 311 312 313

VIOLIN SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER VIOLIN SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER VIOLIN SOLO – SENIOR VIOLA SOLO - 16 YEARS & UNDER VIOLA SOLO - SENIOR (17 to 28 years) CELLO OR DOUBLE BASS SOLO - 12 YRS & UNDER CELLO OR DOUBLE BASS SOLO - 16 YRS & UNDER CELLO OR DOUBLE BASS SOLO - SENIOR (17 to 28 years)

VIOLIN SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER VIOLIN SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER VIOLIN SOLO – SENIOR VIOLA-16 YEARS & UNDER VIOLA SOLO-SENIOR (17 to 28 years) CELLO OR DOUBLE BASS SOLO-12 YRS & UNDER CELLO OR DOUBLE BASS SOLO-16 YRS & UNDER CELLO OR DOUBLE BASS SOLO-SENIOR (17 to 28 years)

may be down-loaded at www.albertamusicfestival.org Place

Where is the Provincial Festival held?

At the Alberta College Campus of Grant MacEwan University in Edmonton. Alberta College is located at 10040 MacDonald Drive (corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street – behind McDougall United Church). It is not part of the City Centre campus of Grant MacEwan which is located on 104th Avenue.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 38

[ Local Class #30000 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL STRING SOLO PLEASE NOTE: As the 30000 class is in a different stream from the other local festival classes listed above, you must read the PROVINCIAL NATIONAL information below and on the FAQ on the following page before entering this class. Not all festivals offer this class but they do have an equivalent with similar requirements.



Only those senior string musicians who are playing at or above an associate level and who are interested in competing at the National level should enter Class 30000.



The adjudicator may recommend a competitor from the local festival to the Provincial Festival but is not required to do so.



If you are recommended by the adjudicator, you must commit to the Provincial and National festival dates listed in the FAQ or an alternate may be recommended in your place.

TIME LIMIT: 60 minutes or as specified in your local addendum. SELECTIONS - Number to be performed at your local festival: ONE own choice selection from a sonata, concerto or complete concerted Work. SELECTIONS TO BE PERFORMED if recommended to Provincial Festival: You MUST perform: 1. 2.

at least TWO consecutive movements of a sonata, concerto or other concerted work and another selection which must not be a another concerto or a movement of the above.

You SHOULD perform your National program at Provincial Festival The National requirements state that you musl perform TWO selections consisting of 1. A complete Sonata, Concerto or Concerted work; 2. One own choice selection (may not be another concerto). If this selection is from a multi-movement work, additional movements or the complete work may be performed depending on time. CLASSES - Number to be entered at your local festival: Enter at least TWO other Minimum Associate Standard classes or as specified in your local festival addendum so that you will have sufficient repertoire should you be recommended to the Provincials. MUSIC: You will need one original copy of both selections for the adjudicator and another original copy for your Accompanist. Photocopies of the music are not acceptable except for the accompanist’s use to ease page turning. The accompanist must have an original copy at the piano. MEMORIZATION: Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial and National Festivals memorization is required. AGE LIMITS: You must not be older than 28 as of December 31st preceding the Provincial Festival. If you are under the age of 14 years of age see the National Syllabus General Regulation #4 in the National Syllabus.

[ ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 39

FAQ PROVINCIAL NATIONAL STRING CLASS #300 Edmonton, Alberta Going to the Provincial Festival

How do I enter?

You will need to receive a recommendation from the adjudicator at your local festival.

Age Limits

What age limits are there?

You cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the National Festival. There is not a minimum age but the rules governing the National Festival stipulate that: If a competitor is under the age of 14 years on December 31 preceding the Festival then: i) that competitor must be accompanied by a parent/guardian ii) the competitor is subject to all rules and regulations applicable to those over 14 years of age excepting that provisions will be made to accommodate the parent/guardian in the same room or on the same floor as the under age 14 competitor iii) any expenses incurred by the parent/guardian are the responsibility of the parent/guardian, and not the Federation.

Entry Form

Do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival?

No, the entry form will be done by the Local festival.

Memorization

Do I need to have my music memorized?

Yes. Memorization is mandatory.

Date

When is the 2014 Provincial Festival String Provincial National Class

Thursday, May 29th at 9:00 am. The Provincial schedule can be downloaded at www.albertamusicfestival.org

Place

Where is the Provincial Festival held?

At the Alberta College Campus of Grant MacEwan University in Edmonton. Alberta College is located at 10040 MacDonald Drive (corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street – behind McDougall United Church). It is not part of the City Centre campus of Grant MacEwan which is located on 104th Avenue.

National

What do I have to do if I want to go on to the National Festival?

You will need to win the Provincial National class in Edmonton and receive the Adjudicator’s recommendation. Please Note: The adjudicator is not required to recommend. The entry form will be done by the Provincial Festival.

National

What are the National Festival requirements?

Make sure you are aware of all National Festival requirements before entering the local festival Provincial National class or its equivalent. Read the National Syllabus which is available at www.fcmf.org

National

2014 Dates & location

2014 National Festival will be held in Kelowna, British Columbia at the Okanagan Campus of the University of British Columbia. Competitions are on Thursday, August 14 & Friday, August 15 with the Grand Award competition being held on Saturday, August 16.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 40

FAQ NATIONAL STRING CLASS #3 Download a copy of the National Syllabus www.fcmf.org Class Time limit

60 minutes – timed from the first note to the last and including the time between selections.

Selections to be performed at the National Festival

TWO selections consisting of: 1. A complete Sonata, Concerto or Concerted work recommended from performance at Provincial Festival; 2. One own choice selection (may not be another concerto). If this selection is from a multi-movement work, additional movements or the complete work may be performed depending on time.

Music

• •



You will need one original copy of both selections for the adjudicator and another original copy for your accompanist (if applicable). Photocopies of the music are not acceptable except for the accompanist’s use to ease page turning. The accompanist must have an original copy at the piano. As an aid to the adjudicators, competitors must number the first bar of each line in their scores.

Memorization

All music must be memorized.

Where can I get a copy of the Rules and Regulations for the National Festival?

See the National Festival Syllabus - download it at www.fcmf.org

What age limits are there?

Cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the National Festival. There is not a minimum age but the rules governing the National Festival stipulate that: If a competitor is under the age of 14 years on December 31 preceding the Festival then: i) that competitor must be accompanied by a parent/guardian ii) the competitor is subject to all rules and regulations applicable to those over 14 years of age excepting that provisions will be made to accommodate the parent/guardian in the same room or on the same floor as the under age 14 competitor iii) any expenses incurred by the parent/guardian are the responsibility of the parent/guardian, and not the Federation.

Where is the 2014 National Festival?

In Kelowna, British Columbia at the Okanagan Campus of The University of British Columbia.

What are the dates?

Competition days are Thursday, August 14th and Friday, August 15th with the Grand Award Concert being held on Saturday, August 16th

When do I have to be in Kelowna?

Competitors are required to be in Kelowna starting August 12th until after the Grand Award competition Saturday, August 16th.

Who should I contact if I have any questions?

Either your local festival or the Provincial Administrator. You may reach Wendy Durieux at [email protected]

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 41

SCHOOL STRINGS A solo competitor taking private lessons may NOT enter a school solo class.

SCHOOL STRING SOLO •

SCHOOL STRING TRIO

A competitor MUST be studying in a school classroom group. Please state the instrument.



Not Eligible for Provincials •

Competitors MUST be studying in a school classroom group.



Please state years of study and instruments.



Class may be divided.

ONE selection, own choice 35710 35720 35730 35740 35750 35760 35770

NOT MORE THAN ONE YEAR OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN TWO YEARS OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN THREE YEARS OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN FOUR YEARS OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN FIVE YEARS OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY

SCHOOL STRING DUET

ONE selection, own choice 36700

SCHOOL STRING QUARTET/QUINTET Not Eligible for Provincials

Not Eligible for Provincials • •

Competitors MUST be studying in a school classroom group. Please state instruments.

ONE selection, own choice 35810 35820 35830 35840 35850 35860 35870

SCHOOL STRING TRIO



Competitors MUST be studying in a school classroom group.

• •

Please state years of study and instruments. Class may be divided.

ONE selection, own choice

NOT MORE THAN ONE YEAR OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN TWO YEARS OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN THREE YEARS OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN FOUR YEARS OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN FIVE YEARS OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY

36800

SCHOOL STRING QUARTET/QUINTET

SCHOOL STRING ENSEMBLE Not Eligible for Provincials •

Classes consist of string orchestral instruments. May be accompanied or unaccompanied.



Competitors MUST be studying in a school classroom group.



Please state years of study and the instrument or combination of instruments.

TWO contrasting selections, own choice 36900

SCHOOL STRING ENSEMBLE

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 42

GUITAR LOCAL FESTIVAL FAQ Classes

Are all Local Festival Classical Guitar classes listed below available at most festivals?

Check with your local festival.

How many classes should I enter?

You may enter one or more classes. Check with your local festival. If you want to go to the Provincial Festival you should enter at least TWO classes as in the Provincial Class you will need to play 2 pieces which were adjudicated at the Local Festival.

Memorization

Does the music have to be memorized?

Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial and National Festivals memorization is required.

Music

What music may I play?

At the beginning of each class the genre of music (baroque, classical etc) is stated and number of selections that may be played in that class are specified.

Time

How long may I play in my class?

Not longer than 20 minutes unless noted otherwise in your local festival addendum.

School Classes

Are there Guitar classes for schools?

No.

Local PROVINCIAL NATIONAL GUITAR CLASS #39000 information is located on Page 48 at the end of Local Class listings.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 43

LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – PRESCRIBED SELECTION •

A competitor entering classes 3700 – 3713 MAY NOT enter classes 3740 – 3746.

37270 37280

ONE selection as specified.

37290

37000

37300

37010 37020 37030 37040 37050 37060 37070 37080 37090 37100 37110 37120 37130

6 AND UNDER Exercise 13 – Elias Barreiro RCM Preparatory (FHM) 7 AND UNDER Moonlight – Stepana Rak RCM Preparatory (FHM) 8 AND UNDER Big City Blues – J. Brown RCM Grade 1 (FHM) 9 AND UNDER Sonando – Jaime Zenamon RCM Grade 1 (FHM) 10 AND UNDER Early One Morning – Arr. Richard Summers RCM Grade 2 (FHM) 11 AND UNDER Tango pour Mario – Gérard Montreuil RCM Grade 2 (FHM) 12 AND UNDER Prelude in C – George Frideric Handel RCM Grade 3 (FHM) 13 AND UNDER La Chasse Op. 50 Part 3 No. 3 – Matteo Carcassi RCM Grade 3 (FHM) 14 AND UNDER The Rose in the Garden – Carlo Domeniconi RCM Grade 4 (FHM) 15 AND UNDER Tango – Michael Coghlan RCM Grade 5 (FHM) 16 AND UNDER Pavane III – Luis Milan RCM Grade 6 (FHM) 17 AND UNDER Bagatelle No. 2 – William Walton RCM Grade 7 (FHM) 18 AND UNDER Waltz No. 4 “Yacambu” – Antonio Lauro Volume 1 – Coroni Edition #2001 19 AND OVER Prelude No. 5– Heitor Villa-Lobos Columbia

CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – OWN CHOICE

37310 37320 37330

CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – ADVANCED •

37210 37220 37230 37240 37250 37260

6 AND UNDER Minimum pre-Grade 1 standard. 7 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 1 standard 8 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 1 standard 9 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 2 standard 10 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 2 standard 11 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 2 standard 12 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 3 standard

A competitor entering classes 37400-37460 MAY NOT enter classes 37000-37320.

TWO selections as specified 37400

37410

37420

37430

37440

37450

37460

37470

ONE selection, own choice 37200

13 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 3 standard 14 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 4 standard 15 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 5 standard 16 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 6 standard 18 AND UNDER Minimum Grade 7 standard 19 AND OVER Minimum Grade 8 standard. MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

6 AND UNDER A. Les Marionettes – Rémi Bouchard RCM Grade 3 (FHM) B. ONE selection, own choice 8 AND UNDER A. Samba-Lele – Isaias RCM Grade 3 (FHM) B. ONE selection, own choice 10 AND UNDER A. Mrs. Winter’s Jump – John Dowland RCM Grade 4 (FHM) B. ONE selection, own choice 12 AND UNDER A. Sarabande BWV 1008 – Johann Sebastian Bach RCM Grade 6 (FHM) B. ONE selection, own choice 14 AND UNDER A. Study No. 1 – Frederic Hand RCM Grade 7 (FHM) B. ONE selection, own choice 16 AND UNDER A. Elegy for a King – Frederic Hand RCM Grade 8 (FHM) B. ONE selection, own choice 18 AND UNDER A. Etude No. 11 – Heitor Villa-Lobos Columbia B. ONE selection, own choice 19 AND OVER Two Selections, Own Choice

CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – J.S. BACH TRANSCRIPTIONS ONE selection, own choice 37600 37610 37620 37630 37640 37650 37660 37670

8 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 44

CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO –RENAISSANCE ONE selection, own choice 37700 37710 37720 37730 37740 37750 37760 37770

8 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – BAROQUE ONE selection, own choice 37800 37810 37820 37830 37840 37850 37860 37870

CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – CANADIAN COMPOSERS ONE selection, own choice 38200 38210 38220 38230 38240 38250 38260 38270

CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – CONCERT •

8 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator. A GROUP of selections, own choice, from ONE of the following periods or styles: Medieval, Renaissance, Baroque, Rococo, Classical, Romantic, Impressionism, and Contemporary/Modern. 38300 38310

CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – CLASSICAL ONE selection, own choice 37900 37910 37920 37930 37940 37950 37960 37970

8 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

38320 38330 38340 38350 38360 38370 38380

CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – ROMANTIC ONE selection, own choice 38000 38010 38020 38030 38040 38050 38060 38070

6 AND UNDER Time limit: 05 Minutes 8 AND UNDER Time limit: 05 Minutes 10 AND UNDER Time limit: 06 Minutes 12 AND UNDER Time limit: 08 Minutes 14 AND UNDER Time limit: 10 Minutes 16 AND UNDER Time limit: 12 Minutes 18 AND UNDER Time limit: 15 Minutes 19 AND OVER Time limit: 15 Minutes MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD Time limit: 18 Minutes

CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – RECITAL

8 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD



CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – CONTEMPORARY/MODERN COMPOSERS ONE selection, own choice 8 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator.

THREE selections, own choice, from any THREE of the following periods or styles: Medieval, Renaissance, Baroque, Rococo, Classical, Romantic, Impressionism, and Contemporary/Modern. 38400

38100 38110 38120 38130 38140 38150 38160 38170

8 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

38410 38420 38430 38440 38450 38460 38470 38480

6 AND UNDER Time limit: 06 Minutes 8 AND UNDER Time limit: 06 Minutes 10 AND UNDER Time limit: 08 Minutes 12 AND UNDER Time limit: 10 Minutes 14 AND UNDER Time limit: 12 Minutes 16 AND UNDER Time limit: 15 Minutes 18 AND UNDER Time limit: 20 Minutes 19 AND OVER Time limit: 25 Minutes MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD Time limit: 30 Minutes

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 45

GUITAR SOLO –

CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – SPECIAL STUDY

NON CLASSICAL

Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice 38500 38510

FLAMENCO GUITAR SOLO

FIRST YEAR OF STUDY SECOND YEAR OF STUDY

Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice

CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – ADULT

39050

FLAMENCO GUITAR SOLO

Not Eligible for Provincials •

For adjudication only.

FINGER-STYLE GUITAR SOLO Not Eligible for Provincials

TWO contrasting selections, own choice 38600

CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO ADULT

CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – POPULAR Not Eligible for Provincials •

This class does not satisfy eligibility requirements for recommendation to the Provincial Festival. A classical guitar arrangement from movies, TV or jazz.



ONE selection, own choice 38700

CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO POPULAR

ONE selection, own choice 39100 39110 39120 39130

12 16 18 19

AND AND AND AND

UNDER UNDER UNDER OVER

FOLK GUITAR SOLO Not Eligible for Provincials • •

Includes “blues”. MAY be solo or with voice.

ONE selection, own choice

CLASSICAL GUITAR DUET Not Eligible for Provincials This class does not satisfy eligibility requirements for recommendation to the Provincial Festival. • Please specify ages.

39200

PLECTRUM GUITAR SOLO



ONE selection, own choice 38800

CLASSICAL GUITAR DUET

CLASSICAL GUITAR ENSEMBLE

FOLK GUITAR SOLO

Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice 39300 39310 39320 39330 39340 39350 39360

8 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER

Not Eligible for Provincials •

Please specify ages.

TWO contrasting selections, own choice 38900

CLASSICAL GUITAR ENSEMBLE

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 46

FAQ - PROVINCIAL FESTIVAL GUITAR CLASSES 381 - 383 Provincial Class Information

What classes are offered at the Provincial Festival?

381 – CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER 382 – CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER 383 – CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – SENIOR

Competing at the Provincial Festival

How do I enter?

You cannot enter the Provincial Festival - you must be recommended by the adjudicator at your local festival.

May I be recommended to more than one Provincial Class?

No.

How many pieces do I have to perform at the Local Festival?

If you want to be recommended by the adjudicator to play in classes 381, 382 or 383 you must play at least two (2) contrasting selections.

How many pieces will I have to perform at the Provincial Festival if recommended?

You must play two (2) contrasting pieces – both must have been adjudicated at the local festival. The more selections you play at your festival the more choice you have when deciding what to play if you are recommended.

May I add movements to my concerto before the Provincial Festival?

No. You will need to play the same movements as you did at the local festival.

Time Limits

How long will I have to perform at the Provincials?

18 minutes - 381 – CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER 28 minutes - 382 – CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER 40 minutes - 383 – CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – SENIOR

Age

Is there a maximum age at Provincials?

You cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the Provincial Festival. There is not a minimum age.

Won at Provincials before?

If I won the 16 years and under Provincial class last year and I am still not 16 may I play in the 16 and under class again this year if recommended?

No. You would need to be chosen by the adjudicator to go as the Senior class representative. Once you win a Provincial class you must move up to the next level.

Entry Form

If I have been recommended do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival?

No, the entry form will be done by the Local festival.

Fees

How much are the fees for the Provincial classes?

$100 - 381 – CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER $100 - 382 – CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER $125 - 383 – CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – SENIOR

Memorization

Do I need to have my music memorized?

Yes. Memorization is mandatory.

Dates

When is the 2014 Provincial Festival?

Wednesday, May 28th to Saturday, May 31st

Place

Where is the Provincial Festival held?

At the Alberta College Campus of Grant MacEwan University in Edmonton. Alberta College is located at 10040 MacDonald Drive (corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street – behind McDougall United Church). It is not part of the City Centre campus of Grant MacEwan which is located on 104th Avenue.

Music

The Provincial schedule can be downloaded at www.albertamusicfestival.org

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 47

[ Local Class #39000 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL GUITAR SOLO PLEASE NOTE: As the 39000 class is in a different stream from the other local festival classes listed above, you must read the PROVINCIAL NATIONAL information below and on the FAQ on the following page before entering this class. Not all festivals offer this class but they do have an equivalent with similar requirements.



Only those senior guitarists playing at or above an associate level and who are interested in competing at the National level should enter Class 39000.



The adjudicator may recommend a competitor from the local festival to the Provincial Festival but is not required to do so.



If you are recommended by the adjudicator, you must commit to the Provincial and National festival dates listed in the FAQ or an alternate may be recommended in your place.

TIME LIMIT: 60 minutes or as specified in your local addendum.

SELECTIONS - Number to be performed at your local festival: One own choice selection of a Senior or Advanced Work, that may be a multi-movement work or as specified in your local addendum. Before you submit your selections you should read the requirements for the Provincial and National Festivals.

SELECTIONS TO BE PERFORMED if recommended to Provincial Festival: You MUST perform TWO selections: 1. 2.

One own choice selection of a Senior or Advanced Work, that may be a multi-movement work, or at least two consecutive movements of a concerto. One own choice selection which must not be another concerto or a movement of the above.

You SHOULD perform your National program at Provincial Festival The National requirements state that you must perform THREE selections consisting of 1. 2. 3.

One own choice selection of a Senior or Advanced Work, that may be a multi-movement work, or at least two consecutive movements of a concerto. One own choice selection which must not be another concerto or a movement of the above. One own choice selection which must not be another concerto or a movement of the above.

CLASSES - Number to be entered at your local festival: Enter at least TWO other Minimum Associate Standard classes or as specified in your local festival addendum so that you will have sufficient repertoire should you be recommended to the Provincials.

MUSIC: You will need one original copy of both selections for the adjudicator. If you are playing an accompanied selection you will need another original copy for your accompanist. Photocopies of the music are not acceptable except for the accompanist’s use to ease page turning. The accompanist must have an original copy at the piano.

MEMORIZATION: Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial and National Festivals memorization is required.

AGE LIMITS: You must not be older than 28 as of December 31st preceding the Provincial Festival. If you are under the age of 14 years of age see the National Syllabus General Regulation #4 in the National Syllabus.

[ ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 48

FAQ PROVINCIAL NATIONAL GUITAR CLASS #390 Edmonton, Alberta Going to the Provincial Festival

How do I enter?

You will need to receive a recommendation from the adjudicator at your local festival.

Age Limits

What age limits are there?

You cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the National Festival. There is not a minimum age but the rules governing the National Festival stipulate that: If a competitor is under the age of 14 years on December 31 preceding the Festival then: i) that competitor must be accompanied by a parent/guardian ii) the competitor is subject to all rules and regulations applicable to those over 14 years of age excepting that provisions will be made to accommodate the parent/guardian in the same room or on the same floor as the under age 14 competitor iii) any expenses incurred by the parent/guardian are the responsibility of the parent/guardian, and not the Federation.

Entry Form

Do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival? Do I need to have my music memorized? When is the 2014 Provincial National Guitar Class? Where is the Provincial Festival held?

No, the entry form will be done by the Local festival.

Memorization Date

Place

National

What do I have to do if I want to go on to the National Festival?

Yes. Memorization is mandatory. Friday, May 30th at 9:00 am. The Provincial schedule can be down-loaded at www.albertamusicfestival.org At the Alberta College Campus of Grant MacEwan University in Edmonton. Alberta College is located at 10040 MacDonald Drive (corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street – behind McDougall United Church). It is not part of the City Centre campus of Grant MacEwan which is located on 104th Avenue. You will need to win the Provincial National class in Edmonton and Receive the Adjudicator’s recommendation. Please Note: The adjudicator is not required to recommend. The entry form will be done by the Provincial Festival.

National

What are the National Festival requirements?

Make sure you are aware of all National Festival requirements before entering the local festival Provincial National class or its equivalent. Read the National Syllabus which is available at www.fcmf.org

National

2014 Dates & location

2014 National Festival will be held in Kelowna, British Columbia at the Okanagan Campus of the University of British Columbia Competitions are on Thursday, August 14 & Friday, August 15 with the Grand Award competition being held on Saturday, August 16.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 49

FAQ NATIONAL GUITAR CLASS #4 Download a copy of the National Syllabus www.fcmf.org Class Time limit

60 minutes – timed from the first note to the last and including the time between selections.

Selections to be performed at the National Festival

THREE selections consisting of: 1. One own choice selection of a Senior or Advanced Work, that may be a multi-movement work, or at least two consecutive movements of a concerto. 2. One own choice selection which must not be another concerto or a movement of the above. 3. One own choice selection which must not be another concerto or a movement of the above.

Music

• • •

You will need one original copy of both selections for the adjudicator and another original copy for your Accompanist (if applicable). Photocopies of the music are not acceptable except for the accompanist’s use to ease page turning. The accompanist must have an original copy at the piano. As an aid to the adjudicators, competitors must number the first bar of each line in their scores.

Memorization

All music must be memorized.

Where can I get a copy of the Rules and Regulations for the National Festival?

See the National Festival Syllabus - download it at www.fcmf.org

What age limits are there?

Cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the National Festival. There is not a minimum age but the rules governing the National Festival stipulate that: If a competitor is under the age of 14 years on December 31 preceding the Festival then: i) that competitor must be accompanied by a parent/guardian ii) the competitor is subject to all rules and regulations applicable to those over 14 years of age excepting that provisions will be made to accommodate the parent/guardian in the same room or on the same floor as the under age 14 competitor iii) any expenses incurred by the parent/guardian are the responsibility of the parent/guardian, and not the Federation.

Where is the 2014 National Festival?

In Kelowna, British Columbia at the Okanagan Campus of The University of British Columbia.

What are the dates?

Competition days are Thursday, August 14th and Friday, August 15th with the Grand Award Concert being held on Saturday, August 16th

When do I have to be in Kelowna?

Competitors are required to be in Kelowna starting Tuesday, August 12th until after the Grand Award competition Saturday, August 16th.

Who should I contact if I have any questions?

Either your local festival or the Provincial Administrator. You may reach Wendy Durieux at [email protected]

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 50

WOODWIND LOCAL FESTIVAL FAQ Classes

Are all classes in this syllabus available at all festivals? How many classes should I enter?

Check with your local festival.

Are all classes open to all woodwind instruments?

Some classes are specifically for certain instruments and some are open to all woodwind instruments.

How many classes should I enter if I want to be recommended to the Provincials?

You should enter at least two classes as you will need to play 2 selections that were adjudicated at the local festival.

Grading

Are the grades listed musical grades or school grades

Musical grade level standards.

Memorization

Does the music have to be memorized?

Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial and National Festivals memorization is required.

Music

What music may I play?

At the beginning of each class the genre of music (baroque, classical etc) is stated and the number of selections that are required to be played in that class are specified.

School Classes

Are there Woodwind classes for schools?

Yes. Entry in these classes is limited to those studying woodwind in school and not receiving private lessons. Grades listed are school grades not musical grades. The classes are listed on Page 59.

Time Limit

How long may I play in my class?

Not longer than 20 minutes unless otherwise noted OR as specified in your local festival addendum.

You may enter one or more classes. Check with your local festival’s requirements.

Local PROVINCIAL NATIONAL WOODWIND CLASS #40000 information is located on Page 56, at the end of Local Class listings.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 51

LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES ANY WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS WOODWIND SOLO – RECITAL

WOODWIND SOLO ONE selection, own choice 48000 12 AND UNDER 48010 14 AND UNDER 48020 16 AND UNDER 48030 18 AND UNDER 48040 19 AND OVER 48050 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

WOODWIND CONCERTO First, last, or any two consecutive movements, own choice. 48100 14 AND UNDER 48110 16 AND UNDER 48120 18 AND UNDER 48130 19 AND OVER 48140 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD



THREE selections, own choice, from any THREE of the following styles: Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Impressionism, and Contemporary/Modern. 48500 48510 48520 48530 48540

WOODWIND SOLO – SONATA FIRST movement only. 48200 14 AND UNDER 48210 16 AND UNDER 48220 18 AND UNDER 48230 19 AND OVER 48240 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

WOODWIND SOLO – CONTEMPORARY/MODERN COMPOSERS •

Composers whose works are considered “classical”.

ONE selection, own choice 48300 14 AND UNDER 48310 16 AND UNDER 48320 18 AND UNDER 48330 19 AND OVER 48340 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

WOODWIND SOLO – CONCERT •

The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator.

A GROUP of selections, own choice, from ONE of the following styles: Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Impressionism, and Contemporary/Modern. 48400 48410 48420 48430 48440

14 AND UNDER Time limit: 10 minutes 16 AND UNDER Time limit: 12 minutes 18 AND UNDER Time limit: 16 minutes 19 AND OVER Time limit: 18 minutes MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD Time limit: 25 minutes

The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator.

14 AND UNDER Time limit: 12 minutes 16 AND UNDER Time limit: 15 minutes 18 AND UNDER Time limit: 20 minutes 19 AND OVER Time limit: 25 minutes MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD Time limit: 30 minutes

SPECIFIED WOODWIND INSTRUMENTS PICCOLO SOLO • •

Please state years of study or current grade of study. Class may be divided.

ONE selection, own choice. 41000 PICCOLO SOLO

FLUTE SOLO ONE selection, own choice 41310 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 41320 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 41330 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 41340 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 41350 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 41360 GRADE 9 STANDARD 41370 GRADE 10 STANDARD 41380 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

OBOE SOLO ONE selection, own choice 42310 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 42320 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 42330 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 42340 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 42350 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 42360 GRADE 9 STANDARD 42370 GRADE 10 STANDARD 42380 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ENGLISH HORN SOLO •

Please state years of study or current grade of study.

ONE selection, own choice 43000 ENGLISH HORN

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 52

ALTO SAXOPHONE SOLO

BASSOON SOLO

ONE selection, own choice 44310 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 44320 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 44330 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 44340 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 44350 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 44360 GRADE 9 STANDARD 44370 GRADE 10 STANDARD 44380 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ONE selection, own choice 46310 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 46320 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 46330 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 46340 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 46350 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 46360 GRADE 9 STANDARD 46370 GRADE 10 STANDARD 46380 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

TENOR SAXOPHONE SOLO ONE selection, own choice 44510 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 44520 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 44530 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 44540 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 44550 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 44560 GRADE 9 STANDARD 44570 GRADE 10 STANDARD 44580 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

BARITONE SAXOPHONE SOLO ONE selection, own choice 44610 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 44620 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 44630 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 44640 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 44650 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 44660 GRADE 9 STANDARD 44670 GRADE 10 STANDARD 44680 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

CLARINET SOLO ONE selection, own choice 45310 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 45320 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 45330 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 45340 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 45350 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 45360 GRADE 9 STANDARD 45370 GRADE 10 STANDARD 45380 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

RECORDER SOLO ONE selection, own choice of authentic recorder music. 47310 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 47320 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 47330 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 47340 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 47350 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 47360 GRADE 9 STANDARD 47370 GRADE 10 STANDARD 47380 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

RECORDER SOLO – CONCERT • The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator. A GROUP of contrasting selections, own choice of authentic recorder music. 47410 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 47420 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 47430 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 47440 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 47450 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 47460 GRADE 9 STANDARD 47470 GRADE 10 STANDARD 47480 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ALTO CLARINET SOLO •

Please state years of study or current grade of study.

ONE selection, own choice 45400 ALTO CLARINET

BASS CLARINET SOLO •

Please state years of study or current grade of study.

ONE selection, own choice 45500 BASS CLARINET

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 53

FLUTE DUET

CLARINET DUET

Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice 41610 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 41620 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 41630 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 41640 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 41650 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 41660 GRADE 9 STANDARD 41670 GRADE 10 STANDARD 41680 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

FLUTE TRIO Not Eligible for Provincials • •

Not Eligible for Provincials • •

CLARINET TRIO Not Eligible for Provincials Please state grade level and voicings. Class may be divided.

ONE selection, own choice 45700 CLARINET TRIO

CLARINET QUARTET/QUINTET Not Eligible for Provincials

Please state grade level. Class may be divided.

ONE selection, own choice 41800 FLUTE QUARTET/QUINTET

• •

Please state grade level and clarinet voicings. Class may be divided.

ONE selection, own choice 45800 CLARINET QUARTET/QUINTET

SAXOPHONE DUET Not Eligible for Provincials Please state saxophone voicings.

ONE selection, own choice 44710 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 44720 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 44730 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 44740 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 44750 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 44760 GRADE 9 STANDARD 44770 GRADE 10 STANDARD 44780 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

SAXOPHONE TRIO Not Eligible for Provincials Please state grade level and saxophone voicings. Class may be divided.

ONE selection, own choice. 44800 SAXOPHONE TRIO

SAXOPHONE QUARTET/QUINTET Not Eligible for Provincials • •

ONE selection, own choice 45610 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 45620 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 45630 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 45640 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 45650 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 45660 GRADE 9 STANDARD 45670 GRADE 10 STANDARD 45680 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

• •

FLUTE QUARTET/QUINTET

• •

• Please state clarinet voicings.

Please state grade level. Class may be divided.

ONE selection, own choice 41700 FLUTE TRIO



Not Eligible for Provincials

RECORDER DUET Not Eligible for Provincials • Please state voicings ONE selection, own choice of authentic recorder music. 47610 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 47620 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 47630 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 47640 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 47650 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 47660 GRADE 9 STANDARD 47670 GRADE 10 STANDARD 47680 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

RECORDER TRIO Not Eligible for Provincials • •

Please state recorder voicings. Class may be divided

ONE selection, own choice of authentic recorder music 47700 RECORDER TRIO

Please state grade level and instruments. Class may be divided.

ONE selection, own choice 44900 SAXOPHONE QUARTET/QUINTET

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 54

RECORDER QUARTET/QUINTET Not Eligible for Provincials • •

Please state recorder voicings. Class may be divided

ONE selection, own choice of authentic recorder music 47800 RECORDER QUARTET/QUINTET

RECORDER ENSEMBLE Not Eligible for Provincials • Any combination of recorders. • Six to twelve players. TWO contrasting selections, own choice of authentic recorder music. 47910 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 47920 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 47930 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 47940 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 47950 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 47960 GRADE 9 STANDARD 47970 GRADE 10 STANDARD 47980 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

WOODWIND DUET Not Eligible for Provincials •

Please state instruments to be played.

ONE selection, own choice 48600 12 AND UNDER 48610 14 AND UNDER 48620 16 AND UNDER 48630 18 AND UNDER 48640 19 AND OVER

WOODWIND TRIO Not Eligible for Provincials • •

Please state age and instruments. Class may be divided.

ONE selection, own choice 48700 WOODWIND TRIO

WOODWIND QUARTET/QUINTET Not Eligible for Provincials •

Please state ages and instruments. Class may be divided.

ONE selection, own choice 48800 WOODWIND QUARTET/QUINTET

WOODWIND ENSEMBLE Not Eligible for Provincials •

Please state age and instruments.

TWO contrasting selections, own choice 48900 WOODWIND ENSEMBLE

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 55

Local Class #40000 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL WOODWIND SOLO PLEASE NOTE: As the 40000 class is in a different stream from the other local festival classes listed above, you must read the PROVINCIAL NATIONAL information below and the FAQ on the following page before entering this class. Not all festivals offer this class but they do have an equivalent with similar requirements.

• Only those senior woodwind musicians who are playing at or above a minimum associate level and who are interested in competing at the National level should enter Class 40000.

• The adjudicator may recommend a competitor from the local festival to the Provincial Festival but is not required to do so.

• If you are recommended by the adjudicator, you must commit to the Provincial and National festival dates listed in the FAQ or an alternate competitor may be recommended in your place.

TIME LIMIT: 60 minutes or as specified in your local addendum. SELECTIONS - Number to be performed at your local festival: ONE own choice selection from a sonata, concerto or complete concerted work. At least two consecutive movements must performed at the Provincial Level. Before you submit your selections you should read the requirements for the Provincial and National Festivals. SELECTIONS TO BE PERFORMED if recommended to Provincial Festival: You MUST perform: 1. 2.

at least TWO consecutive movements of a sonata, concerto or other concerted work and another selection which must not be a another concerto or a movement of the above.

You SHOULD perform your National program at Provincial Festival The National requirements state that you will perform TWO selections consisting of 1. 2.

A complete Sonata, Concerto or Concerted work; One own choice selection (must not be another concerto). If this selection is from a multi-movement work, additional movements or the complete work may be performed depending on time.

CLASSES - Number to be entered at your local festival: Enter at least TWO other Minimum Associate Standard classes or as specified in your local festival addendum so that you will have sufficient repertoire should you be recommended to the Provincials. MUSIC: You will need one original copy of both selections for the adjudicator and another original copy for your Accompanist. Photocopies of the music are not acceptable except for the accompanist’s use to ease page turning. The accompanist must have an original copy at the piano. MEMORIZATION: Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial and National Festivals memorization is required. AGE LIMITS: You must not be older than 28 as of December 31st preceding the Provincial Festival. If you are under the age of 14 years of age see the National Syllabus General Regulation #4 in the National Syllabus.

[

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 56

FAQ PROVINCIAL NATIONAL WOODWIND CLASS #400 Edmonton, Alberta Going to the Provincial Festival

How do I enter?

You will need to receive a recommendation from the adjudicator at your local festival.

Age Limits

What age limits are there?

You cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the National Festival. There is not a minimum age but the rules governing the National Festival stipulate that: If a competitor is under the age of 14 years on December 31 preceding the Festival then: i) that competitor must be accompanied by a parent/guardian ii) the competitor is subject to all rules and regulations applicable to those over 14 years of age excepting that provisions will be made to accommodate the parent/guardian in the same room or on the same floor as the under age 14 competitor iii) any expenses incurred by the parent/guardian are the responsibility of the parent/guardian, and not the Federation.

Entry Form

Do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival?

No, the entry form will be done by the Local festival.

Memorizatio n

Do I need to have my music memorized?

Yes. Memorization is mandatory.

Date

When is the 2014 Provincial Festival?

Saturday, May 31st at 1:00 pm. The Provincial schedule can be down-loaded at www.albertamusicfestival.org.

Place

Where is the Provincial Festival held?

At the Alberta College Campus of Grant MacEwan University in Edmonton. Alberta College is located at 10040 MacDonald Drive (corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street – behind McDougall United Church). It is not part of the City Centre campus of Grant MacEwan which is located on 104th Avenue.

National

What do I have to do if I want to go on to the National Festival?

You will need to win the Provincial National class in Edmonton and receive the Adjudicator’s recommendation. Please Note: The adjudicator is not required to recommend. The entry form will be done by the Provincial Festival.

National

What are the National Festival requirements?

Make sure you are aware of all National Festival requirements before entering the local festival Provincial National class or its equivalent. Read the National Syllabus which is available at www.fcmf.org

National

2014 Dates & location

2014 National Festival will be held in Kelowna, British Columbia at the Okanagan Campus of the University of British Columbia. Competitions are on Thursday, August 14 & Friday, August 15 with the Grand Award competition being held on Saturday, August 16th.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 57

FAQ NATIONAL WOODWIND CLASS #5 Download a copy of the National Syllabus www.fcmf.org Class Time limit

60 minutes – timed from the first note to the last and including the time between selections.

Selections to be performed at the National Festival

TWO selections consisting of: 1. A complete Sonata, Concerto or Concerted work recommended from performance at Provincial Festival; 2. One own choice selection (may not be another concerto). If this selection is from a multi-movement work, additional movements or the complete work may be performed depending on time.

Music

• •



You will need one original copy of both selections for the adjudicator and another original copy for your Accompanist (if applicable). Photocopies of the music are not acceptable except for the accompanist’s use to ease page turning. The accompanist must have an original copy at the piano. As an aid to the adjudicators, competitors must number the first bar of each line in their scores.

Memorization

All music must be memorized.

Where can I get a copy of the Rules and Regulations for the National Festival?

See the National Festival Syllabus - download it at www.fcmf.org

What age limits are there?

Cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the National Festival. There is not a minimum age but the rules governing the National Festival stipulate that: If a competitor is under the age of 14 years on December 31 preceding the Festival then: i) that competitor must be accompanied by a parent/guardian ii) the competitor is subject to all rules and regulations applicable to those over 14 years of age excepting that provisions will be made to accommodate the parent/guardian in the same room or on the same floor as the under age 14 competitor iii) any expenses incurred by the parent/guardian are the responsibility of the parent/guardian, and not the Federation.

Where is the 2014 National Festival?

In Kelowna, British Columbia at the Okanagan Campus of The University of British Columbia.

What are the dates?

Competition days are Thursday, August 14th and Friday, August 15th with the Grand Award Concert being held on Saturday, August 16th

When do I have to be in Kelowna?

Must be onsite in Kelowna, BC for the competitor briefing which starts in the evening on Tuesday, August 12th. All competitors must remain until the end of the Grand Award Concert on Saturday, August 16th.

Who should I contact if I have any questions?

Either your local festival or the Provincial Administrator. You may reach Wendy Durieux at [email protected]

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 58

SCHOOL WOODWIND A solo competitor taking private lessons may NOT enter a school solo class. SCHOOL RECORDER SOLO • A competitor MUST be studying in a school classroom group. ONE selection, own choice 49010 NOT MORE THAN ONE YEAR OF STUDY 49020 NOT MORE THAN TWO YEARS OF STUDY 49030 NOT MORE THAN THREE YEARS OF STUDY 49040 NOT MORE THAN FOUR YEARS OF STUDY 49050 NOT MORE THAN FIVE YEARS OF STUDY 49060 NOT MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY 49070 MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY

ANY SCHOOL WOODWIND INSTRUMENT (excluding recorders)

SCHOOL WOODWIND SOLO •

A competitor MUST be studying in a school band. • Please state the instrument. ONE selection, own choice 49510 49520 49530 49540 49550 49560 49570

NOT MORE THAN ONE YEAR OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN TWO YEARS OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN THREE YEARS OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN FOUR YEARS OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN FIVE YEARS OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 59

SCHOOL RECORDER DUET

SCHOOL RECORDER ENSEMBLE

Not Eligible for Provincials • A competitor MUST be studying in a school classroom group. ONE selection, own choice 49110 49120 49130 49140 49150 49160 49170

NOT MORE THAN ONE YEAR OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN TWO YEARS OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN THREE YEARS OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN FOUR YEARS OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN FIVE YEARS OF STUDY NOT MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY

SCHOOL RECORDER TRIO Not Eligible for Provincials • Competitors MUST be studying in a school classroom group. • Please state years of study and instrument. • Class may be divided ONE selection, own choice 49200 SCHOOL RECORDER TRIO

SCHOOL RECORDER QUARTET/QUINTET Not Eligible for Provincials • Competitors MUST be studying in a school classroom group. • Please state years of study and instruments. • Class may be divided. ONE selection, own choice 49300 SCHOOL RECORDER QUARTET/QUINTET

SCHOOL RECORDER CHORUS

Not Eligible for Provincials • Any combination of recorders. • Three to twelve players. TWO contrasting selections, own choice 49470 49480

RECORDER ENSEMBLE GRADES 4, 5 and 6 RECORDER ENSEMBLE GRADES 7, 8 and 9

SCHOOL WOODWIND DUET Not Eligible for Provincials • Competitors MUST be studying in a school classroom group. • Please state the instruments. ONE selection, own choice 49610 NOT MORE THAN ONE YEAR OF STUDY 49620 NOT MORE THAN TWO YEARS OF STUDY 49630 NOT MORE THAN THREE YEARS OF STUDY 49640 NOT MORE THAN FOUR YEARS OF STUDY 49650 NOT MORE THAN FIVE YEARS OF STUDY 49660 NOT MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY 49670 MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY

SCHOOL WOODWIND TRIO Not Eligible for Provincials • Competitors MUST be studying in a school classroom group. • Please state years of study and instruments. • Class may be divided. ONE selection, own choice 49700 SCHOOL WOODWIND TRIO

Not Eligible for Provincials 49400

49410

49420

49430

49440

49450

GRADES 4, 5 and 6 • Descant recorders only. • This class is restricted to students who have commenced study in September of this school year. • TWO contrasting selections, own choice GRADES 4, 5 and 6 • Descant recorders only • For more advanced students. • TWO contrasting selections, own choice GRADES 4, 5 and 6 • Any combination of recorders. • TWO contrasting selections, own choice GRADES 4, 5 and 6 • Recorders and other instruments used in the Elementary school program. • TWO contrasting selections, own choice GRADES 7, 8 and 9 • Any combination of recorders. • TWO contrasting selections, own choice

SCHOOL WOODWIND QUARTET/QUINTET Not Eligible for Provincials • Competitors MUST be studying in a school classroom group. • Please state years of study and instruments. • Class may be divided. ONE selection, own choice 49800 SCHOOL WOODWIND QUARTET/QUINTET

SCHOOL WOODWIND ENSEMBLE Not Eligible for Provincials Competitors MUST be studying in a school classroom group. • Please state years of study and instruments. TWO contrasting selections, own choice 49900 SCHOOL WOODWIND ENSEMBLE

GRADES 7, 8 and 9 • Any combination of recorders. May include other instruments used in the music program • TWO contrasting selections, own choice

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 60

BRASS LOCAL FESTIVAL FAQ Classes

Are all classes in this syllabus available at all festivals?

Check with your local festival.

How many classes should I enter?

You may enter one or more classes. Check with your local festival’s requirements.

Are all classes open to all brass instruments?

Some classes are specifically for certain brass instruments and some are open to all brass instruments.

Do I need to enter more than one class if I hope to be recommended to the Provincials?

You should enter at least two classes as you will need to play 2 selections that were adjudicated at the local festival.

Grading

Are the grades listed musical grades or school grades

Musical grade level standards.

Memorization

Does the music have to be memorized?

Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial and National Festivals memorization is required.

Music

What music may I play?

At the beginning of each class the genre of music (baroque, classical etc) is stated and number of selections that may be played in that class are specified.

Time Limit

How long may I play in my class?

Not be longer than 20 minutes unless otherwise noted OR as specified in your local festival addendum.

School Classes

Are there Woodwind classes for schools?

Yes. Entry in these classes is limited to those studying brass in school and not receiving private lessons. Grades listed are school grades not musical grades. The classes are listed on Page 67.

Local PROVINCIAL NATIONAL BRASS CLASS #50000 information is located on Page 64, at the end of Local Class listings.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 61

LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES ANY BRASS INSTRUMENT

TRUMPET SOLO ONE selection, own choice 51000 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 51010 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 51020 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 51030 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 51040 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 51050 GRADE 9 STANDARD 51060 GRADE 10 STANDARD 51070 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

FRENCH HORN SOLO ONE selection, own choice 52000 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 52010 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 52020 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 52030 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 52040 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 52050 GRADE 9 STANDARD 52060 GRADE 10 STANDARD 52070 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

BRASS SOLO ONE selection, own choice 56000 12 AND UNDER 56010 14 AND UNDER 56020 16 AND UNDER 56030 18 AND UNDER 56040 19 AND OVER 56050 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

BRASS CONCERTO First, last, or any two consecutive movements, own choice. 56200 14 AND UNDER 56210 16 AND UNDER 56220 18 AND UNDER 56230 19 AND OVER 56240 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

BRASS SOLO - SONATA TROMBONE SOLO ONE selection, own choice 53000 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 53010 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 53020 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 53030 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 53040 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 53050 GRADE 9 STANDARD 53060 GRADE 10 STANDARD 53070 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

BARITONE/EUPHONIUM SOLO ONE selection, own choice 54000 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 54010 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 54020 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 54030 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 54040 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 54050 GRADE 9 STANDARD 54060 GRADE 10 STANDARD 54070 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

TUBA SOLO ONE selection, own choice 55000 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 55010 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 55020 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 55030 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 55040 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 55050 GRADE 9 STANDARD 55060 GRADE 10 STANDARD 55070 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

FIRST movement only. 56400 14 AND UNDER 56410 16 AND UNDER 56420 18 AND UNDER 56430 19 AND OVER 56440 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

BRASS SOLO – CONTEMPORARY/MODERN COMPOSERS • Composers whose works are considered “classical”. ONE selection, own choice 56600 14 AND UNDER 56610 16 AND UNDER 56620 18 AND UNDER 56630 19 AND OVER 56640 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

BRASS SOLO – CONCERT • The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator. A GROUP of selections, own choice, from ONE of the following styles: Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Impressionism, and Contemporary/Modern. 56800 14 AND UNDER Time limit: 10 minutes 56810 16 AND UNDER Time limit: 12 minutes 56820 18 AND UNDER Time limit: 16 minutes 56830 19 AND OVER Time limit: 18 minutes 56840 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD Time limit: 25 minutes

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 62

BRASS SOLO – RECITAL • The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator. THREE selections, own choice, from any THREE of the following styles: Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Impressionism, and Contemporary/Modern. 56900 14 AND UNDER Time limit: 12 minutes 56910 16 AND UNDER Time limit: 15 minutes 56920 18 AND UNDER Time limit: 20 minutes 56930 19 AND OVER Time limit: 25 minutes 56940 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD Time limit: 30 minutes

BRASS DUET Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice 57000 12 AND UNDER 57010 14 AND UNDER 57020 16 AND UNDER 57030 18 AND UNDER 57040 19 AND OVER

BRASS ENSEMBLE Not Eligible for Provincials • Please state age and instruments. TWO selections, own choice 57900 BRASS ENSEMBLE

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 63

Local Class #50000 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL BRASS SOLO PLEASE NOTE: As the 50000 class is in a different stream from the other local festival classes listed above, you must read the PROVINCIAL NATIONAL information below and on the following page before entering this class. Not all festivals offer this class but they do have an equivalent with similar requirements.

• Only those senior brass musicians who are playing at or above a minimum associate level and who are interested in competing at the National level should enter Class 50000.

• The adjudicator may recommend a competitor from the local festival to the Provincial Festival but is not required to do so.

• If you are recommended by the adjudicator, you must commit to the Provincial and National festival dates listed in the FAQ or an alternate competitor may be recommended in your place.

TIME LIMIT: 60 minutes or as specified in your local addendum. SELECTIONS - Number to be performed at your local festival: ONE own choice selection from a sonata, concerto or complete concerted work. At least two consecutive movements must performed at the Provincial Level. Before you submit your selections you should read the requirements for the Provincial and National Festivals. SELECTIONS TO BE PERFORMED if recommended to Provincial Festival: You MUST perform: 1. 2.

at least TWO consecutive movements of a sonata, concerto or other concerted work and another selection which must not be a another concerto or a movement of the above.

You SHOULD perform your National program at Provincial Festival The National requirements state that you will perform TWO selections consisting of 1. 2.

A complete Sonata, Concerto or Concerted work; One own choice selection (may not be another concerto). If this selection is from a multi-movement work, additional movements or the complete work may be performed depending on time.

CLASSES - Number to be entered at your local festival: Enter at least TWO other Minimum Associate Standard classes or as specified in your local festival addendum so that you will have sufficient repertoire should you be recommended to the Provincials. MUSIC: You will need one original copy of both selections for the adjudicator and another original copy for your Accompanist. Photocopies of the music are not acceptable except for the accompanist’s use to ease page turning. The accompanist must have an original copy at the piano. MEMORIZATION: Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial and National Festivals memorization is required. AGE LIMITS: You must not be older than 28 as of December 31st preceding the Provincial Festival. If you are under the age of 14 years of age see the National Syllabus General Regulation #4 in the National Syllabus.

[ ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 64

FAQ PROVINCIAL NATIONAL BRASS CLASS #500 Edmonton, Alberta Going to the Provincial Festival?

How do I enter?

You will need to receive a recommendation from the adjudicator at your local festival.

Age Limits

What age limits are there?

You cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the National Festival. There is not a minimum age but the rules governing the National Festival stipulate that: If a competitor is under the age of 14 years on December 31 preceding the Festival then: i) that competitor must be accompanied by a parent/guardian ii) the competitor is subject to all rules and regulations applicable to those over 14 years of age excepting that provisions will be made to accommodate the parent/guardian in the same room or on the same floor as the under age 14 competitor iii) any expenses incurred by the parent/guardian are the responsibility of the parent/guardian, and not the Federation.

Entry Form

Do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival? Do I need to have my music memorized? When is the 2014 Provincial National Brass Class?

No, the entry form will be done by the Local festival.

Place

Where is the Provincial Festival held?

National

What do I have to do if I want to go on to the National Festival?

At the Alberta College Campus of Grant MacEwan University in Edmonton. Alberta College is located at 10040 MacDonald Drive (corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street – behind McDougall United Church). It is not part of the City Centre campus of Grant MacEwan which is located on 104th Avenue. You will need to win the Provincial National class in Edmonton and receive the Adjudicator’s recommendation. Please Note: The adjudicator is not required to recommend.

Memorization Date

Yes. Memorization is mandatory. Saturday, May 31st at 1:00 pm after the Provincial National Woodwind class. The Provincial schedule can be down-loaded at www.albertamusicfestival.org.

The entry form will be done by the Provincial Festival. National

What are the National Festival requirements?

Make sure you are aware of all National Festival requirements before entering the local festival Provincial National class or its equivalent. Read the National Syllabus which is available at www.fcmf.org

National

2014 Dates & location

2014 National Festival will be held in Kelowna, British Columbia at the Okanagan Campus of the University of British Columbia. Competitions are on Thursday, August 14 & Friday, August 15 with the Grand Award competition being held on Saturday, August 16.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 65

FAQ NATIONAL BRASS CLASS #6 Download a copy of the National Syllabus www.fcmf.org Class Time limit

60 minutes – timed from the first note to the last and including the time between selections.

Selections to be performed at the National Festival

TWO selections consisting of: 1. A complete Sonata, Concerto or Concerted work recommended from performance at Provincial Festival; 2. One own choice selection (may not be another concerto). If this selection is from a multi-movement work, additional movements or the complete work may be performed depending on time.

Music

• • •

You will need one original copy of both selections for the adjudicator and another original copy for your Accompanist (if applicable). Photocopies of the music are not acceptable except for the accompanist’s use to ease page turning. The accompanist must have an original copy at the piano. As an aid to the adjudicators, competitors must number the first bar of each line in their scores.

Memorization

All music must be memorized.

Where can I get a copy of the Rules and Regulations for the National Festival?

See the National Festival Syllabus - download it at www.fcmf.org

What age limits are there?

Cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the National Festival. There is not a minimum age but the rules governing the National Festival stipulate that: If a competitor is under the age of 14 years on December 31 preceding the Festival then: i) that competitor must be accompanied by a parent/guardian ii) the competitor is subject to all rules and regulations applicable to those over 14 years of age excepting that provisions will be made to accommodate the parent/guardian in the same room or on the same floor as the under age 14 competitor iii) any expenses incurred by the parent/guardian are the responsibility of the parent/guardian, and not the Federation.

Where is the 2014 National Festival?

In Kelowna, British Columbia at the Okanagan Campus of The University of British Columbia.

What are the dates?

Competition days are Thursday, August 14th and Friday, August 15th with the Grand Award Concert being held on Saturday, August 16th

When do I have to be in Kelowna?

Competitors are required to be in Kelowna starting August 12th until after the Grand Award competition Saturday, August 16th.

Who should I contact if I have any questions?

Either your local festival or the Provincial Administrator. You may reach Wendy Durieux at [email protected]

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 66

SCHOOL BRASS A solo competitor taking private lessons may NOT enter a school solo class. SCHOOL BRASS SOLO A competitor MUST be studying in a school classroom group. Please state the instrument. ONE selection, own choice 59510 NOT MORE THAN ONE YEAR OF STUDY 59520 NOT MORE THAN TWO YEARS OF STUDY 59530 NOT MORE THAN THREE YEARS OF STUDY 59540 NOT MORE THAN FOUR YEARS OF STUDY 59550 NOT MORE THAN FIVE YEARS OF STUDY 59560 NOT MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY 59570 MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY

SCHOOL BRASS ENSEMBLE Not Eligible for Provincials • A competitor MUST be studying in a school classroom group. • Please state years of study and instruments. TWO selections, own choice 59900 SCHOOL BRASS ENSEMBLE

SCHOOL BRASS DUET Not Eligible for Provincials • Competitors MUST be studying in a school classroom group. • Please state the instruments. ONE selection, own choice 59610 NOT MORE THAN ONE YEAR OF STUDY 59620 NOT MORE THAN TWO YEARS OF STUDY 59630 NOT MORE THAN THREE YEARS OF STUDY 59640 NOT MORE THAN FOUR YEARS OF STUDY 59650 NOT MORE THAN FIVE YEARS OF STUDY 59660 NOT MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY 59670 MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY

SCHOOL BRASS TRIO Not Eligible for Provincials • Competitors MUST be studying in a school classroom group. • Please state years of study and instruments. • Class may be divided. ONE selection, own choice 59700 SCHOOL BRASS TRIO

SCHOOL BRASS QUARTET/QUINTET Not Eligible for Provincials • Competitors MUST be studying in a school classroom group. • Please state years of study and instruments • Class may be divided ONE selection, own choice 59800 SCHOOL BRASS QUARTET/QUINTET

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 67

PERCUSSION LOCAL FESTIVAL FAQ Classes

Are all classes in this syllabus available at all festivals?

Check with your local festival.

Are the grades listed musical grades or school grades

Grades are musical grade level standards.

How many classes should I enter?

You may enter one or more classes. Check with your local festival’s requirements.

Are all classes open to all percussion instruments?

Some classes are specific to certain instruments and some are open to all percussion instruments.

Memorization

Does the music have to be memorized?

Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial and National Festivals memorization is required.

Provincial or National Percussion Classes

Are there Percussion classes at the Provincial and National Festivals?

Although there is a National Percussion class, Alberta has no provision for recommending competitors to the National Festival as yet.

Time Limit

How long may I play in my class?

All performances, unless otherwise noted, may not be longer than 20 minutes. OR as specified in your local festival addendum.

School Classes

Are there Percussion classes for schools?

Yes. Entry in these classes is limited to those studying Percussion in school and not receiving private lessons. Grades listed are school grades not musical grades. The classes are listed on Page 55.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 68

LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES SNARE DRUM SOLO ONE selection, own choice 60000 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 60010 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 60020 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 60030 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 60040 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 60050 GRADE 9 STANDARD 60060 GRADE 10 STANDARD 60070 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ANY PERCUSSION INSTRUMENT PERCUSSION SOLO ONE selection, own choice 63000 14 AND UNDER 63010 16 AND UNDER 63020 18 AND UNDER 63030 19 AND OVER 63040 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PERCUSSION SOLO – CONCERT

TIMPANI SOLO

• The artistic arrangement and the quality of music

ONE selection, own choice 61000 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 61010 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 61020 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 61030 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 61040 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 61050 GRADE 9 STANDARD 61060 GRADE 10 STANDARD 61070 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

MALLETS SOLO ONE selection, own choice 62000 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 62010 GRADE 1-2 STANDARD 62020 GRADE 3-4 STANDARD 62030 GRADE 5-6 STANDARD 62040 GRADE 7-8 STANDARD 62050 GRADE 9 STANDARD 62060 GRADE 10 STANDARD 62070 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator. TWO contrasting selections, own choice 63100 14 AND UNDER Time limit: 10 minutes 63110 16 AND UNDER Time limit: 12 minutes 63120 18 AND UNDER Time limit: 14 minutes 63130 19 AND OVER Time limit: 15 minutes 63140 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD Time limit: 20 minutes

PERCUSSION DUET Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice 63200 12 AND UNDER 63210 14 AND UNDER 63220 16 AND UNDER 63230 18 AND UNDER 63240 19 AND OVER

PERCUSSION ENSEMBLE Not Eligible for Provincials • Please state your age and the instruments in the ensemble. TWO contrasting selections, own choice 63300 PERCUSSION ENSEMBLE

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 69

SCHOOL PERCUSSION A solo competitor taking private lessons may NOT enter a school solo class. Currently, there are no Percussion classes at the Provincial Festival

SCHOOL PERCUSSION SOLO • A competitor MUST be studying in a school classroom group. • Please state the instrument. ONE selection, own choice 63510 NOT MORE THAN ONE YEAR OF STUDY 63520 NOT MORE THAN TWO YEARS OF STUDY 63530 NOT MORE THAN THREE YEARS OF STUDY 63540 NOT MORE THAN FOUR YEARS OF STUDY 63550 NOT MORE THAN FIVE YEARS OF STUDY 63560 NOT MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY 63570 MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY

SCHOOL PERCUSSION QUARTET/QUINTET Not Eligible for Provincials • Competitors MUST be studying in a school classroom group. • Please state years of study and instruments. • Class may be divided. ONE selection, own choice 63800 SCHOOL PERCUSSION QUARTET/QUINTET

SCHOOL PERCUSSION ENSEMBLE Not Eligible for Provincials

SCHOOL PERCUSSION DUET Not Eligible for Provincials • Competitors MUST be studying in a school classroom group • Please state the instruments.

• A competitor MUST be studying in a school classroom group. TWO contrasting selections, own choice 63900 SCHOOL PERCUSSION ENSEMBLE

ONE selection, own choice 63610 NOT MORE THAN ONE YEAR OF STUDY 63620 NOT MORE THAN TWO YEARS OF STUDY 63630 NOT MORE THAN THREE YEARS OF STUDY 63640 NOT MORE THAN FOUR YEARS OF STUDY 63650 NOT MORE THAN FIVE YEARS OF STUDY 63660 NOT MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY 63670 MORE THAN SIX YEARS OF STUDY

SCHOOL PERCUSSION TRIO Not Eligible for Provincials • Competitors MUST be studying in a school classroom group. • Please state years of study and instruments. • Class may be divided. ONE selection, own choice 63700 SCHOOL PERCUSSION TRIO

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 70

HANDBELLS LOCAL FESTIVAL FAQ Are all Handbell classes listed below available at most festivals? Are there Handbell classes at the Provincial or National Festivals?

Check with your local festival

No

LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES HANDBELL RINGING CHORUS TWO contrasting selections, own choice 64000 14 AND UNDER Time limit: 10 minutes 64010 16 AND UNDER Time limit: 12 minutes 64020 18 AND UNDER Time limit: 14 minutes 64030 19 AND OVER Time limit: 18 minutes

HANDBELL RINGING CHORUS – RECITAL • The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator. THREE selections, own choice ONE from each of: (a) a transcription arrangement for handbells of a composition by a classical composer. (b) a handbell arrangement of a selection from the popular style. (c) an original piece written for a handbell chorus. 64200 64210 64220 64230 64240

12 AND UNDER Time limit: 10 minutes 14 AND UNDER Time limit: 15 minutes 16 AND UNDER Time limit: 20 minutes 18 AND UNDER Time limit: 23 minutes 19 AND OVER Time limit: 30 minutes

SCHOOL HANDBELLS SCHOOL HANDBELL RINGING CHORUS TWO contrasting selections, own choice 64500 ELEMENTARY - BEGINNERS 64510 ELEMENTARY - ADVANCED 64520 JUNIOR HIGH - BEGINNERS 64530 JUNIOR HIGH - ADVANCED 64540 HIGH SCHOOL – BEGINNERS 64550 HIGH SCHOOL - ADVANCED

SCHOOL HAND CHIMES CHORUS • Class may be divided. TWO contrasting selections, own choice 64750 HAND CHIMES

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 71

ORFF ENSEMBLES LOCAL FESTIVAL FAQ Do most festivals have Orff classes? Are there Orff classes at the Provincial or National Festivals?

Check with your local festival No

LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES •

Orff classes include singing and playing instruments and movement.



The Ensemble must be accompanied by pitched and non-pitched Orff instruments.

ORFF ENSEMBLE, DIVISION 1 TWO contrasting selections, own choice 65000 GRADES 1-3

ORFF ENSEMBLE, DIVISION 2 • Recorders may be used. • Part of the performance may include improvisation. TWO contrasting selections, own choice 65100 GRADES 4-6

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 72

HARP LOCAL FESTIVAL FAQ Do most festivals have Harp classes?

Check with your local festival

Are there Harp classes at the Provincial or National Festivals?

No

LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES Choose selections from the Royal Conservatory or equivalent series. PEDAL OR LEVER HARPS TWO contrasting selections, own choice 67000 HARP BEGINNER PRE-GRADE 2 67010 16 AND UNDER GRADE 2 LEVEL 67020 16 AND UNDER GRADE 4 LEVEL 67030 16 AND UNDER GRADE 6 LEVEL 67040 16 AND UNDER GRADE 8 LEVEL 67050 16 AND UNDER GRADE 10 LEVEL 67060 17 AND UNDER BEGINNER LEVEL 67070 17 AND UNDER INTERMEDIATE LEVEL 67080 17 AND UNDER ADVANCED LEVEL 67090 18 AND UNDER BEGINNER LEVEL 67100 18 AND UNDER INTERMEDIATE LEVEL 67110 18 AND UNDER ADVANCED LEVEL 67120 19 AND OVER BEGINNER LEVEL 67130 19 AND OVER INTERMEDIATE LEVEL 67140 19 AND OVER ADVANCED LEVEL

LATIN / CELTIC HARP TWO contrasting selections, own choice 67210 HARP BEGINNER 67220 HARP INTERMEDIATE 67230 HARP ADVANCED

TURLOUGH O’CAROLAN ONE selection, own choice 67240 HARP BEGINNER 67250 HARP INTERMEDIATE 67260 HARP ADVANCED

HARP – OWN COMPOSITION TWO selections – First selection is to be an original composition and for the Second selection, play an arrangement from any popular tune lead sheet. 67310 67320

HARP INTERMEDIATE HARP ADVANCED

HARP AND VOICE • Single performer TWO contrasting selections, own choice 67330 HARP INTERMEDIATE 67340 HARP ADVANCED

HARP AND OTHER INSTRUMENT OR VOICE • Harp will be graded on accompaniment TWO contrasting selections, own choice 67350 HARP INTERMEDIATE 67360 HARP ADVANCED

HARP DUETS TWO contrasting selections, own choice 67370 HARP BEGINNER 67380 HARP INTERMEDIATE 67390 HARP ADVANCED

HARP ENSEMBLES • Three or more harps.

CARLOS SALZEDO ONE selection, own choice 67270 HARP INTERMEDIATE 67280 HARP ADVANCED

TWO contrasting selections, own choice 67400 HARP BEGINNER 67410 HARP INTERMEDIATE 67420 HARP ADVANCED

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 73

PIANO PLAN I (BY AGE) Competitors entering Plan I (by age) may not also enter Plan II (by grade)

FAQ - LOCAL FESTIVAL Classes

Piece or Selection

Are all Piano classes listed below available at most festivals?

Check with your local festival.

How many classes should I enter?

You may enter one or more classes. Check with your local festival.

What is a selection?



A stand-alone piece of music that is not divided into separate movements



One or more movements of a multi-movement work. More than one movement may only be played where permissible. In this syllabus, at the beginning of each class the genre of music (baroque, classical etc) is stated and number of selections that may be played in that class are specified.

Music

What music may I play?

Concerto

Are there classes for my concerto even though I have just learned the first movement?

Yes. You would enter class 74070. If you had learned 2 consecutive movements or a complete concerto,then you would enter 74080 or 74090 depending on the number of movements learned. See those classes for details

Memorization

Does the music have to be memorized?

Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial and National Festivals memorization is required.

Music

May I play music written for another instrument?

No. Only music written for the Piano is permitted.

Minimum Grade Requirements

Are there minimum grade requirements for my age?

Yes. See chart below for information

Time Limits

How long may I play in my class?

Unless otherwise noted in the class information, no longer than 20 minutes OR as specified in your local festival addendum.

School Piano Classes

Are there Piano classes for schools?

No.

Provincial Classes

Do I have to play in specific classes to be recommended to the Provincial Festival?

No, but as you will play TWO contrasting selections at the Provincial Festival you will need to have sufficient repertoire from which to choose.

National Festival Class

Is there a specific class that I must enter to be considered for the National festival?

Yes, you would enter the Local Provincial National Class #70000 or the local equivalent in your festival. For detailed information see Page 53.

To be eligible to compete in any Piano I class you must meet or exceed the minimum Grade Standard 1.

Establish the grade of your music (Not including concerti) and the look at the table to the right. If you are not sure of the grade of your piece you will need to contact your teacher of your Local Festival office.

2.

Find your age and next to it you will see the Miniumu Grade of the music that may be played for that age group.

AGE/MINIMUM GRADE CHART AGE GROUP 5 AND UNDER 6 AND UNDER 7 AND UNDER 8 AND UNDER 9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER

MINIMUM GRADE STANDARD Minimum Pre Grade 1 standard Minimum Grade 1 standard Minimum Grade 1 standard Minimum Grade 2 standard Minimum Grade 3 standard Minimum Grade 4 standard Minimum Grade 5 standard Minimum Grade 6 standard Minimum Grade 7 standard Minimum Grade 8 standard Minimum Grade 8 standard Minimum Grade 9 standard Minimum Grade 9 standard Minimum Grade 10 standard Minimum Grade 10 standard

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 74

PIANO SOLO - PRESCRIBED SELECTION ONE selection or as specified. 70010

PIANO SOLO - OWN CHOICE Classical (serious) not pop. Minimum Grade Standards apply.

6 AND UNDER The Flea – M. Bonis RCM Celebration Perspectives Grade 1 (F. Harris)

ONE selection, own choice. 70200 70210 70220 70230 70240 70250 70260 70270 70280 70290 70300 70310 70320 70330 70340 70350

5 AND UNDER 6 AND UNDER 7 AND UNDER 8 AND UNDER 9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

70020

7 AND UNDER A Starry Night – I. Taranta RCM Celebration Perspectives Grade 1 (F. Harris)

70030

8 AND UNDER Allegretto In C Major – C.G. Neefe RCM Celebration Perspectives Grade 2 (F. Harris)

70040

9 AND UNDER After The Ball – A.T. Grechaninov RCM Celebration Perspectives Grade 3 (F. Harris)

70050

10 AND UNDER Chastushka No. 25 – D. Kabalevsky RCM Celebration Perspectives Grade 4 (F. Harris)

PIANO SOLO - J. S. BACH

70060

11 AND UNDER Cha-Cha – S. Merath RCM Celebration Perspectives Grade 5 (F. Harris)

70070

12 AND UNDER Winter Scene – W.L. Gillock RCM Celebration Perspectives Grade 6 (F. Harris)

70420 70430 70440 70450 70460 70470 70480 70490

70080

13 AND UNDER Sérénade sur L’eau No. 10 – J. Ibert RCM Celebration Perspectives Grade 7 (F. Harris)

70090

70100

70110

14 AND UNDER Nocturne (No. 3) – H. Hofmann RCM Celebration Perspectives Grade 8 (F. Harris) 15 AND UNDER A Giddy Girl – J. Ibert RCM Celebration Perspectives Grade 8 (F. Harris) 16 AND UNDER Laurentide Waltz No. 2 – O. Peterson Canadiana Suite (Hal Leonard)

70120

17 AND UNDER Merry Andrew – J. Takács RCM Celebration Perspectives Grade 9 (F. Harris)

70130

18 AND UNDER Rondo No. 1 – B. Bartók RCM Celebration Perspectives Grade 10 (F. Harris)

70140

19 AND OVER Barcarolle no. 4 in Ab major, op. 44 – G. Fauré RCM Celebration Perspectives Grade 10 (F. Harris)

Minimum Grade Standards apply. ONE selection, own choice.

70500 70510 70520 70530 70540 70550 70560 70570 70580 70590 70600

7 AND UNDER 8 AND UNDER 9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER A TWO part invention 15 AND UNDER A TWO part invention 16 AND UNDER A THREE part invention 16 AND UNDER A Prelude and Fugue 17 AND UNDER A THREE part invention 17 AND UNDER A Prelude and Fugue 18 AND UNDER A Prelude and Fugue 18 AND UNDER A Partita, English or French Suite – TWO movements 19 AND OVER A Prelude and Fugue 19 AND OVER A Partita, English or French Suite – TW0 or THREE movements MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD A Prelude and Fugue MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD A Partita, English or French Suite – THREE movements

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 75

PIANO SOLO – BAROQUE

PIANO SOLO – BEETHOVEN SONATA

Minimum Grade Standards apply.

Minimum Grade Standards apply.

Works of Handel, Telemann, Scarlatti and their contemporaries, but not J.S. Bach. .ONE selection, own choice 70700 5 AND UNDER 70710 6 AND UNDER 70720 7 AND UNDER 70730 8 AND UNDER 70740 9 AND UNDER 70750 10 AND UNDER 70760 11 AND UNDER 70770 12 AND UNDER 70780 13 AND UNDER

ONE selection, own choice. FIRST movement only.

ONE selection, own choice, which may include J.S. Bach but excluding works specified in classes 70490 to 70600 70790 70800 70810 70820 70830 70840 70850

14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO – HAYDN AND MOZART SONATA

71310 71320 71330 71340 71350

16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ONE selection, own choice. TWO movements. 71410 71420 71430 71440 71450

16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ONE selection, own choice. A COMPLETE sonata. 71510 71520 71530 71540 71550

16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO – CLASSICAL PERIOD

Minimum Grade Standards apply.

Minimum Grade Standards apply.

ONE selection, own choice. FIRST movement only

ONE selection, own choice, which MAY be movement(s) of a sonatina or sonata.

71010 71020 71030 71040 71050

16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ONE selection, own choice. TWO movements 71110 71120 71130 71140 71150

16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ONE selection, own choice. A COMPLETE sonata. 71210 71220 71230 71240 71250

16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO – SCHUBERT SONATA Minimum Grade Standards apply. ONE selection, own choice. A COMPLETE sonata. 71580

MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

71600 71610 71620 71630 71640 71650 71660 71670 71680 71690 71700 71710 71720 71730 71740 71750

5 AND UNDER 6 AND UNDER 7 AND UNDER 8 AND UNDER 9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO - ROMANTIC Works of Schumann, Brahms, Mendelssohn, Grieg, Liszt and their contemporaries. Minimum Grade Standards apply. ONE selection, own choice. 71840 71850 71860 71870 71880 71890 71900 71910 71920 71930 71940 71950

9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 76

PIANO SOLO - LATE ROMANTIC Works of Rachmaninoff, Medtner, Albeniz, Granados, Scriabin and their contemporaries. Minimum Grade Standards apply. ONE selection, own choice. 72060 72070 72080 72090 72100 72110 72120 72130 72140 72150

11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO – CHOPIN Minimum Grade Standards apply. ONE selection, own choice. 72270 72280 72290 72300 72310 72320 72330 72340 72350

12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO – IMPRESSIONISM Minimum Grade Standards apply. Works of Ravel, Debussy, Ireland, Griffes, Satie and their contemporaries. ONE selection, own choice, which MUST be in the Impressionistic idiom. 72470 72480 72490 72500 72510 72520 72530 72540 72550

12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO - CONTEMPORARY/ MODERN COMPOSERS Minimum Grade Standards apply. CLASSICAL (serious as in not pop, rather than Classical Period). Works of Joan Last, Lynn Freeman Olson, Susan Alcon, Nakada, Ginastera, Pinto and their contemporaries. ONE selection, own choice. 73000 73010 73020 73030 73040 73050 73060 73070 73080 73090 73100 73110 73120 73130 73140 73150

5 AND UNDER 6 AND UNDER 7 AND UNDER 8 AND UNDER 9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

CONTEMPORARY IDIOM Minimum Grade Standards apply. Works of Bartok, Hindemith, Schoenberg and their contemporaries. ONE selection, own choice, which MUST be in the contemporary idiom. 73200 73210 73220 73230 73240 73250 73260 73270 73280 73290 73300 73310 73320 73330 73340 73350

5 AND UNDER 6 AND UNDER 7 AND UNDER 8 AND UNDER 9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO - CANADIAN COMPOSERS Minimum Grade Standards apply. ONE selection, own choice. 72600 72610 72620 72630 72640 72650 72660 72670 72680 72690 72700 72710 72720 72730 72740 72750

5 AND UNDER 6 AND UNDER 7 AND UNDER 8 AND UNDER 9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 77

PIANO PLAN I & II CONCERTO CLASSES

PIANO SOLO – CONCERT Minimum Grade Standards apply. The artistic arrangement and the quality of the music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator.

TWO OR THREE selections, own choice, from ONE of the following styles: Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Late Romantic, Impressionism, and Contemporary/Modern. 73710 73720 73730 73740 73750 73760 73770 73780 73790 73800 73810 73820 73830 73840 73850

6 AND UNDER 7 AND UNDER 8 AND UNDER 9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

Time limit 4 minutes 5 minutes 6 minutes 8 minutes 10 minutes 12 minutes 14 minutes 16 minutes 18 minutes 18 minutes 20 minutes 20 minutes 22 minutes 22 minutes 25 minutes

These are the only classes in which a concerto or any part of a concerto may be played

General Information: • Concerto classes at Provincials are open to both Piano I and Piano II competitors.

• Make sure you enter your local festival concerto class

which matches the number of movements that you will play. Do not enter your concerto in any other solo class. • If you win your concerto class, the adjudicator may recommend you to the equivalent concerto class (matching the number of movements you played in your local class) at the Provincial Festival. • The adjudicator may also recommended to a solo piano class as well as a concerto class at the Provincials.

Summary of Provincial Concerto Classes CLASS # 707

PIANO SOLO – RECITAL Minimum Grade Standards apply. The artistic arrangement and the quality of the music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator.

THREE selections, own choice, from any THREE of the following styles: Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Late Romantic, Impressionism, and Contemporary/Modern. 73910 73920 73930 73940 73950 73960 73970 73980 73990 74000 74010 74020 74030 74040 74050

6 AND UNDER 7 AND UNDER 8 AND UNDER 9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

Time limit: 6 minutes 7 minutes 8 minutes 10 minutes 12 minutes 14 minutes 16 minutes 18 minutes 20 minutes 20 minutes 24 minutes 24 minutes 30 minutes 30 minutes 35 minutes

708

709

NAME OF CLASS

TIME LIMIT

CONCERTO 1 Movement only CONCERTO 2 Movements only

CONCERTO Complete or complete in one movement

40 minutes

40 minutes

40 minutes

NUMBER OF SELECTIONS TO BE PLAYED ONE movement, which must have been performed at the local level TWO consecutive movements, which must have been performed at the local level COMPLETE concerto (or a concerto which is complete in one movement), which must have been performed at the local level

PIANO CONCERTO – ONE MOVEMENT Class may be divided by age. FIRST or LAST MOVEMENT, own choice. 74070

PIANO CONCERTO – 1 Movement

PIANO CONCERTO – TWO MOVEMENTS Class may be divided by age. TWO CONSECUTIVE MOVEMENTS, own choice 74080

PIANO CONCERTO – 2 Movements

PIANO CONCERTO – COMPLETE Complete concertos and those concertos which are complete in one movement may only be played in this class. Class may be divided by age. 74090

PIANO CONCERTO – Complete or complete in one movement

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 78

JAZZ/BLUES/RAGTIME

PIANO SOLO - MOVIE/TV/POP

Minimum Grade Standards apply. In this class you may not perform transcriptions, arrangements or abridged versions as they DO NOT satisfy requirements for recommendation to the Provincial Festival. Classes where transcriptions, arrangements or abridged versions are permissible are Classes 73551 to 73566 – directly below.



Only music originally composed for the piano is acceptable.

ONE selection, own choice. 73400 73410 73420 73430 73440 73450 73460 73470 73480 73490 73500 73510 73520 73530 73540 73550

5 AND UNDER 6 AND UNDER 7 AND UNDER 8 AND UNDER 9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

Not Eligible for Provincials The selection MAY be a transcription, arrangement or an abridged version. ONE selection, own choice. 74380 74390 74400 74410 74420 74430 74440 74450 74460 74470 74480 74490 74500 74510 74520 74530

5 AND UNDER 6 AND UNDER 7 AND UNDER 8 AND UNDER 9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO DUET Not Eligible for Provincials CLASSICAL (serious) not pop.

**NEW IN 2014** - JAZZ/BLUES/RAGTIME Not Eligible for Provincials In this class you may perform transcriptions, arrangements or abridged versions.

ONE selection, own choice. 73551 73552 73553 73554 73555 73556 73557 73558 73559 73560 73561 73562 73563 73564 73565 73566

5 AND UNDER 6 AND UNDER 7 AND UNDER 8 AND UNDER 9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO - NATIONAL ANTHEM Not Eligible for Provincials Class may be divided by age. Any standard edition maybe used. 74540 74550

O CANADA ANY NATIONAL ANTHEM

ONE selection, own choice. 74560 74570 74580 74590 74600 74610 74620 74630 74640 74650 74660 74670 74680 74690 74700

5 AND UNDER 6 AND UNDER 7 AND UNDER 8 AND UNDER 9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER

PIANO DUET - MOVIE/TV/POP or JAZZ/BLUES/RAGTIME. Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice. 74720 74730 74740 74750 74760 74770 74780 74790 74800 74810 74820 74830 74840 74850 74860

5 AND UNDER 6 AND UNDER 7 AND UNDER 8 AND UNDER 9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 79

PIANO TRIO Not Eligible for Provincials Class may be divided by age. ONE selection, own choice. 74900

ONE PIANO – SIX HANDS

PIANO ENSEMBLE Not Eligible for Provincials Class may be divided by age. ONE selection, own choice. 74920

TWO PIANOS – FOUR HANDS

PIANO SIGHT READING Not Eligible for Provincials State the current GRADE of study. The test piece will be approximately three grades below the current grade. Class may be divided by grade. 74940 74950

PIANO SIGHT READING PIANO SIGHT READING FOR ACCOMPANISTS

PIANO QUICK STUDY Not Eligible for Provincials Twenty-four hours of study is allowed. State the current GRADE of study. The test piece will be approximately ONE grade below the current grade of study. Memorization is not required. Class may be divided by grade. 74980

PIANO QUICK STUDY

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 80

FAQ - PROVINCIAL FESTIVAL PIANO CLASSES 701-709 Provincial Class Information

What classes are offered at the Provincial Festival?

701 702 703 707 708 709

PIANO SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER PIANO SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER PIANO SOLO – SENIOR PIANO SOLO – CONCERTO – 1 MOVEMENT PIANO SOLO – CONCERTO – 2 MOVEMENTS PIANO SOLO – CONCERTO – COMPLETE OR COMPLETE IN ONE MOVEMENT

Competing at the Provincial Festival

How do I enter?

You cannot enter the Provincial Festival - you must be recommended by the adjudicator at your local festival.

May I be recommended to more than one Provincial Class?

Yes. You could be recommended to one of 701, 702 or 703 and if you also entered a Concerto class you may be recommended to one of 707, 708, or 709 as well.

Music

How many pieces will I have to perform at the Provincial Festival if recommended to 701, 702 or 703?

You must play TWO (2) contrasting pieces – both must have been adjudicated at the local festival. The more selections you play at your festival the more choice you have when deciding what to play if you are recommended. A concerto or movements of a concerto may not be played in classes 701-703.

May I add movements to my concerto before the Provincial Festival?

No. You will need to play the same movements as you did at the local festival.

Will I play both pieces at the same time

Yes. Even though you may see 2 classes shown on the schedule in your age group you will play both your pieces in one class. A second class may be listed due to the number of entries anticipated in the class.

Time Limits

How long will I have to perform at the Provincials?

18 28 40 40 40 40

Age

Is there a maximum age at Provincials?

Won at Provincials before?

For example, If I won the 16 years and under Provincial class last year and I am still not 16 may I play in the 16 and under class again this year if recommended?

No. You would need to be chosen by the adjudicator to go as the Senior class representative. Once you win a Provincial class you must move up to the next level.

Entry Form

If I have been recommended do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival?

No, the entry form will be done by the Local festival.

Fees

How much are the fees for the Provincial classes?

$100 $100 $125 $100 $100 $125

Memorization

Do I need to have my music memorized?

Dates

When is the 2014 Provincial Festival?

Wednesday, May 28th to Saturday, May 31st The Provincial schedule can be down-loaded at www.albertamusicfestival.org.

Place

Where is the Provincial Festival held?

At the Alberta College Campus of MacEwan University in Edmonton. Alberta College is located at 10040 MacDonald Drive (corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street – behind McDougall United Church). It is not part of the City Centre campus of MacEwan University which is located on 104th Avenue.

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

PIANO SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER PIANO SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER PIANO SOLO – SENIOR PIANO SOLO – CONCERTO – 1 MOVEMENT PIANO SOLO – CONCERTO – 2 MOVEMENTS PIANO SOLO – CONCERTO – COMPLETE OR COMPLETE IN ONE MOVEMENT You cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the Provincial Festival. There is not a minimum age.

– – – – – –

701 702 703 707 708 709

– – – – – –

701 702 703 707 708 709

PIANO PIANO PIANO PIANO PIANO PIANO

SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER SOLO – SENIOR SOLO – CONCERTO – 1 MOVEMENT SOLO – CONCERTO – 2 MOVEMENTS SOLO – CONCERTO – COMPLETE OR COMPLETE IN ONE MOVEMENT Yes. Memorization is mandatory.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 81

Summary of PROVINCIAL FESTIVAL PIANO I CLASSES Would you like to be recommended to a Provincial Class? Read the information below as you will need to be aware of the requirements in the various Provincial Piano classes. Please note: • In order to be recommended to a Provincial solo class you must enter a sufficient number of classes so that you will have a choice of repertoire from which to choose. • The adjudicator may recommend you to a solo class (701-703) OR a concerto class OR you may be recommended to both classes, if you have performed in both solo and concerto classes at your local festival. • A concerto or any movements of a concerto are NOT allowed in the Piano I solo classes

PROVINCIAL SOLO PIANO CLASSES CLASS #

NAME OF CLASS

TIME LIMIT

PLAY A CONCERTO OR ANY PART OF A CONCERTO

NUMBER OF SELECTIONS TO BE PLAYED

701

PIANO SOLO – 12 years and under

18 minutes

2 contrasting selections

Not allowed

702

PIANO SOLO – 16 years and under

28 minutes

2 contrasting selections

Not allowed

703

PIANO SOLO – Senior

40 minutes

2 contrasting selections

Not allowed

PROVINCIAL PIANO CONCERTO CLASSES These are the only classes in which a concerto or any part of a concerto may be played Please note: • Read local Concerto class information. • Concerto classes at Provincials are open to both Piano I and Piano II competitors. • Make sure that you have played the required movements of your concerto in your local festival class. CLASS # 707 708

709

NAME OF CLASS CONCERTO

1 Movement only

CONCERTO

2 Movements only

CONCERTO Complete or complete in one movement

TIME LIMIT

NUMBER OF SELECTIONS TO BE PLAYED

40 minutes

ONE movement, which must have been performed at the local level

40 minutes

TWO consecutive movements, which must have been performed at the local level

40 minutes

COMPLETE concerto (or a concerto which is complete in one movement), which must have been performed at the local level

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 82

[ Local Class #70000 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL PIANO SOLO As the 70000 class is in a different stream from the other local festival classes listed above, you must read the PROVINCIAL NATIONAL information below and the FAQ on following page before entering this class.



Not all festivals offer this class but they do have an equivalent with similar requirements.



Only those senior pianists who are playing at or above a minimum associate level and who are interested in competing at the National level should enter Class 70000



The adjudicator may recommend a competitor from the local festival to the Provincial Festival but is not required to do so.



If you are recommended by the adjudicator, you must commit to the Provincial and National festival dates listed in the FAQ or an alternate competitor may be recommended in your place.

TIME LIMIT: 60 minutes or as specified in your local addendum. SELECTIONS - Number to be performed at your local festival: ONE own choice selection from a sonata, concerto or complete concerted work. At least two consecutive movements must performed at the Provincial Level. Before you submit your selections you should read the requirements for the Provincial and National Festivals. SELECTIONS TO BE PERFORMED if recommended to Provincial Festival: You MUST perform: 1. 2.

at least TWO consecutive movements of a sonata, concerto or other concerted work and another selection which must not be a another concerto or a movement of the above.

You SHOULD perform your National program at Provincial Festival The National requirements state that you will perform TWO selections consisting of 1. A complete Sonata, Concerto or Concerted work; 2. One own choice selection (may not be another concerto). If this selection is from a multi-movement work, additional movements or the complete work may be performed depending on time. CLASSES - Number to be entered at your local festival: Enter at least TWO other Minimum Associate Standard classes or as specified in your local festival addendum so that you will have sufficient repertoire should you be recommended to the Provincials. MUSIC: You will need one original copy of both selections for the adjudicator and another original copy for your Accompanist. Photocopies of the music are not acceptable except for the accompanist’s use to ease page turning. The accompanist must have an original copy at the piano. MEMORIZATION: Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial and National Festivals memorization is required. AGE LIMITS: You must not be older than 28 as of December 31st preceding the Provincial Festival. If you are under the age of 14 years of age see the National Syllabus General Regulation #4 in the National Syllabus.

[ ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 83

FAQ PROVINCIAL NATIONAL PIANO CLASS #700 Edmonton, Alberta Going to the Provincial Festival Class

How do I enter?

You will need to receive a recommendation from the adjudicator at your local festival. Should you win class 700 it is extremely important that you ensure that you will be available to compete in Kelowna from August 12th to 17th before accepting the recommendation. Should you not be available for either or both of those dates you must advise your local festival immediately.

Selections

What will I need to play?

It is recommended that you play your National program at the Provincial Festival. The National requirements state that you will perform TWO selections consisting of 1. A complete Sonata, Concerto or Concerted work; 2. One own choice selection (may not be another concerto). If this selection is from a multi-movement work, additional movements or the complete work may be performed depending on time.

Age Limits

What age limits are there?

You cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the National Festival. There is not a minimum age but the rules governing the National Festival stipulate that: If a competitor is under the age of 14 years on December 31 preceding the Festival then: i) ii)

iii)

that competitor must be accompanied by a parent/guardian the competitor is subject to all rules and regulations applicable to those over 14 years of age excepting that provisions will be made to accommodate the parent/guardian in the same room or on the same floor as the under age 14 competitor any expenses incurred by the parent/guardian are the responsibility of the parent/guardian, and not the Federation.

Entry Form

Do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival?

No, the entry form will be done by the Local festival.

Memorization

Do I need to have my music memorized?

Yes. Memorization is mandatory.

Date

When is the 2014 Provincial National Piano Class?

Friday, May 30th at 6:00 pm. The Provincial schedule can be down-

Place

Where is the Provincial Festival held?

At the Alberta College Campus of MacEwan University in Edmonton. Alberta College is located at 10040 MacDonald Drive (corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street – behind McDougall United Church). It is not part of the City Centre campus of MacEwan University which is located on 104th Avenue.

National

What do I have to do if I want to go on to the National Festival?

You will need to win the Provincial National class in Edmonton and receive the Adjudicator’s recommendation. Please Note: The adjudicator is not required to recommend.

loaded at www.albertamusicfestival.org

The entry form will be done by the Provincial Festival. National

What are the National Festival requirements?

Make sure you are aware of all National Festival requirements before entering the local festival Provincial National class or its equivalent. Read the National Syllabus which is at www.fcmf.org

National

2014 Dates & location?

2014 National Festival will be held in Kelowna, British Columbia at the Okanagan Campus of the University of British Columbia Competitions are on Thursday, August 14 & Friday, August 15 with the Grand Award competition being held on Saturday, August 16.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 84

FAQ NATIONAL PIANO CLASS #7 Download a copy of the National Syllabus www.fcmf.org Class Time limit

60 minutes – timed from the first note to the last and including the time between selections.

Selections to be performed at the National Festival

TWO selections consisting of: 1. A complete Sonata, Concerto or Concerted work recommended from performance at Provincial Festival; 2. One own choice selection (may not be another concerto). If this selection is from a multi-movement work, additional movements or the complete work may be performed depending on time.

Music



You will need one original copy of both selections for the adjudicator and another original copy for your Accompanist (if applicable).



Photocopies of the music are not acceptable except for the accompanist’s use to ease page turning. The accompanist must have an original copy at the piano.



As an aid to the adjudicators, competitors must number the first bar of each line in their scores.

Memorization

All music must be memorized.

Where may I get a copy of the Rules and Regulations for the National Festival?

See the National Festival Syllabus - download it at www.fcmf.org

What age limits are there?

Cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the National Festival. There is not a minimum age but the rules governing the National Festival stipulate that: If a competitor is under the age of 14 years on December 31 preceding the Festival then: i) that competitor must be accompanied by a parent/guardian ii) the competitor is subject to all rules and regulations applicable to those over 14 years of age excepting that provisions will be made to accommodate the parent/guardian in the same room or on the same floor as the under age 14 competitor iii) any expenses incurred by the parent/guardian are the responsibility of the parent/guardian, and not the Federation.

Where is the 2014 National Festival?

In Kelowna, British Columbia at the Okanagan Campus of The University of British Columbia.

What are the dates?

Competition days are Thursday, August 14th and Friday, August 15th with the Grand Award Concert being held on Saturday, August 16th

When do I have to be in Kelowna?

Must be onsite in Kelowna, BC starting at 7:00 pm on Tuesday, August 12th and remain until the end of the Grand Award Concert on Saturday, August 16th.

Who should I contact if I have any questions?

Either your local festival or the Provincial Administrator. You may reach Wendy Durieux at [email protected]

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 85

PIANO PLAN II (BY GRADE) Competitors entering Plan II (by grade) may not also enter Plan I (by age)

LOCAL FESTIVAL FAQ Are all Piano classes listed below available at most festivals?

Check with your local festival.

How many classes may I enter?

You may enter one or more classes. Check with your local festival.

Do I need to enter more than one class if I hope to be recommended to the Provincials?

You must play TWO (2) contrasting pieces at the Provincial Festival – both must have been adjudicated at the local festival. The more selections you play at your local festival the more choices you have when deciding what to play if you are recommended.

Music

What music may I play?

At the beginning of each class the genre of music (baroque, classical etc) is stated and number of selections that may be played in that class are specified.

Concerto

Are there classes for my concerto even though I have just learned the first movement?

Yes. You would enter class 74070. If you had learned 2 consecutive movements or a complete concerto,then you would enter 74080 or 74090 depending on the number of movements learned. See those classes for details

Memorization

Does the music have to be memorized?

Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial Festival memorization is required.

Music

May I play music written for another instrument?

Only music written for the Piano is permitted.

Time Limits

How long may I play in my class?

All performances, unless otherwise noted, may not be longer than 20 minutes. OR as specified in your local festival addendum.

School Classes

Are there Piano classes for schools?

No.

First Place Winner

If I won First Place in my class at my festival do I automatically go to Provincials?

No. You must be recommended by the adjudicator. He or she will choose one or possibly 2 of the best competitors from all who played in the 12 years and under, 16 years and under and Senior classes. If you are chosen, you will be contacted by the local Festival office.

Classes

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 86

LIST OF LOCAL PIANO II CLASSES PIANO SOLO - GENERAL •

Any composer, regardless of era



Classical (serious) not pop.

ONE selection, own choice. 75200 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 75210 GRADE 1 STANDARD 75220 GRADE 2 STANDARD 75230 GRADE 3 STANDARD 75240 GRADE 4 STANDARD 75250 GRADE 5 STANDARD 75260 GRADE 6 STANDARD 75270 GRADE 7 STANDARD 75280 GRADE 8 STANDARD 75290 GRADE 9 STANDARD 75300 GRADE 10 STANDARD 75310 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO - J. S. BACH ONE selection, own choice. 75410 GRADE 1 STANDARD 75420 GRADE 2 STANDARD 75430 GRADE 3 STANDARD 75440 GRADE 4 STANDARD 75450 GRADE 5 STANDARD 75460 GRADE 6 STANDARD 75470 GRADE 7 STANDARD 75480 GRADE 8 STANDARD A TWO part invention. 75490 GRADE 9 STANDARD A THREE part invention. 75500 GRADE 9 STANDARD A Prelude and Fugue. 75510 GRADE 10 STANDARD A Prelude and Fugue. 75520 GRADE 10 STANDARD A Partita, English or French Suite. TWO movements 75530 ASSOCIATE STANDARD A Prelude and Fugue. 75540 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD A Partita, English or French Suite. THREE movements.

PIANO SOLO – HAYDN AND MOZART SONATA ONE selection, own choice. 76090 GRADE 9 STANDARD FIRST movement only. 76100

GRADE 10 STANDARD TWO movements.

76110

MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD COMPLETE SONATA.

PIANO SOLO – BEETHOVEN SONATA ONE selection, own choice. 76190 GRADE 9 STANDARD FIRST movement only. 76200

GRADE 10 STANDARD TWO movements.

76210

MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD COMPLETE SONATA.

PIANO SOLO – SCHUBERT SONATA ONE selection, own choice. 76310 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD – COMPLETE SONATA

PIANO SOLO - CLASSICAL ONE selection, own choice, which MAY BE movement(s) of a sonatina or sonata, not included in classes 76090-76310. 76600 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 76610 GRADE 1 STANDARD 76620 GRADE 2 STANDARD 76630 GRADE 3 STANDARD 76640 GRADE 4 STANDARD 76650 GRADE 5 STANDARD 76660 GRADE 6 STANDARD 76670 GRADE 7 STANDARD 76680 GRADE 8 STANDARD 76690 GRADE 9 STANDARD 76700 GRADE 10 STANDARD 76710 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO - BAROQUE ONE selection, own choice, other than J. S. Bach. 75700 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 75710 GRADE 1 STANDARD 75720 GRADE 2 STANDARD 75730 GRADE 3 STANDARD 75740 GRADE 4 STANDARD 75750 GRADE 5 STANDARD 75760 GRADE 6 STANDARD 75770 GRADE 7 STANDARD ONE selection, own choice, including J. S. Bach, but excluding works specified in classes 75480 to75540. 75780 75790 75800 75810

GRADE 8 STANDARD GRADE 9 STANDARD GRADE 10 STANDARD MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO – ROMANTIC • Works of Schumann, Brahms, Mendelssohn, Liszt, Grieg and their contemporaries. ONE selection, own choice. 76830 GRADE 3 STANDARD 76840 GRADE 4 STANDARD 76850 GRADE 5 STANDARD 76860 GRADE 6 STANDARD 76870 GRADE 7 STANDARD 76880 GRADE 8 STANDARD 76890 GRADE 9 STANDARD 76900 GRADE 10 STANDARD 76910 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 87

PIANO SOLO - LATE ROMANTIC •

Works of Rachmaninoff, Medtner, Albeniz, Granados, Scriabin and their contemporaries.

ONE selection, own choice. 77050 77060 77070 77080 77090 77100 77110

GRADE 5 STANDARD GRADE 6 STANDARD GRADE 7 STANDARD GRADE 8 STANDARD GRADE 9 STANDARD GRADE 10 STANDARD MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO - CHOPIN ONE selection, own choice. 77260 77270 77280 77290 77300 77310

GRADE 6 STANDARD GRADE 7 STANDARD GRADE 8 STANDARD GRADE 9 STANDARD GRADE 10 STANDARD MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO - IMPRESSIONISM •

Works of Ravel, Debussy, Ireland, Griffes, Satie and their contemporaries.

ONE selection, own choice, which MUST be in the Impressionistic idiom. 77460 GRADE 6 STANDARD 77470 GRADE 7 STANDARD 77480 GRADE 8 STANDARD 77490 GRADE 9 STANDARD 77500 GRADE 10 STANDARD 77510 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO - CANADIAN COMPOSERS ONE selection, own choice. 77600 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 77610 GRADE 1 STANDARD 77620 GRADE 2 STANDARD 77630 GRADE 3 STANDARD 77640 GRADE 4 STANDARD 77650 GRADE 5 STANDARD 77660 GRADE 6 STANDARD 77670 GRADE 7 STANDARD 77680 GRADE 8 STANDARD 77690 GRADE 9 STANDARD 77700 GRADE 10 STANDARD 77710 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO – CONTEMPORARY/ MODERN COMPOSERS • Selection must be classical music (serious) not pop. • Works of Joan Last, Lynn Freeman Olson, Susan Alcon, Nakada, Ginastera, Pinto and their contemporaries. ONE selection, own choice. 78000 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 78010 GRADE 1 STANDARD 78020 GRADE 2 STANDARD 78030 GRADE 3 STANDARD 78040 GRADE 4 STANDARD 78050 GRADE 5 STANDARD 78060 GRADE 6 STANDARD 78070 GRADE 7 STANDARD 78080 GRADE 8 STANDARD 78090 GRADE 9 STANDARD 78100 GRADE 10 STANDARD 78110 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO - CONTEMPORARY IDIOM •

Works of Bartok, Hindemith, Schoenberg and their contemporaries.

ONE selection, own choice 78200 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 78210 GRADE 1 STANDARD 78220 GRADE 2 STANDARD 78230 GRADE 3 STANDARD 78240 GRADE 4 STANDARD 78250 GRADE 5 STANDARD 78260 GRADE 6 STANDARD 78270 GRADE 7 STANDARD 78280 GRADE 8 STANDARD 78290 GRADE 9 STANDARD 78300 GRADE 10 STANDARD 78310 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO - CONCERT •

The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator.

TWO OR THREE selections, own choice, from ONE of the following styles: Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Late Romantic, Impressionism, and Contemporary/Modern. Only ONE movement of a Multi-movement work may be performed. 78710 78720 78730 78740 78750 78760 78770 78780 78790 78800 78810

GRADE 1 STANDARD GRADE 2 STANDARD GRADE 3 STANDARD GRADE 4 STANDARD GRADE 5 STANDARD GRADE 6 STANDARD GRADE 7 STANDARD GRADE 8 STANDARD GRADE 9 STANDARD GRADE 10 STANDARD MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

Time limit: 4 minutes 6 minutes 8 minutes 10 minutes 12 minutes 14 minutes 16 minutes 18 minutes 20 minutes 22 minutes 25 minutes

PIANO SOLO - RECITAL •

The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator.

THREE selections, own choice, from any THREE of the following styles: Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Late Romantic, Impressionism, and Contemporary/Modern. 78910 78920 78930 78940 78950 78960 78970 78980 78990 79000 79010

GRADE 1 STANDARD GRADE 2 STANDARD GRADE 3 STANDARD GRADE 4 STANDARD GRADE 5 STANDARD GRADE 6 STANDARD GRADE 7 STANDARD GRADE 8 STANDARD GRADE 9 STANDARD GRADE 10 STANDARD MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 88

Time limit: 06 minutes 08 minutes 10 minutes 12 minutes 14 minutes 16 minutes 18 minutes 20 minutes 24 minutes 30 minutes 35 minutes

JAZZ/BLUES/RAGTIME In these classes you may not perform transcriptions, arrangements or abridged versions as they DO NOT satisfy requirements for recommendation to the Provincial Festival. Classes where transcriptions, arrangements or abridged versions are permissible are Classes 79811 to 79822 – directly below. •

Only music originally composed for the piano is acceptable.

ONE selection, own choice. 78400 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 78410 GRADE 1 STANDARD 78420 GRADE 2 STANDARD 78430 GRADE 3 STANDARD 78440 GRADE 4 STANDARD 78450 GRADE 5 STANDARD 78460 GRADE 6 STANDARD 78470 GRADE 7 STANDARD 78480 GRADE 8 STANDARD 78490 GRADE 9 STANDARD 78500 GRADE 10 STANDARD 78510 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO SOLO - NATIONAL ANTHEM Not Eligible for Provincials • Class may be divided by grade. • Any standard edition may be used. 79480 79490

O CANADA ANY NATIONAL ANTHEM

PIANO SIGHT READING Not Eligible for Provincials • • • 79940 79950

State the current GRADE of study. The test piece will be approximately three grades below the current grade. Class may be divided by grade. PIANO SIGHT READING PIANO SIGHT READING FOR ACCOMPANISTS

PIANO DUET

** NEW IN 2014** JAZZ/BLUES/RAGTIME Not Eligible for Provincials In this class you may perform transcriptions, arrangements or abridged versions.

ONE selection, own choice. 79811 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 79812 GRADE 1 STANDARD 79813 GRADE 2 STANDARD 79814 GRADE 3 STANDARD 79815 GRADE 4 STANDARD 79816 GRADE 5 STANDARD 79817 GRADE 6 STANDARD 79818 GRADE 7 STANDARD 79819 GRADE 8 STANDARD 79820 GRADE 9 STANDARD 79821 GRADE 10 STANDARD 79822 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

Not Eligible for Provincials •

CLASSICAL (serious) not pop.

ONE selection, own choice. 79500 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 79510 GRADE 1 STANDARD 79520 GRADE 2 STANDARD 79530 GRADE 3 STANDARD 79540 GRADE 4 STANDARD 79550 GRADE 5 STANDARD 79560 GRADE 6 STANDARD 79570 GRADE 7 STANDARD 79580 GRADE 8 STANDARD 79590 GRADE 9 STANDARD 79600 GRADE 10 STANDARD 79610 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

PIANO DUET - MOVIE/TV/POP or JAZZ/BLUES/RAGTIME Not Eligible for Provincials

PIANO SOLO - MOVIE/TV/POP Not Eligible for Provincials •

The selection MAY be a transcription, arrangement or an abridged version.

ONE selection, own choice. 79300 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 79310 GRADE 1 STANDARD 79320 GRADE 2 STANDARD 79330 GRADE 3 STANDARD 79340 GRADE 4 STANDARD 79350 GRADE 5 STANDARD 79360 GRADE 6 STANDARD 79370 GRADE 7 STANDARD 79380 GRADE 8 STANDARD 79390 GRADE 9 STANDARD 79400 GRADE 10 STANDARD 79410 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ONE selection, own choice. 79700 PRE GRADE 1 STANDARD 79710 GRADE 1 STANDARD 79720 GRADE 2 STANDARD 79730 GRADE 3 STANDARD 79740 GRADE 4 STANDARD 79750 GRADE 5 STANDARD 79760 GRADE 6 STANDARD 79770 GRADE 7 STANDARD 79780 GRADE 8 STANDARD 79790 GRADE 9 STANDARD 79800 GRADE 10 STANDARD 79810 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 89

PIANO TRIO Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice. 79900

ONE PIANO – SIX HANDS

PIANO ENSEMBLE Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice. 79920

TWO PIANOS – FOUR HANDS

PIANO QUICK STUDY Not Eligible for Provincials • • 79980

State the current GRADE of study. The test piece will be approximately ONE grade below the current grade. Class may be divided by grade. PIANO QUICK STUDY

GROUP PIANO CLASSES Not Eligible for Provincials •

79990

State the current GRADE of study. The test piece will be approximately ONE grade below the current grade. • Class may be divided by grade. PRE SCHOOL PIANO CLASS

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 90

FAQ - PROVINCIAL FESTIVAL CLASSES 704 - 709 Provincial Class Information

What classes are offered at the Provincial Festival?

704 705 706 707 708 709

Competing at the Provincial Festival

How do I enter?

You cannot enter the Provincial Festival - you must be recommended by the adjudicator at your local festival.

May I be recommended to more than one Provincial Class?

Yes. You could be recommended to one of 701, 702 or 703 and also to one of 707, 708, or 709.

How many pieces will I have to play at the Provincial Festival if recommended to 701, 702 or 703?

You must play two (2) contrasting pieces – both must have been adjudicated at the local festival. The more selections you play at your festival the more choice you have when deciding what to play if you are recommended. A concerto or any parts of a concerto may not be played in classes 704 – 706.

May I add movements to my concerto before the Provincial Festival?

No. You will need to play the same movements as you did at the local festival.

Will I play both pieces at the same time

Yes. Even though you may see 2 classes shown on the schedule in your age group you will play both your pieces in one class. A second class may be listed due to the number of entries anticipated.

How long will I have to perform at the Provincials?

18 28 40 40 40 40

Time Limits

PIANO PIANO PIANO PIANO PIANO PIANO

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

– – – – – –

SOLO SOLO SOLO SOLO SOLO SOLO

– – – – – –

GRADES 5 & 6 GRADES 7 & 8 GRADES 9 & 10 CONCERTO – 1 MOVEMENT CONCERTO – 2 MOVEMENTS CONCERTO – COMPLETE

704 PIANO SOLO – GRADES 5 & 6 705 PIANO SOLO – GRADES 7 & 8 706 PIANO SOLO – GRADES 9 & 10

707 PIANO SOLO – CONCERTO – 1 MOVEMENT 708 PIANO SOLO – CONCERTO – 2 MOVEMENTS 709 PIANO SOLO – CONCERTO – COMPLETE OR COMPLETE IN ONE MOVEMENT

Age

Is there a maximum age at Provincials?

You cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the Provincial Festival. There is not a minimum age.

Won at Provincials before?

If I won the Grade 7 & 8 class Provincial class last year and I performed a Grade 7 piece and this year I will perform a Grade 8 piece may I be recommended to the Grade 7 & 8 class again this year?

No. You would need to be performing at a grade 9 & 10 level to be chosen by the adjudicator to go to Provincials Once you win a Provincial class you must move up to the next level.

Entry Form

If I have been recommended do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival?

No. The entry form will be done by the Local festival.

Fees

How much are the fees for the Provincial classes?

$100 $100 $125 $100 $100 $125

Memorization

Do I need to have my music memorized?

Yes. Memorization is mandatory.

Dates

When is the 2014 Provincial Festival?

Place

Where is the Provincial Festival held?

Wednesday, May 28th to Saturday, May 31st Class schedule may be downloaded at www.albertamusicfestival.org. At the Alberta College Campus of MacEwan University in Edmonton. Alberta College is located at 10040 MacDonald Drive (corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street – behind McDougall United Church). It is not part of the City Centre campus of MacEwan University which is located on 104th Avenue.

Music

How many originals do I have to bring to the Provincial festival?

– – – – – –

704 705 706 707 708 709

PIANO PIANO PIANO PIANO PIANO PIANO

SOLO – GRADES 5 & 6 SOLO – GRADES 7 & 8 SOLO – GRADES 9 & 10 SOLO – CONCERTO – 1 MOVEMENT SOLO – CONCERTO – 2 MOVEMENTS SOLO – CONCERTO – COMPLETE OR COMPLETE IN ONE MOVEMENT

TWO original copies are required. The following rules will be enforced at the Provincial Festival: • One (1) original of Selection for Adjudicator • One (1) Original of Selection at the piano for accompanist (when applicable). Accompanist may play from photocopy

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 91

Summary of PROVINCIAL FESTIVAL PIANO II CLASSES Would you like to be recommended to a Provincial Class? Read the information below as you will need to be aware of the requirements in the various Provincial Piano classes. Please note: • In order to be recommended to a Provincial solo class you must enter a sufficient number of classes so that you will have a choice of repertoire from which to choose. • The adjudicator may recommend you to a solo class (704-706) OR a concerto class OR you may be recommended to both classes, if you have performed in both solo and concerto classes at your local festival. • A concerto or any movements of a concerto are NOT allowed in the Piano II solo classes

SOLO PROVINCIAL PIANO CLASSES CLASS #

NAME OF CLASS

TIME LIMIT

NUMBER OF SELECTIONS TO BE PLAYED

PLAY A CONCERTO OR ANY PART OF A CONCERTO

704

PIANO SOLO – GRADES 5 & 6

18 minutes

2 contrasting selections

Not allowed

705

PIANO SOLO – GRADES 7 & 8

28 minutes

2 contrasting selections

Not allowed

706

PIANO SOLO – GRADES 9 & 10

40 minutes

2 contrasting selections

Not allowed

PROVINCIAL CONCERTO CLASSES These are the only classes in which a concerto or any part of a concerto may be played. Please note: • See page 78 (in Piano I section) for local Concerto class information for Plan II. • Concerto classes at Provincials are open to both Piano I and Piano II competitors. • Make sure that you have played the required movements of your concerto in your local festival CLASS # 707 708

709

NAME OF CLASS CONCERTO

1 Movement only

CONCERTO

2 Movements only

CONCERTO Complete or complete in one movement

TIME LIMIT

NUMBER OF SELECTIONS TO BE PLAYED

40 minutes

ONE movement, which must have been performed at the local level

40 minutes

TWO consecutive movements, which must have been performed at the local level

40 minutes

COMPLETE concerto (or a concerto which is complete in one movement), which must have been performed at the local level

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 92

SPEECH FAQ – LOCAL FESTIVAL Classes

Are all Speech classes listed below available at most festivals?

Check with your local festival.

Do I need to enter more than one class if I hope to be recommended to the Provincials?

You will need to perform 2 selections that were adjudicated at the local festival if you are hoping to be recommended to the Provincial Festival.

Memorization

Do I have to memorize my selection?

Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial Festival memorization is required.

Copies of Speech /Poetry Materials

Does the adjudicator need a published copy?

Yes. You will need to supply a published copy of both selections that you will be performing. Photocopies are not allowed.

What if I am using a selection from the old AMFA Speech Syllabi?

The three AMFA Speech Syllabi are no longer in use and if you use a selection from those syllabi you will need to have a published copy for the adjudicator.

School Speech

Are there Speech classes for schools/groups?

Yes. The Group Speech & Choral Speech sections are located on Pages 100 & 103.

Time Limits

How long will my performance be?

Time limits apply to many speech classes and they are noted in the class details. All performances, unless otherwise noted, may not be longer than 20 minutes or as specified by your local festival.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 93

NARRATIVE/DRAMATIC POETRY SOLO ONE selection 82500

5 AND UNDER A. Taking Off - Mary McB. Green 20th Century Poetry B. A Mouse In Her Room – Anonymous Big Book of Poetry C. Missing – A.A. Milne Winnie the Pooh D. Magical Eraser – Shel Silverstein Where the Sidewalk Ends E. Own choice

82510

6 AND UNDER A. My Tooth Ith Looth - George Ulrich 20th Century Poetry

82560

11 AND UNDER A. The Twins - Henry S. Leigh Random House B. Matilda, Who Told Lies And Was Burned To Death – Hillaire Belloc Oxford Treasury; Classic Poems; Hutchinson Treasury C. Meet-On-The-Road – Anonymous Oxford Story Poems D. Sir Smashum Uppe – E.V. Rieu Random House Anthology E. Own choice

82570

12 AND UNDER A. The Galloping Cat - Stevie Smith Oxford Classic B. The Complacent Tortoise – Brian Patten Oxford Story Poems C. After Ever Happily – Ian Serraillier Oxford Story Poems D. Legend – Judith Wright Oxford Classic Treasury E. Own choice

82580

14 AND UNDER A. Dulce Et Decorum Est – Wilfred Owen Norton Anthology; Broadview Anthology B. Jonah And The Whale – Gareth Owen Oxford Story Poems C. Too Hot To Sleep – Sid Marty ‘Til All the Stars Have Fallen D. The Highwayman – Alfred Noyes Part One or Part Two – Oxford Classic Treasury, Hutchinson Treasury, Oxford Story Poems E. Own choice

82590

16 AND UNDER A. Any Prince To Any Princess - Adrian Henri Good Poems for Hard Times B. David – Earle Birney (Approx. 60-75 lines, performer’s choice) The New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse C. A Subaltern’s Love Song – John Betjeman Norton Anthology D. The Journey Of The Magi – T.S. Eliot Hutchinson Treasury, Broadview Anthology E. Own choice

82600

18 AND UNDER A. Sir Patrick Spens - anonymous Norton Anthology B. At The Long Sault: May 1660 – Archibald Lampman Anthology of Canadian Literature C. The Titanic- E.J. Pratt (“The Final Moments” or Approx. 60-75 lines, performer’s choice) Penguin Book of Canadian Verse, The New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse D. Toward The Last Spike – E.J. Pratt (Approx. 60-75 lines, performer’s choice) Anthology of Canadian Literature E. Own choice.

82610

19 AND OVER Own choice

B. Mad Song - Myra Cohn Livingston 20th Century Poetry y C. Hey, Bug! – Lilian Moore Random House Anthology D. Before Tea – A.A. Milne Winnie the Pooh E. Own choice 82520

7 AND UNDER A. The Crocodile - Michael Flanders 20th Century Poetry B. Oh, To Be… - Richard Edwards 20th Century Poetry C. The Flattered Flying Fish – E.V. Rieu Random House Anthology D. Bedtime – Eleanor Farjeon Read-Aloud Rhymes for the Very Young E. Own choice

82530

8 AND UNDER A. The Girl Who Makes The Cymbals Ring - X.J. Kennedy 20th Century Poetry B. Frizzing - John Ciardi 20th Century Poetry C. Ladies First – Shel Silverstein Light in the Attic D. Mummy Slept Late And Daddy Fixed The Breakfast – John Ciardi Random House Anthology E. Own choice

82540

82550

9 AND UNDER A. Genius - Nikki Grimes 20th Century Poetry B. The Old Dog’s Song - Leslie Norris 20th Century Poetry C. Messy Room – Shel Silverstein Light in the Attic D. The Shark – Lou Alfred Douglas Random House Anthology E. Own choice 10 AND UNDER A. A Social Mixer - X.J. Kennedy Big Book of Poetry B. Painting The Gate - May Swenson Big Book of Poetry C. Smart Remark – Jean Little Hey World, Here I Am! D. The Crocodile’s Toothache – Shel Silverstein Where the Sidewalk Ends E. Own choice

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 94

LYRIC POETRY SOLO ONE selection 82650 5 AND UNDER A. Sleeping Outdoors - Marchette Chute Big Book of Poetry B. Kick A Little Stone - Dorothy Aldis Big Book of Poetry C. The Little Whistler – Frances Frost Piping Down the Valleys Wild D. The Wrong Start – Marchette Chute Random House Anthology E. Own choice 82660

82670

82680

82690

6 AND UNDER A. First Day Of School - Aileen Fisher Big Book of Poetry B. I Heard A Bird Sing - Oliver Herford Big Book of Poetry C. Here Comes- Shel Silverstein A Light in the Attic D. Sunning – James Tippett Random House Anthology E. Own choice 7 AND UNDER A. Green Grass And Dandelions Margaret Wise Brown Big Book of Poetry B. April Rain Song - Langston Hughes Big Book of Poetry C. The Swallow – Ogden Nash Read–Aloud Rhymes for the Very Young D. Halfway Down – A.A. Milne Read-Along Rhymes for the Very Young, Winnie-the-Pooh E. Own choice 8 AND UNDER A. Foxes - Mary Ann Hoberman Big Book of Poetry B. March - John Updike 20th Century Poetry C. Forgotten Language – Shel Silverstein Where the Sidewalk Ends D. Portrait By A Neighbour – Edna St. Vincent Millay Piping Down the Valleys Wild E. Own choice 9 AND UNDER A. The Dark - Myra Cohn Livingston Big Book of Poetry B. Wise - Aileen L. Fisher Big Book of Poetry C. Every Time I Climb A Tree – David McCord Random House Anthology D. To Dark Eyes Dreaming – Zilpha K. Snyder Random House Anthology E. Own choice

82700

82710

10 AND UNDER A. In The Woods - Margaret Wise Brown Big Book of Poetry B. Climbing - Aileen L. Fisher Big Book of Poetry C. Introduction To Songs Of Innocence “Piping Down The Valleys Wild” – William Blake Random House Anthology, New Oxford Treasury, Norton Anthology D. Silver – Walter de la Mare Random House Anthology, New Oxford Treasury E. Own choice 11 AND UNDER A. So Many Nights - Margaret Wise Brown Big Book of Poetry B. The Wolf - Georgia Roberts Durston Big Book of Poetry C. How And When And Where And Why Phyllis Gotlieb The New Wind Has Wings D. About Notebooks – Jean Little Hey World, Here I Am! E. Own choice

82720

12 AND UNDER A. Once Upon A Time - Bill Martin Jr. and Michael Sampson Big Book of Poetry B. Waving At Trains - Roger McGough Oxford Classic Poems C. Upon Westminster Bridge – William Wordsworth Norton Anthology; Classic Poems D. Gray Owl – Joseph Payne Brennan Classic Poems E. Own choice

82730

14 AND UNDER A. Snow In The Suburbs - Thomas Hardy Good Poems for Hard Times B. Caged Bird - Maya Angelou Broadview C. The Naming Of Parts – Henry Reed Norton Anthology D. Albertasaurus – George Bowering 15 Canadian Poets X 2 E. Own choice

82740

16 AND UNDER A. The Tuft Of Flowers - Robert Frost Big Book of Poetry B. Invitation – Carl Dennis Good Poems for Hard Times C. The Unknown Citizen – W.H. Auden Broadview Anthology D. The River-Merchant’s Wife: A Letter – Ezra Pound Norton Anthology; Broadview Anthology E. Own choice

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 95

82750

18 AND UNDER A. When Death Comes - Mary Oliver Good Poems for Hard Times B. The Fish – Elizabeth Bishop Good Poems for Hard Times C. Lament For The Dorsets – Al Purdy Broadview Anthology D. The Hollow Men – T.S. Elliot Broadview Anthology E. Own choice

82760

19 AND OVER Own choice

82840

9 AND UNDER A. The Sky Is Falling – Diane Dawber ‘Til All the Stars Have Fallen B. I Get High On Butterflies – Joe Rosenblatt ‘Til All the Stars Have Fallen C. The Strangers – A.A. Brown The New Wind Has Wings D. Mr. Toboggan and I Carve Winter – Jane Wadley ‘Til All the Stars Have Fallen E. Own choice

82850

10 AND UNDER A. North Wind – Joanne Lysyk ‘Til All the Stars Have Fallen; New Oxford Treasury B. Squirrels In My Notebook – Florence McNeil ‘Til All the Stars Have Fallen C. Path To The Moon – bp Nichol ‘Til All the Stars Have Fallen, New Oxford Treasury D. And My Heart Soars – Chief Dan George ‘Til All the Stars Have Fallen E. Own choice

82860

11 AND UNDER A. White Cat – Raymond Souster The New Wind Has Wings B. yawn – sean o huigan ‘Til All the Stars Have Fallen C. Noah – Roy Daniells The New Wind Has Wings, The Penguin Book of Canadian Verse, The New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse D. The Rattlesnake – Al Purdy The New Wind Has Wings, E. Own choice

82870

12 AND UNDER A. I, Icarus – Alden Nowlan The New Wind Has Wings B. The Skater – Charles G.D. Roberts The New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse; Broadview Anthology C. The Blue Heron – T.G. Roberts The New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse D. Flight of the Roller Coaster – Raymond Souster The New Wind Has Wings, Penguin Book of Canadian Verse; The New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse; E. Own choice

82880

14 AND UNDER A. The Lonely Land – A.J.M. Smith The New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse; Broadview Anthology B. A Kite Is A Victim – Leonard Cohen The New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse; Anthology of Canadian Literature; Broadview Anthology C. You Begin – Margaret Atwood The New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse D. Two sonnets – Charles G.D. Roberts OR Archibald Lampman. Performer’s choice The New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse; Anthology of Canadian Literature; Broadview Anthology; The Penguin Book of Canadian Verse E. Own choice

CANADIAN POETRY SOLO ONE selection 82800 5 AND UNDER A. Toes In My Nose – Sheree Fitch Toes in My Nose B. The Dinosaur Dinner – Dennis Lee ‘Til All the Stars Have Fallen C. Being Five – Dennis Lee Garbage Delight D. Bubble Gum Benny – Sheree Fitch Toes in My Nose E. Own choice 82810

6 AND UNDER A. Anxious – Miriam Waddington ‘Til All the Stars Have Fallen B. The Swing – Dennis Lee Garbage Delight C. Get Lost – Jean Little I Gave My Mom a Castle D. The Sneeze – Sheree Fitch Toes in My Nose, ‘Til All the Stars Have Fallen, Read – Aloud Rhymes for the Very Young E. Own choice

82820

7 AND UNDER A. bye bye – sean o huigan The New Wind Has Wings B. Halfway Dressed – Dennis Lee Garbage Delight C. Silverly – Dennis Lee ‘Til All the Stars Have Fallen; Read – Aloud Rhymes for the Very Young D. The Bratty Brother (Sister) – Dennis Lee Garbage Delight E. Own choice

82830

8 AND UNDER A. The Brook In February – Charles G.D. Roberts The New Wind Has Wings B. The Secret Song – Dennis Lee Garbage Delight C. Stand-In – Jean Little I Gave My Mom a Castle D. Jeremy’s House – Lois Simmie ‘Til All the Stars Have Fallen E. Own choice

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 96

82890

16 AND UNDER A. Canoe Trip – Douglas le Pan The Penguin Book of Canadian Verse B. How One Winter Came To The Lake Region – Wilfred Campbell The Penguin Book of Canadian Verse; The New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse C. Looking For Strawberries In June – Miriam Waddington Anthology of Canadian Literature D. The Snowman – P.K. Page The New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse E. Own choice

82900

18 AND UNDER A. Vancouver Lights – Earle Birney Anthology of Canadian Literature; Broadview Anthology B. Silences – E.J. Pratt The New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse C. Icarus– Gwendolyn MacEwan Anthology of Canadian Literature D. Whatever Else Poetry is Freedom – Irving Layton Anthology of Canadian Literature E. Own choice

82910

19 AND OVER Own choice

ALBERTA POETRY SOLO ONE selection, own choice 83100 8 AND UNDER 83110 10 AND UNDER 83120 12 AND UNDER 83130 14 AND UNDER 83140 16 AND UNDER 83150 18 AND UNDER 83160 19 AND OVER

FRENCH POETRY SOLO ONE selection, own choice. 83500 5 AND UNDER 83510 6 AND UNDER 83520 7 AND UNDER 83530 8 AND UNDER 83540 9 AND UNDER 83550 10 AND UNDER 83560 11 AND UNDER 83570 12 AND UNDER 83580 14 AND UNDER 83590 16 AND UNDER 83600 18 AND UNDER 83610 19 AND OVER

SONNET SEQUENCE SOLO •

ENGLISH ROMANTIC POETRY SOLO •

Poetry from the period 1798-1837.



Romantic poets include Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Byron, Keats, Southey, Scott, Hunt, Hook and their contemporaries.

ONE selection, own choice 82950 12 AND UNDER 82960 14 AND UNDER 82970 16 AND UNDER 82980 18 AND UNDER 82990 19 AND OVER

Two sonnets thematically linked, not necessarily by the same author.

TWO selections, own choice 83650 12 AND UNDER 83660 14 AND UNDER 83670 16 AND UNDER 83680 18 AND UNDER 83690 19 AND OVER

PROSE SOLO

ENGLISH VICTORIAN POETRY SOLO •

Poetry from the period 1837-1900.



Victorian poets include Arnold, Tennyson, Browning, Rossetti, Carroll and their contemporaries.

ONE selection, own choice 83000 12 AND UNDER 83010 14 AND UNDER 83020 16 AND UNDER 83030 18 AND UNDER 83040 19 AND OVER



A prose selection from fiction or nonfiction from an authored story, essay or novel.



It must be performed from memory.



The passage may be abridged to form a unified whole.

ONE selection, own choice 83700 6 AND UNDER 83710 8 AND UNDER 83720 10 AND UNDER 83730 12 AND UNDER 83740 14 AND UNDER 83750 16 AND UNDER 83760 18 AND UNDER 83770 19 AND OVER

Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time

TWENTIETH/TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY POETRY SOLO •

Poetry written in English from 1901 to present.

ONE selection, own choice 83050 12 AND UNDER 83060 14 AND UNDER 83070 16 AND UNDER 83080 18 AND UNDER 83090 19 AND OVER

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 97

limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit:

03 04 05 06 07 08 08 08

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

CREATIVE STORY TELLING SOLO •

An original story which is invented, written and performed by the competitor, OR a retelling of a traditional story or folk tale, but it must be in the competitor’s own words.



Sounds and/or movement may be used if appropriate to the material.



Simple props, where appropriate, may be used.



Outline must be given to the adjudicator.

ONE selection, own choice 84000 6 AND UNDER 84010 7 AND UNDER 84020 8 AND UNDER 84030 9 AND UNDER 84040 10 AND UNDER 84050 11 AND UNDER 84060 12 AND UNDER 84070 14 AND UNDER 84080 16 AND UNDER 84090 18 AND UNDER 84100 19 AND OVER

Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time

limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit:

03 03 04 04 05 05 06 06 08 08 08

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

SOLO SCENES •

Performers should ensure the scene is suitable for performance in a Festival environment.



Stand-alone monologues not from a published play, story or novel are not acceptable in these classes.



Scenes must be from a published play, or a dramatization from a story or novel.



Scenes may be abridged to link the speeches of one character.

SOLO SCENE – MODERN

SOLO SCENE – CLASSICAL •



Any scene written before 1850 excluding Shakespeare.

ONE selection, own choice 84200 8 AND UNDER 84210 10 AND UNDER 84220 12 AND UNDER 84230 14 AND UNDER 84240 16 AND UNDER 84250 18 AND UNDER 84260 19 AND OVER

Time Time Time Time Time Time Time

limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit:

04 04 04 05 06 08 08

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

• Time Time Time Time Time Time Time

limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit:

Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time

limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit:

04 04 04 04 04 05 06 08 08

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

SOLO SCENE – CONTEMPORARY

SOLO SCENE – SHAKESPEARE ONE selection, own choice 84300 8 AND UNDER 84310 10 AND UNDER 84320 12 AND UNDER 84330 14 AND UNDER 84340 16 AND UNDER 84350 18 AND UNDER 84360 19 AND OVER

Any scene written between 1850 and 1950.

ONE selection, own choice 84400 7 AND UNDER 84410 8 AND UNDER 84420 9 AND UNDER 84430 10 AND UNDER 84440 12 AND UNDER 84450 14 AND UNDER 84460 16 AND UNDER 84470 18 AND UNDER 84480 19 AND OVER

04 04 04 05 06 08 08

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

Any scene written after 1950.

ONE selection, own choice 84500 7 AND UNDER 84510 8 AND UNDER 84520 9 AND UNDER 84530 10 AND UNDER 84540 12 AND UNDER 84550 14 AND UNDER 84560 16 AND UNDER 84570 18 AND UNDER 84580 19 AND OVER

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time

PAGE 98

limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit:

04 04 04 04 04 05 06 08 08

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

SACRED READING SOLO

SPEECH SOLO - CONCERT •

The concert class allows the performer to build a continuous artistic program of TWO or THREE selections chosen from different styles and forms of literature e.g. poetry, excerpts from stories, essays, but NO SCENES all relating to a central idea or theme.



Incorporating introductions and transitions to join the concert into a complete and unified whole is recommended.



The artistic arrangement and the quality of the literature chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator.

84700 84710 84720 84730 84740 84750 84760 84770 84780 84790 84800

6 AND UNDER 7 AND UNDER 8 AND UNDER 9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER

Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time

limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit:

04 04 05 05 06 06 07 08 10 12 12

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

SPEECH SOLO – RECITAL •

The recital class allows the performer to build a continuous artistic program of TWO or THREE selections chosen from different styles and forms of literature all relating to a central idea or theme.



ONE selection must be a scene; the others from different styles and forms of literature e.g. poetry, excerpts from stories, essays. Incorporating introductions and transitions to join the recital into a complete and unified whole is recommended.



The artistic arrangement and the quality of the literature chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator.

84900 84910 84920 84930 84940 84950 84960

8 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER

Time Time Time Time Time Time Time

limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit:

05 06 07 08 10 12 12

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

Not Eligible for Provincials •

A sacred reading in English from any holy text.



The selected passage is to be read, not memorized.

ONE selection, own choice 83800 8 AND UNDER 83810 10 AND UNDER 83820 12 AND UNDER 83830 14 AND UNDER 83840 16 AND UNDER 83850 18 AND UNDER 83860 19 AND OVER

Time Time Time Time Time Time Time



A photocopy or computer printout must be submitted before the festival starts.

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

Not Eligible for Provincials •

Cards may be used for reference.



Outline must be given to the adjudicator.

ONE selection, written by the competitor 83900 10 AND UNDER Time limit: 83910 12 AND UNDER Time limit: 83920 14 AND UNDER Time limit: 83930 16 AND UNDER Time limit: 83940 18 AND UNDER Time limit: 83950 19 AND OVER Time limit:

04 04 05 06 06 06

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

SOLO MIME Not Eligible for Provincials •

A written outline, including theme, must be provided to the adjudicator.



Simple costumes, music or sound effects may be used.

ONE selection, own choice 84600 6 AND UNDER 84610 8 AND UNDER 84620 10 AND UNDER 84630 12 AND UNDER 84640 14 AND UNDER 84650 16 AND UNDER 84660 18 AND UNDER 84670 19 AND OVER

Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time

Not Eligible for Provincials Adjudicator will address presentation as well as content.

04 05 06 07 08 08 08

PUBLIC SPEAKING SOLO

ORIGINAL POETRY SOLO



limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit:

ONE selection, own choice. 83300 8 AND UNDER 83310 10 AND UNDER 83320 12 AND UNDER 83330 14 AND UNDER 83340 16 AND UNDER 83350 18 AND UNDER 83360 19 AND OVER

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 99

limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit:

03 03 03 03 04 05 05 05

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

GROUP SPEECH GROUP MIME

DUOLOGUE

Not Eligible for Provincials

Not Eligible for Provincials •



A scene from a play or other form of literature, acted by two individuals depicting two different characters. Simple costumes and props are allowed.

ONE selection, own choice 85000 8 AND UNDER 85010 10 AND UNDER 85020 12 AND UNDER 85030 14 AND UNDER 85040 16 AND UNDER 85050 18 AND UNDER 85060 19 AND OVER

Time Time Time Time Time Time Time

limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit:

07 08 09 09 10 10 10

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

CHORIC DRAMA



A written outline, including theme, must be provided to the adjudicator.



Simple costumes, music or sound effects may be used.

ONE selection, own choice 85300 6 AND UNDER 85310 8 AND UNDER 85320 10 AND UNDER 85330 12 AND UNDER 85340 14 AND UNDER 85350 16 AND UNDER 85360 18 AND UNDER 85370 19 AND OVER

Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time

limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit:

03 03 03 03 03 04 04 05

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

GROUP SCENES

Not Eligible for Provincials •

Read the Glossary definition carefully.



Time limit, including preparation and performance: 8 minutes.

ONE selection, own choice 85100 KINDERGARTEN/GRADE 1 85110 GRADES 2-3 85120 GRADES 4-6 85130 GRADES 7-9 85140 GRADES 10-12

Not Eligible for Provincials •

Performers should ensure the scene is suitable for performance in a Festival environment.



Any published author.

ONE selection, own choice. 85400 8 AND UNDER Time 85410 10 AND UNDER Time 85420 12 AND UNDER Time 85430 14 AND UNDER Time 85440 16 AND UNDER Time 85450 18 AND UNDER Time 85460 19 AND OVER Time

limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit: limit:

10 10 10 10 10 12 12

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

READERS THEATRE Not Eligible for Provincials •

Requires a minimum of three performers.



Emphasis MUST be on the text, with the script performed in the Readers Theatre style, using an imaginative approach. See the Glossary.



Participants should be stationary. May be sitting or standing.



Performance Time: Maximum 20 minutes.

85200 85210 85220 85230 85240 85250

8 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND OVER

IMPROVISATION Not Eligible for Provincials •

For groups of two or more actors.



A theme will be suggested by the adjudicator.



Time limit: 15 minutes for preparation with teacher’s assistance if desired.



10 minutes for performance.

85500 85510 85520 85530

14 16 18 19

AND AND AND AND

UNDER UNDER UNDER OVER

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 100

FAQ - PROVINCIAL FESTIVAL SPEECH CLASSES 801 – 803

Recommendations

How do I enter the Provincial Festival?

You cannot enter the Provincial Festival. The adjudicator at your local festival must recommend you to the appropriate Provincial Class

Classes

What Speech classes are offered at the Provincial Festival?

801 802 803

Time Limits

What are the time limits at the Provincial Festival?

Solo 12 and under - 18 minutes Solo 16 and under - 28 minutes Solo Senior - 40 minutes

Selections

How many selections will I have to do at the Provincial Festival?

TWO pieces are required, preferably contrasting. You should enter at least two classes at your local festival so that you have sufficient repertoire from which to choose.

Fees

How much are the fees for the Provincial classes

$100 – Solo 12 and under $100 – Solo 16 and under $125 – Solo Senior

Entry Form

If I have been recommended do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival?

No, the entry form will be done by the Local festival.

Memorization

Do I need to have my speech piece memorized?

Yes. Memorization is mandatory.

National

Are there Speech classes at the National Festival?

No, not at this time.

Dates

When are the Speech classes at the 2014 Provincial Festival?

Thursday, May 29th to Friday, May 30. A copy of the solo festival schedule may be downloaded from www.albertamusicfestival.org

Place

Where is the Provincial Festival held?

At the Alberta College Campus of MacEwan University in Edmonton. Alberta College is located at 10040 MacDonald Drive (corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street – behind McDougall United Church). It is not part of the City Centre campus of MacEwan University which is located on 104th Avenue.

SPEECH SOLO - 12 YEARS & UNDER SPEECH SOLO - 16 YEARS & UNDER SPEECH SOLO - SENIOR

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 101

SPEECH BIBILIOGRAPHY 15 Canadian Poets X 2.......................................................... Ed. Gary Geddes. Don Mills: Oxford, 1990. 15 Canadian Poets x 2 20th Century Children’s Poetry Treasury, The................ Ed, Jack Prelutsky. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1999. (20 Century Poetry Treasury) th

A Child's Garden of Verses.................................................. Stevenson, Robert Louis. A Child’s Garden of Verses. Wordsworth Editions, 1994 A Light in the Attic ................................................................ Silverstein, Shel A Light in the Attic. New York: Harper Collins, 1981. An Anthology of Canadian Literature in English ............. Ed. Russell Brown and Donna Bennett. Toronto: Oxford University Press, 1982, 1983 Anthology of Canadian Literature Big Book of Poetry, The Bill Martin Jr. .............................. Ed. Bill Martin Jr. and Michael Sampson. Toronto: Simon & Schuster Books for Young Readers, 2008. (Big Book of Poetry) Broadview Anthology of Poetry, The................................. Ed. Herbert Rosengarten and Amanda Goldrick-Jones. Peterborough: Broadview Books, 1993. Broadview Anthology Classic Poems to Read Aloud.............................................. Ed. James Berry. New York: Kingfisher, 1995. Classic Poems Garbage Delight .................................................................... Lee, Dennis. Garbage Delight Toronto: Macmillan, 1977 Good Poems for Hard Times ............................................... Ed. Garrison Keeler. Toronto: Penguin Group, 2005. (Good Poems for Hard Times) Hey World, Here I Am!......................................................... Little, Jean Hey World, Here I Am! Toronto: Harper and Row, 1986. Hutchinson Treasury, The ................................................... Ed. Alison Sage. London: Random House, 1998. Hutchinson Treasury I Gave My Mom a Castle...................................................... Little, Jean I Gave My Mom a Castle. Victoria: Orca, 2003. Ice Cream Store, The ........................................................... Lee, Dennis The Ice Cream Store. Toronto: Harper Collins, 1991. New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse, The ....................... Ed. Margaret Atwood. Toronto: Oxford University Press, 1983. The New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse New Oxford Treasury of Children's Poems, The ............. Ed. Michael Harrison and Christopher Stuart-Clark. Toronto: Oxford University Press, 1998. New Oxford Treasury New Wind Has Wings, The....................................... Ed. Mary Alice Downie and Barbara Robertson. Toronto: Oxford University Press, 1984. The New Wind Has Wings Norton Anthology of Poetry Fourth Edition, Shorter................................................... Ed. Margaret Ferguson. New York: W. W. Norton, 1997. Norton Anthology Oxford Book of Story Poems, The ..................................... Ed. Michael Harrison and Christopher Stuart-Clark.Toronto: Oxford University Press, 1995. Oxford Story Poems Oxford Treasury of Classic Poems, The............................ Ed. Michael Harrison and Christopher Stuart-Clark,Toronto: Oxford University Press, 1997. Oxford Classic Treasury Penguin Book of Canadian Verse, The.............................. Revised Edition. Ed. Ralph Gustafson. Middlesex, England: Penguin, 1969 The Penguin Book of Canadian Verse Piping Down The Valleys Wild............................................ Poetry for the Young of All Ages. Ed. Nancy Larrick. New York: Bantam Doubleday Dell, 1999. Piping Down the Valleys Wild Poetry Book, The................................................................... Ed. Fiona Waters. London: Orion Children's Books, 1996. The Poetry Book Random House Book of Poetry for Children, The ........... Ed. Jack Prelutsky New York: Random House, 1983 Random House Anthology Read-Aloud Rhymes for the Very Young .......................... Read-Aloud Rhymes for the Very Young. Ed. Jack Prelutsky. Toronto: Random House, 1996. Read-Aloud Rhymes Something Big Has Been Here ........................................... Prelutsky, Jack Something Big Has Been Here. Harper Collins Canada, 1993. 'Til All the Stars Have Fallen: Canadian Poems for Children ..................................... Ed. David Booth. Toronto: Kids Can Press, 1990 'Til All the Stars Have Fallen Toes in My Nose and Other Poems.................................... Fitch, Sheree. Toes in My Nose and Other Poems. Toronto: Doubleday, 1987. Where the Sidewalk Ends.................................................... Silverstein, Shel Where the Sidewalk Ends. New York: Harper Collins, 1974. Winnie-the-Pooh.................................................................... Milne, A. A. The Complete Poems of Winnie-the-Pooh. New York: Dutton, 1998.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 102

CHORAL SPEECH FAQ - LOCAL FESTIVAL Classes

Are all Choral Speech classes listed below available at most festivals?

Most, but not all, festivals offer Choral Speech classes. Check with your local festival.

Do we need to enter more than one class if we hope to be recommended to the Provincials?

As all classes require two selections you do not need to enter more than one class but you certainly may enter more than one class if you would like to have a choice of repertoire to take to the Provincial Festival.

Time Limits

How long will my performance be?

All performances, unless otherwise noted, may not be longer than 20 minutes or as specified in your local festival addendum.

Number of Selections

How many selections do we need to do?

Memorization

Do the selections have to be memorized?

Two contrasting selections are required in all classes. If you are hoping to be recommended to the Provincial Festival you will need to make sure that one of your selections is listed in the Syllabus. Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial Festival memorization is required.

Performance Guidelines

What should we watch for in our performance?

• The presentation of the text is of utmost importance.

Does the adjudicator need a published copy?

Yes. You will need to supply a published copy of both selections that you will be performing.

May we use a selection from the old AMFA Speech Syllabi?

The three AMFA Speech Syllabi are no longer in use and if you use a selection from those syllabi you MUST have a published copy for the adjudicator.

Copies of Speech /Poetry Materials

Selections MUST NOT be Choric Drama.

LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES Classes 86000 -86090 – CHORAL SPEECH – PRESCRIBED SELECTION, which required the performance of a Prescribed piece have been deleted. A list of selections for each age has been provided on the next page. Groups needing help choosing grade appropriate selections may find the list helpful.

CHORAL SPEECH

FRENCH CHORAL SPEECH

TWO contrasting selections, own choice

DICTION EN CHŒUR – FRANÇAIS

86200

GRADES 1 to 3

86210

GRADES 4 to 6

86220

GRADES 7 to 9

86230

GRADES 10 to 12



Des traductions en anglais doivent être soumises avec les sélections

DEUX sélections contrastée, propre choix 86300

1ère - 3ème ANNÉES / GRADES 1 to 3

86310

4ème - 6ème ANNÉES / GRADES 4 to 6

86320

7ème - 9ème ANNÉES / GRADES 7 to 9

86330

10ème - 12ème ANNÉES / GRADES 10 to 12

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 103

FAQ - PROVINCIAL FESTIVAL CHORAL SPEECH CLASSES 851 – 852 Recommendations

Classes

Memorization

How do we enter the Provincial Festival?

You cannot enter the Provincial Festival. The adjudicator at your local festival must recommend you to the appropriate Provincial Class

May Kindergarten classes be recommended to Provincials?

No, they are not eligible.

What Choral Speech classes are offered at the Provincial Festival?

851

CHORAL SPEECH ELEMENTARY SCHOOL GRADES 1 - 3

852

CHORAL SPEECH ELEMENTARY SCHOOL GRADES 4 - 6

Do we have to memorize our selection? If I have been recommended do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival?

Yes, memorization is required.

Fees

How much are the fees for the Provincial classes?

$150.00

Time Limits

What are the time limits at the Provincial Festival?

15 minutes

Risers/boxes

Do we need to supply risers or boxes for the Provincial Festival class?

No. If recommended to the Provincial festival a choir may use only the built-in risers or stage.

Props/Costumes

May we use props or costumes?

The use of SIMPLE props and gestures and the suggestion of a costume is permitted.

Dates

When are the Choral Speech classes at the is the 2014 Provincial Festival?

Wednesday, Mary 28th. • Class 851 Grades 1-3 Choral Speech will start at 9:30 am and • Class 852 Grades 4-6 Choral Speech will start at 1:30 pm

Place

Where is the Provincial Festival held?

At McDougall United Church in Edmonton. Alberta McDougall is located at the corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street – adjacent to the Alberta College campus of MacEwan University.

National

Are there Choral Speech classes at the National Festival?

No, not at this time.

Entry Form

No, the entry form will be done by the Local festival.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 104

SUGGESTED SELECTIONS LIST You may choose one or more of your selections from the list below. They are no longer prescribed, test or mandatory selections KINDERGARTEN Frog on a Log – Ilo Orleans Read-Aloud Rhymes for the Very Young Fish – Mary Ann Hoberman Read-Aloud Rhymes for the Very Young Good Morning – Muriel Sipe Read-Aloud Rhymes for the Very Young Jump or Jiggle – Evelyn Beyer Read-Aloud Rhymes for the Very Young GRADE 1 Squirrel In The Rain – Frances Frost Read-Aloud Rhymes for the Very Young Cats – Eleanor Farjeon Random House Book of Poetry for Children The Elf and the Dormouse - Oliver Herford Random House Book of Poetry for Children Gold-Tinted Dragon – Karla Kuskin Read-Aloud Rhymes for the Very Young GRADE 2 It Fell in the City – Eve Merriam Read-Aloud Rhymes for the Very Young Ears Hear – Lucia and James Hymes Jr. Read-Aloud Rhymes for the Very Young Brontosaurus – Gail Kredenser Random House Anthology Yellow Butter – Mary Ann Hoberman Read-Aloud Rhymes for the Very Young GRADE 3 My Brother Bert – Ted Hughes Random House Anthology Jimmy Jet and His T.V. Set – Shel Silverstein Random House Anthology; Where the Sidewalk Ends Creature In The Classroom – Jack Prelutsky Random House Anthology Cat – Mary Britton Miller Random House Anthology GRADE 4 First Day At School - Roger McGough Classic Poems The Bogeyman – Jack Prelutsky Random House Anthology A Mosquito In The Cabin - Myra Stilborn ‘Til All the Stars Have Fallen Lone Dog – Irene McLeod Random House Anthology GRADE 5 Augustus, Who Would Not Have Any Soup – Heinrich Hoffman Random House Anthology The Lion and The Echo – Brian Patten Classic Poems; Oxford Story Poems I Met A Rat of Culture – Jack Prelutsky Something Big Has Been Here Clarence – Shel Silverstein A Light in the Attic GRADE 6 Foul Shot – Edwin A. Hoey Random House Anthology The Reformed Pirate – T. G. Roberts The New Wind Has Wings Gluskap’s Hound – T.G. Roberts The New Wind has Wings Colonel Fazackerley – Charles Causley Random House Anthology GRADE 7 O Captain! My Captain! – Walt Whitman Classic Poems; Broadview Anthology If – Rudyard Kipling Classic Poems The Fisherman – Jay McPherson The New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse; Broadview Anthology The Song My Paddle Sings - E. Pauline Johnson Anthology of Canadian Literature GRADE 8 Charge of the Light Brigade – Alfred, Lord Tennyson Classic Poems I Have a Dream –Martin Luther King (Performer may use excerpt as printed, or choose a 40 line selection from the full text) Classic Poems The Cremation of Sam McGee - Robert W. Service (Approx. 40-50 lines) The New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse All The World’s A Stage – William Shakespeare (Jaques’ Speech from “As You Like It”) Classic Poems GRADE 9 The Passionate Shepherd to His Love and The Nymph’s Reply – Christopher Marlowe and Sir Walter Raleigh Norton Anthology; Broadview Anthology The Night Mail – W. H. Auden Classic Poems; Oxford Treasury She Walks In Beauty – Lord Byron Norton Anthology; Classic Poems, Broadview Anthology Tarantella – Hilaire Belloc Classic Poems, Oxford Classic Treasury

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 105

SPEECH BIBILIOGRAPHY 15 Canadian Poets X 2 ......................................................... Ed. Gary Geddes. Don Mills: Oxford, 1990. 15 Canadian Poets x 2 20th Century Children’s Poetry Treasury, The ............... Ed, Jack Prelutsky. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1999. (20 Century Poetry Treasury) th

A Child's Garden of Verses ................................................. Stevenson, Robert Louis. A Child’s Garden of Verses. Wordsworth Editions, 1994 A Light in the Attic................................................................ Silverstein, Shel A Light in the Attic. New York: Harper Collins, 1981. An Anthology of Canadian Literature in English ............. Ed. Russell Brown and Donna Bennett. Toronto: Oxford University Press, 1982, 1983 Anthology of Canadian Literature Big Book of Poetry, The Bill Martin Jr. .............................. Ed. Bill Martin Jr. and Michael Sampson. Toronto: Simon & Schuster Books for Young Readers, 2008. (Big Book of Poetry) Broadview Anthology of Poetry, The ................................ Ed. Herbert Rosengarten and Amanda Goldrick-Jones. Peterborough: Broadview Books, 1993. Broadview Anthology Classic Poems to Read Aloud ............................................. Ed. James Berry. New York: Kingfisher, 1995. Classic Poems Garbage Delight .................................................................... Lee, Dennis. Garbage Delight Toronto: Macmillan, 1977 Good Poems for Hard Times............................................... Ed. Garrison Keeler. Toronto: Penguin Group, 2005 (Good Poems for Hard Times) Hey World, Here I Am! ........................................................ Little, Jean Hey World, Here I Am! Toronto: Harper and Row, 1986. Hutchinson Treasury, The ................................................... Ed. Alison Sage. London: Random House, 1998. Hutchinson Treasury I Gave My Mom a Castle ..................................................... Little, Jean I Gave My Mom a Castle. Victoria: Orca, 2003. Ice Cream Store, The........................................................... Lee, Dennis The Ice Cream Store. Toronto: Harper Collins, 1991. New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse, The....................... Ed. Margaret Atwood. Toronto: Oxford University Press, 1983. The New Oxford Book of Canadian Verse New Oxford Treasury of Children's Poems, The ............. Ed. Michael Harrison and Christopher Stuart-Clark. Toronto: Oxford University Press, 1998. New Oxford Treasury New Wind Has Wings, The .................................................. Ed. Mary Alice Downie and Barbara Robertson. Toronto: Oxford University Press, 1984. The New Wind Has Wings Norton Anthology of Poetry Fourth Edition, Shorter .................................................. Ed. Margaret Ferguson. New York: W. W. Norton, 1997. Norton Anthology Oxford Book of Story Poems, The ..................................... Ed. Michael Harrison and Christopher Stuart-Clark.Toronto: Oxford University Press, 1995. Oxford Story Poems Oxford Treasury of Classic Poems, The............................ Ed. Michael Harrison and Christopher Stuart-Clark,Toronto: Oxford University Press, 1997. Oxford Classic Treasury Penguin Book of Canadian Verse, The ............................. Revised Edition. Ed. Ralph Gustafson. Middlesex, England: Penguin, 1969 The Penguin Book of Canadian Verse Piping Down The Valleys Wild ............................................ Poetry for the Young of All Ages. Ed. Nancy Larrick. New York: Bantam Doubleday Dell, 1999. Piping Down the Valleys Wild Poetry Book, The .................................................................. Ed. Fiona Waters. London: Orion Children's Books, 1996. The Poetry Book Random House Book of Poetry for Children, The........... Ed. Jack Prelutsky New York: Random House, 1983 Random House Anthology Read-Aloud Rhymes for the Very Young.......................... Read-Aloud Rhymes for the Very Young. Ed. Jack Prelutsky. Toronto: Random House, 1996. Read-Aloud Rhymes Something Big Has Been Here ........................................... Prelutsky, Jack Something Big Has Been Here. Harper Collins Canada, 1993. 'Til All the Stars Have Fallen: Canadian Poems for Children ..................................... Ed. David Booth. Toronto: Kids Can Press, 1990 'Til All the Stars Have Fallen Toes in My Nose and Other Poems ................................... Fitch, Sheree. Toes in My Nose and Other Poems. Toronto: Doubleday, 1987. Where the Sidewalk Ends ................................................... Silverstein, Shel Where the Sidewalk Ends. New York: Harper Collins, 1974. Winnie-the-Pooh ................................................................... Milne, A. A. The Complete Poems of Winnie-the-Pooh. New York: Dutton, 1998.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 106

CHORAL (COMMUNITY) LOCAL FESTIVAL FAQ By entering Choral classes 90200-90910 your choir is eligible to be recommended to compete in the Choral (Community) classes at the Provincial Festival.

Are all Choral classes listed below available at most festivals?

Check with your local festival.

How many classes should we enter?

You may enter one or more classes. Check with your local festival.

Do we need to enter more than one class if we hope to be recommended to the Provincials?

You should enter at least two classes as you will then have sufficient repertoire from which to choose the 2 pieces to take to Provincials, should you be recommended.

Memorization

Does the music have to be memorized?

Memorization is optional for choirs.

Type of Music

May we sing pop music at the Provincial festival?

No. Only classical (serious), not pop, choral music is acceptable for recommendation to the Provincial Festival.

Music

How many pieces do we have to sing in each class?

At the beginning of each class the type of music and number of selections that may be sung in that class are specified.

Classes – not eligible

Are there classes which are not eligible for recommendation to Provincials?

Yes. Those that are not eligible have the wording “Not Eligible for Provincials” in a box under the name of the class.

School Classes

Are there Choral classes for schools?

Yes. The School Choral Syllabus starts on Page 115.

Time Limits

How long may we sing in our class?

All performances, unless otherwise noted, may not be longer than 20 minutes. OR as specified in your local festival addendum.

Classes

PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL (Community) information is located on Page 112, at the end of the Local Class listings

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 107

AUDIO RECORDED CHORAL FESTIVAL REGULATIONS The Alberta Music Festival Association will be hosting an Audio Recorded Choral Festival for Class 971 (School Choral grades 1-3), Class 911 (Choral 10 & under) and ALL Provincial National Classes. All other Choral classes listed in the Alberta Music Festival Syllabus will be performed at a Live Choral Festival (May 8 – 10, 2014). Note 1 – Choirs submitting CD recordings to the Provincial level of competition must perform the same selections on which they were recommended by the adjudicator at the local level. Note 2 – Definition of the term ‘selection’ is “one piece of music by a composer, and not two or more short pieces from a collection, cycle or larger work” Eligibility (Audio Recorded Competition) Participation is limited to amateur Alberta choirs, performing in the appropriate class(es) in a live performance at affiliated local Alberta festivals. 1. A choir may enter only one choral class at the Provincial level 2. Should a competitor be recommended by more than one local festival, AMFA will only accept the first recommendation. Performance (Audio Recorded Competition) 1. Each festival will set their own rules in regards to the arrangement and cost for the recording sessions. AMFA will not assume any financial responsibility and/or arrangement for recording. 2. The local festival must designate a representative to supervise and witness the recording of the performance of choirs recommended to the Alberta Music Festival. The representative’s name must be included on the entry form. 3. Only CDs are acceptable formats for the submission of recorded choral entries. 4. No acoustic or electronic compensation, filtering, or other enhancement is to be used while recording. 5. CD and music should contain no reference to the name of the choir, its conductor or the festival from which it has been sent. Date of the recording should be noted. 6. It is preferable to have the recording done during the actual performance but should this not be feasible, it must be received in the Provincial Office (37 Beech Crescent. Olds AB T4H 1L8) by Wednesday, May 1st, 2014. 7. The recording must be the “first take” and must be with the same choir, conductor and accompaniment as in the original performance. 8. “First Take” involves a warm-up, level checks and then a complete performance.

9.

Each Provincial National Choir will send: i. Two complete original music scores for each selection containing choral parts and accompaniment. The first bar of each line in the score must be numbered and the performance key indicated on the score. ii. Two CDs iii. Entry fee of $150.00 (payable to AMFA) 10. Class 971 (School Choral Grades 1-3) & Class 911 (Choral 10 & under) will send: a. One complete original music score for each selection containing choral parts and accompaniment. The first bar of each line in the score must be numbered and the performance key indicated on the score. b. One CD c. Entry fee of $150.00 (payable to AMFA) 11. All copyrights regarding music must be observed. Manual copies or photocopies of copyright music will not be accepted unless a letter of permission from the publisher is attached. PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL COMPETITION: Provincial National competition is conducted at three progressive levels: Local Festival Adjudicators at the local festival may choose, in each of the ten Choral categories, one choir that is felt to be of National standard. The CD along with the recommendation and original music shall be sent to the Provincial Administrator. Provincial Festival Adjudicators at the provincial festival may choose, in each category submitted, one choir that is felt to be of National standard. The written recommendation along with the recording of the performance and original music shall be sent to the Executive Director of the Federation of Canadian Music Festivals. National Festival CDs from all the provinces shall be heard by two appointed adjudicators and the winners of the ten Choral competitions will be notified by telephone. An entry fee of $125.00 is required at the National level. ** Choirs entering the Provincial National stream need to read the Choral rules found in the 2014 National Syllabus.**

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 108

LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES Classes 90100 to 90160 – CHORUS PRESCRIBED SELECTION which required the performance of a Prescribed piece have been replaced by own choice classes. A list of selections for each age has been provided at the end of the List of Local Classes. Groups needing help choosing grade appropriate selections may find the list helpful. Classes 90200 to 90260 below require TWO selections, own choice.

CHORUS – RECITAL •

The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator. Any accompaniment may be used. May be sacred or secular. Selections MUST NOT include popular vocal. (See glossary) Only ONE Folk, Traditional Air, Sea Shanty or Spiritual may be sung.

• • • •

CHORUS - OWN CHOICE •

Classical (serious), not pop. In addition to standard classical repertoire, works by Mary Lynn Lightfoot, Sally Albrecht, Nancy Telfer etc. are acceptable.

TWO selections, own choice 90200 90210 90220 90230 90240 90250 90260

10 AND UNDER, in unison or parts 12 AND UNDER, in unison or parts 14 AND UNDER, in parts 16 AND UNDER, in parts 18 AND UNDER, in parts FEMALE OR MALE CHORUS, in parts MIXED CHORUS, in parts

CHORUS - CONTEMPORARY/MODERN COMPOSERS •

Composers whose works are considered to be “classical style” rather than popular music. In addition to the standard classical repertoire, works by Mary Lynn Lightfoot, Sally Albrecht, Nancy Telfer etc. are acceptable.

ONE selection, own choice, in parts 90400 90410 90420 90430 90440 90450

10 12 14 16 18 19

AND AND AND AND AND AND

UNDER - Unison optional UNDER – Unison optional UNDER, in parts UNDER, in parts UNDER, in parts OVER, in parts

CHORUS – CONCERT • • • •

The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator. Any accompaniment may be used. May be sacred, secular or Folk, Traditional Air, Sea Shanty or Spiritual. Selections MUST NOT include Popular Vocal. (See Glossary)

A GROUP of selections, own choice, from ONE of the following styles: Medieval/Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Impressionism, Contemporary/Modern. 90500 10 AND UNDER Selections may be in unison or parts 90510 12 AND UNDER Selections may be in unison or parts 90520 14 AND UNDER, in parts 90530 16 AND UNDER, in parts 90540 18 AND UNDER, in parts 90550 19 AND OVER, in parts

THREE selections, own choice, from any THREE of the following styles: Medieval/Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Impressionism, or Contemporary/Modern 90600 10 AND UNDER Selections may be in unison or parts 90610 12 AND UNDER Selections may be in unison or parts 90620 14 AND UNDER ONE selection may be in unison. 90630 16 AND UNDER, in parts 90640 18 AND UNDER, in parts 90650 19 AND OVER, in parts

CHORUS - TRADITIONAL FOLK SONG •

Folk Song, Traditional air, Sea shanty or Spiritual. Any accompaniment may be used.

• •

The selection must not be a medley of songs. Partner songs are acceptable.

ONE selection, own choice, in parts 90700 10 AND UNDER - Unison optional 90710 12 AND UNDER - Unison optional 90720 14 AND UNDER, in parts 90730 16 AND UNDER, in parts 90740 18 AND UNDER, in parts 90750 19 AND OVER, in parts

MADRIGAL ENSEMBLE classes have been deleted. Madrigals may now be done in Vocal Ensemble Classes. VOCAL ENSEMBLE • • • • •

Eight to twelve voices. May be conducted. May be accompanied. MAY include a madrigal. Brief solo passages are allowed.

TWO contrasting selections, own choice 90900 90910

18 AND UNDER - TWO or more parts if not madrigal 19 AND OVER - THREE or more parts if not madrigal

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 109

CHORUS -VARIOUS

COMMUNITY MUSIC

Not Eligible for Provincials 90280

90290

SERVICE, FRATERNAL, COMMERCIAL AND BARBERSHOP TWO selections, own choice SENIOR CITIZENS CHOIR TWO selections, own choice

CHORUS - CHURCH/SUNDAY SCHOOL Not Eligible for Provincials •

For adjudication only

TWO sacred selections, own choice, in parts. 90300 90305 90310 90320 90330 90340 90350

10 AND UNDER - Unison optional 12 AND UNDER – Unison optional 14 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER PLAIN CHANT – GREGORIAN – Latin or English

FAMILY MUSIC Not Eligible for Provincials • • •

Not Eligible for Provincials • •

Similar to Family Music, but participants need not be members of one family. Not restricted to voice.

ONE selection, own choice 90950 90960

16 AND UNDER Time limit: 10 minutes 17 AND OVER Time limit: 10 minutes

CHORUS - MOVIE/TV/POP Not Eligible for Provincials • The selection must not be a medley of songs. Partner songs are acceptable. • NO movement or costumes are allowed. ONE selection, own choice 90800 10 AND UNDER - Unison optional 90805 12 AND UNDER – Unison optional 90810 14 AND UNDER 90820 16 AND UNDER 90830 18 AND UNDER 90840 19 AND OVER

Designed to foster music in the home and open to two or more members of one family. The accompanist MUST be a member of the family. Not restricted to voice.

ONE selection, own choice 90940

FAMILY MUSIC

Time limit: 10 minutes

SUGGESTED SELECTIONS FOR CHORAL (Community)

10 AND UNDER

Hot Cross Buns – Cyril Jenkins, arr. Leslie Music Supply No. 2023 Chatter with the Angels – B. Bertaux, arr. Boosey and Hawkes 480109425 Circles – Mary Goetze Boosey and Hawkes 9790051466344 Once More to the Sea – Robert I. Hugh Hal Leonard Corporation 08751522 My Voice Shalt Thou Hear—Joseph Corfe Novello – NOV 290196 12 AND UNDER Domine Deus, Agnus Dei – Antonio Vivaldi (from the Gloria) Ed. Janet Galvan Roger Dean Pub.15/1857RB Calico Pie – Timothy Strang Santa Barbara Music Publishing SBMP 241 Et Exultavit – Antonio Vivaldi Vivaldi for Treble Voices Selections from the Magnificat Edited by Janet Galvan Roger Dean Publishing Company 15/1474R Can You Hear Me – Bob Chilcott 2 Part Oxford University Press 9780193415324 Bringet Her Dem Herrn’ — Georg Philipp Telemann (Singet dem Herrn in Neues Lied) Alliance Music AMP 0634 14 AND UNDER Like A Singing Bird – Bob Chilcott SA Oxford University Press 9780193360082B The Happy Wanderer – A. Ridge/Friedrich Moller arr. John Leavitt Hal Leonard 08564107 In The Fall Of The Year – William H. Anderson Two Part Leslie Music Supply 2011 The Robin is the One – Neil Ginsberg 2 Part Hal Leonard Corporation 0875154

14 AND UNDER (BOYS) O Purple Finch (Birdsong No.1) – Daniel Brewbaker Boosey and Hawkes M-051-47607-7 The Lion and the Unicorn – Ed Harris Hinshaw Music HMC – 584 hist whist – Jere Hutcheson Two Part Walton Music HL08501524 Follow the Drinking Gourd – Arr. Rollo Dilworth Two Part Hal Leonard 08748736 Cantate Domino – Nancy Hill Cobbe Santa Barbara Music Publishers 282 16 AND UNDER (UNCHANGED VOICES) Benigne Fac Domine – Johann Adolf Hasse Ed. by Martin Banner Roger Dean Publishing Company 15/1802R Good Night, Gently Sleep – J. Herrington, arr. Pavane Publishing 1994 P1050 Barter – Rene Clausen Santa Barbara Music Pub. Inc. SBMP 527 Lake Isle of Innisfree – Eleanor Daley SSA Oxford University Press 9780193426528 Hotaru Koi - arr. Ro Ogura Japanese folk, Theodore Presser Company—312414200 19 AND UNDER (GIRLS) Sing Ye Righteous – Ludovico Viadana Edited by Leland Sateren Concordia Publishing House 981527 Savory, Sage, Rosemary and Thyme – arr. D. Patriquin From Six Songs of Early Canada Earthsongs The Moon Is Distant From The Sea – David N. Childs Santa Barbara Music Pub.Inc. SBMP 719 To Morning – Allan Bevan SSA Cypress Choral Music CPC 1076 Wind Song—Richard Kidd Boosey & Hawkes—MO51465392 19 AND UNDER (MIXED, CHANGED VOICES) Adoramus Te – Quirino Gasparini Walton Music HL08500714 Sing Ye Righteous – Ludovico Viadana Concordia Publishing House 98-1527 My Spirit is Uncaged – Paul Rardin SATB Santa Barbara Music Publishing Inc SBMP 771 Llega La Hora - Kristopher Fulton Cypress Music—CP 1113

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 110

FAQ - PROVINCIAL FESTIVAL CHORAL CLASSES 911 – 916 for Community Choirs Classes

What Choral classes are offered at the Provincial Festival?

911 CHORAL - 10 YEARS & UNDER (recorded entry only) – SEE Audio Recorded Choir Festival Regulations. 912 913 914 915 916

Music Memorization Recommendations

Recorded choirs

CHORAL CHORAL CHORAL CHORAL CHORAL

- 14 YEARS & UNDER - 16 YEARS & UNDER - 19 YEARS & UNDER - ENSEMBLE – SENIOR

How many pieces do we need to sing if we are recommended? Will we need to have our music memorized. How do we enter the Provincial Festival?

Two pieces, both of which must have been adjudicated at the local Festival.

Will the adjudicator recommend us to more than one Provincial Class?

No, a choir may be recommended to only ONE class at the Provincial Festival

Which choirs will not need to travel to Edmonton?

The choir who will be recommended to the Provincial Festival in the Choral Class 911 - 10 years and under will no longer travel to Edmonton for the Choral Festival as their entries will be submitted by CD.

No, memorization is optional for choirs. You cannot enter the Provincial Festival. The adjudicator at your local festival must recommend you to the appropriate Provincial Class

Please read Page 108 for more information about taping etc. Time Limits

What are the time limits at the Provincial Festival?

30 minutes.

Travel

Will we need to travel to the Provincials?

Yes. All choirs except “Choral Class 911 – 10 years and under” will travel to Edmonton.

Place and Dates

Where and when is the Provincial Choral Festival held?

The Provincial Choral Festival is held in Edmonton at McDougall United Church from May 8th to 10th, 2014 and you would need to be available for those dates except if you have been recommended in Class 911.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 111

[ Local Class #90000 - 90090 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL FOR COMMUNITY CHOIRS 90000 – 19 YEARS AND OVER - 13 or more singers National Award: Honourable Barbara J. Hagerman • •

TWO contrasting selections, at least ONE of which must be sung in three or more parts. Only one folk song is permitted.

90010 – MALE - 13 or more singers, no age restriction National Award: City of Lincoln • •

TWO contrasting selections, at least ONE of which must be sung in three or more parts. Only one folk song is permitted.

90020 – 19 YEARS AND UNDER - 13 or more singers National Award: George S. Mathieson Five percent (5%) of the choir membership may exceed the specified age limit by no more than two (2) years. • TWO contrasting selections, at least ONE of which must be sung in three or more parts. • Only one folk song is permitted. •

90040 – ENSEMBLE of 8 - 12 singers, no age restriction National Award: Richard W. Cooke •

TWO contrasting selections, at least ONE of which must be sung in three or more parts and one of which must be a madrigal (may be a contemporary madrigal).

90050 – 16 YEARS AND UNDER - 13 or more singers National Award: Dr. & Mrs. J.F.K. English Five percent (5%) of the choir membership may exceed the specified age limit by no more than two (2) years. • TWO contrasting selections, at least ONE of which must be sung in three or more parts. • Only one folk song is permitted.



90070 – 12 YEARS AND UNDER - 13 or more singers National Award: Margaret Wharton Memorial • • •

Five percent (5%) of the choir membership may exceed the specified age limit by no more than two (2) years. TWO contrasting selections, at least ONE of which must be sung in two or more parts. Only one folk song is permitted.

90090 – 25 YEARS AND UNDER - 13 or more singers National Award: Barbara Clark Five percent (5%) of the choir membership may exceed the specified age limit by no more than two (2) years. • TWO contrasting selections, at least ONE of which must be sung in three or more parts. • Only one folk song is permitted. •

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 112

FAQ PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL CLASSES #900 – 909 for Community Choirs Edmonton, Alberta Recommendations

How do we enter the Provincial Festival?

You cannot enter the Provincial Festival. The adjudicator at your local festival must recommend you to the appropriate Provincial Class

Classes

What Provincial National Choral classes are offered at the Provincial Festival for our Community Choir?

900 901 902 904 905 907 909

Entry Form

Does the choir need to submit the Provincial entry form?

No. The entry form is done by the Local festival.

Memorization

Do we need to have our music memorized? How much is the entry fee for Provincial National classes?

No, memorization is optional.

Time Limits

What are the time limits at the Provincial Festival?

30 minutes.

Music

How many pieces do we need to sing if we are recommended?



Travel

Will we need to travel to the Provincials if we are recommended?

No, Community choirs who have entered Provincial National classes 90000, 90010, 90020, 90040, 90050, 90070 & 90090 at the local level and been recommended to Provincials will not travel to Edmonton for the Choral Festival as their entries will be submitted by CD.

Multi-movement work or song cycle

May we sing a multimovement work or a song cycle.

You will be allowed to sing ONE song from a multimovement work or song cycle.

Solo Passages

Is there a new rule about performing solo passages during our performance?

Brief solo or solo ensemble passages are allowed only in one of the selections and those passages must not exceed 10% of the length of the selection.

Entry Fee

PROVINCIAL PROVINCIAL PROVINCIAL PROVINCIAL PROVINCIAL PROVINCIAL PROVINCIAL

NATIONAL NATIONAL NATIONAL NATIONAL NATIONAL NATIONAL NATIONAL

CHORAL CHORAL CHORAL CHORAL CHORAL CHORAL CHORAL

– 19 YEARS AND OVER - MALES - 19 YEARS AND UNDER – ENSEMBLE – 16 YEARS AND UNDER – 12 YEARS AND UNDER – 25 YEARS AND UNDER

$150

TWO contrasting pieces, both of which must have adjudicated at the local Festival. NOTE: One of the selections at Provincials must be chosen from the Provincial National class and the other may be chosen from other choral class(es) entered at the Local level.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 113

FAQ NATIONAL CHORAL CLASSES #100 – 109 for Community Choirs Download a copy of the National Syllabus www.fcmf.org

Recommendations

How do we enter the National Festival?

Your choir will need to receive a recommendation from the adjudicator at the Provincial Festival.

Travel

Will we have to travel to the Nationals?

No. Your choir was adjudicated and recorded on a CD at the Provincial Festival and your performance CD along with your music will be sent to the National Festival office and then forwarded to the two National Choral adjudicators.

Entry Form

Does the choir need to submit the National entry form?

Submission of the entry form, music and the recording will be done by the Provincial Office.

Entry Fee

Do we pay the National entry fee?

If you are recommended to the National Festival, you will be instructed, at the end of the class, to meet with the Provincial Administrator in Room 101 at Alberta College, which is just behind McDougall United Church. At that time you will write a thank you card, receive your scholarship cheque, submit your scores and pay the National entry fee.

More Info

Where can we get more information about the National Festival requirements?

You many read more about the National Festival rules in the National Festival Syllabus which is available at www.fcmf.org

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 114

™

CHORAL (SCHOOL)

A choir may be recommended to only

LOCAL FESTIVAL FAQ Are all Choral classes listed below available at most festivals?

Check with your local festival.

How many classes should we enter?

You may enter one or more classes. Check with your local festival.

Do we need to enter more than one class if we hope to be recommended to the Provincials?

You should enter at least two classes as you will then have sufficient repertoire from which to choose the 2 pieces to take to Provincials, should you be recommended.

Classes – not eligible

Are there classes which are not eligible for recommendation to Provincials?

Yes. Those that are not eligible have the wording “Not Eligible for Provincials” in a box under the name of the class.

Memorization

Does the music have to be memorized?

Memorization is optional for choirs.

Type of Music

May we sing pop music at the Provincial festival?

No. Only classical (serious), not pop, choral music is acceptable for recommendation to the Provincial Festival.

Music

How many pieces do we have to sing in each class?

At the beginning of each class the type of music and number of selections that may be sung in that class are specified.

Time Limits

How long may we sing in our class?

All performances, unless otherwise noted, may not be longer than 20 minutes. OR as specified in your local festival addendum.

Classes

PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL (SCHOOL) information is located on Page 122, at the end of the Local Class listings

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 115

AUDIO RECORDED CHORAL FESTIVAL REGULATIONS The Alberta Music Festival Association will be hosting an Audio Recorded Choral Festival for Class 971 (School Choral grades 1-3), Class 911 (Choral 10 & under) and ALL Provincial National Classes. All other Choral classes listed in the Alberta Music Festival Syllabus will be performed at a Live Choral Festival (May 8– 10, 2014). Note 1 – Choirs submitting CD recordings to the Provincial level of competition must perform the same selections on which they were recommended by the adjudicator at the local level. Note 2 – Definition of the term ‘selection’ is “one piece of music by a composer, and not two or more short pieces from a collection, cycle or larger work” Eligibility (Audio Recorded Competition) Participation is limited to amateur Alberta choirs, performing in the appropriate class(es) in a live performance at affiliated local Alberta festivals. 1. A choir may enter only one choral class at the Provincial level 2. Should a competitor be recommended by more than one local festival, AMFA will only accept the first recommendation. Performance (Audio Recorded Competition) 1. Each festival will set their own rules in regards to the arrangement and cost for the recording sessions. AMFA will not assume any financial responsibility and/or arrangement for recording. 2. The local festival must designate a representative to supervise and witness the recording of the performance of choirs recommended to the Alberta Music Festival. The representative’s name must be included on the entry form. 3. Only CDs are acceptable formats for the submission of recorded choral entries. 4. No acoustic or electronic compensation, filtering, or other enhancement is to be used while recording. 5. CD and music should contain no reference to the name of the choir, its conductor or the festival from which it has been sent. Date of the recording should be noted. 6. It is preferable to have the recording done during the actual performance but should this not be feasible, it must be received in the Provincial Office (37 Beech Crescent. Olds AB T4H 1L8) by Wednesday, May 1st, 2014. 7. The recording must be the “first take” and must be with the same choir, conductor and accompaniment as in the original performance. 8. “First Take” involves a warm-up, level checks and then a complete performance.

9.

Each Provincial National Choir will send: i. Two complete original music scores for each selection containing choral parts and accompaniment. The first bar of each line in the score must be numbered and the performance key indicated on the score. ii. Two CDs iii. Entry fee of $150.00 (payable to AMFA) 10. Class 971 (School Choral Grades 1-3) & Class 911 (Choral 10 & under) will send: a. One complete original music score for each selection containing choral parts and accompaniment. The first bar of each line in the score must be numbered and the performance key indicated on the score. b. One CD c. Entry fee of $150.00 (payable to AMFA) 11. All copyrights regarding music must be observed. Manual copies or photocopies of copyright music will not be accepted unless a letter of permission from the publisher is attached. PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL COMPETITION: Provincial National competition is conducted at three progressive levels: Local Festival Adjudicators at the local festival may choose, in each of the ten Choral categories, one choir that is felt to be of National standard. The CD along with the recommendation and original music shall be sent to the Provincial Administrator. Provincial Festival Adjudicators at the provincial festival may choose, in each category submitted, one choir that is felt to be of National standard. The written recommendation along with the recording of the performance and original music shall be sent to the Executive Director of the Federation of Canadian Music Festivals. National Festival CDs from all the provinces shall be heard by two appointed adjudicators and the winners of the ten Choral competitions will be notified by telephone. An entry fee of $125.00 is required at the National level. ** Choirs entering the Provincial National stream need to read the Choral rules found in the 2014 National Syllabus.**

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 116

LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES CHORAL SCHOOL CLASSES By entering School Choral classes 91200-91870; 92200-92280 and 92700-92730 your choir is eligible to be recommended to compete in the School Choral classes at the Provincial Festival.



Classes 91000 to 91060 – SCHOOL CHORUS PRESCRIBED SELECTION which required the performance of a Prescribed piece have been deleted.



A list of selections for each grade has been provided at the end of the List of Local Classes. Groups needing help choosing grade appropriate selections may find the list helpful.



Classes 91200 to 91280 below will now require TWO selections, own choice.

SCHOOL CHORUS – OWN CHOICE •

Classical (serious), not pop. In addition to standard classical repertoire, works by Mary Lynn Lightfoot, Sally Albrecht, Nancy Telfer etc. are acceptable.

TWO selections, own choice 91200

GRADES 1-3

91210

GRADES 4-6

91220

GRADES 4-6 BOYS

91230

GRADES 4-6 GIRLS

91240

GRADES 7-9 TWO PART

91250

GRADES 7-9 SAB

91260

GRADES 10-12 SAB

91270

GRADES 10-12 SSA

91280

GRADES 10-12 SATB

Grades 4-6 choirs are encouraged to sing at least ONE song in parts.

Madrigals may now be done in Vocal Ensemble Classes. SCHOOL VOCAL ENSEMBLE • • • • • •

Eight to twelve voices. May be conducted. May be accompanied. Any voice combination. MAY include a madrigal. Brief solo passages are allowed.

TWO contrasting selections, own choice. 91300 JUNIOR HIGH TWO or more parts 91310 SENIOR HIGH THREE or more parts

MADRIGAL ENSEMBLE classes have been deleted. Madrigals may now be done in Vocal Ensemble Classes. SCHOOL CHORUS – CLASSICAL COMPOSERS • Works of Lotti, Gluck, Brahms, Bach, Gabrieli, Haydn and their contemporaries. ONE selection, own choice 91400 GRADES 4-6 91410 GRADES 7-9 91420 GRADES 10-12

SCHOOL CHORUS – CONTEMPORARY/MODERN COMPOSERS • Composers whose works are considered to be classical style rather than popular music. In addition to standard classical repertoire, works by Mary Lynn Lightfoot, Sally Albrecht, Nancy Telfer etc. are acceptable. ONE selection, own choice 91600 GRADES 1-3 Unison 91610 GRADES 4-6 Unison 91620 GRADES 4-6 Unison with Descant or SA 91630 GRADES 7-9 Unison 91640 GRADES 7-9 Parts 91650 GRADES 10-12 SSA or SSAA 91660 GRADES 10-12 SAB or SATB

SCHOOL CHORUS – TRADITIONAL FOLK SONG • • •

Folk song, traditional air, sea shanty or spiritual. Any accompaniment may be used. The selection MUST NOT be a medley of songs.

ONE selection, own choice 91800 GRADE 1 Unison 91810 GRADES 2-3 Unison 91820 GRADES 4-6 Unison 91830 GRADES 4-6 Unison with Descant or SA 91840 GRADES 7-9 Unison 91850 GRADES 7-9 Parts 91860 GRADES 10-12 SSA or SSAA 91870 GRADES 10-12 SAB or SATB

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 117

SCHOOL CHORUS - CONCERT • • • •

The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator. Any accompaniment may be used. May be sacred, secular or Folk, Traditional Air, Sea Shanty, or Spiritual. Selections MUST NOT include Popular Vocal. (See Glossary.)

A GROUP of selections, own choice, from ONE of the following styles: Medieval/Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Impressionism, Contemporary/Modern. 92200 GRADES 1-3 Selections may be unison or unison with descant. May include action song. 92210 GRADES 4-6 One selection may be unison or unison with descant 92220 GRADES 7-9 Parts 92230 GRADES 10-12 Parts

SCHOOL CHORUS - RECITAL • • • • •

The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator. Any accompaniment may be used. May be sacred or secular. Selections MUST NOT include popular vocal. (See glossary.) Only ONE Folk, Traditional Air, Sea Shanty or Spiritual may be sung.

THREE selections, own choice, from any THREE of the following styles: Medieval/Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Impressionism, Contemporary/Modern 92250 GRADES 1-3 Selections may be unison or unison with descant. May include action song. 92260 GRADES 4-6 One selection may be unison or unison with descant 92270 GRADES 7-9 Parts 92280 GRADES 10-12 Parts

Action Songs are eligible for recommendation to the Provincial Festival.

ACTION SONG •

See Orff Ensembles for more school classes.

ONE selection, own choice. 92700 KINDERGARTEN/ECS 92710 GRADE 1 92720 GRADE 2 92730 GRADE 3

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 118

SCHOOL CHORUS – TRADITIONAL FOLK SONG WITH INSTRUMENTAL ACCOMPANIMENT Not Eligible for Provincials • • •

There MUST be an instrumental obligato or instrumental accompaniment, with or without piano. Any instrument or combination of instruments may be used. The selection MUST NOT be a medley of songs.

ONE selection, own choice. 92000 GRADE 1 Unison 92010 GRADES 2-3 Unison 92020 GRADES 4-6 Unison 92030 GRADES 4-6 Unison with Descant or SA 92040 GRADES 7-9 Unison 92050 GRADES 7-9 Parts 92060 GRADES 10-12 SSA or SSAA 92070 GRADES 10-12 SAB or SATB

SCHOOL CHORUS - MOVIE/TV/POP Not Eligible for Provincials





CLASSROOM MUSIC Not Eligible for Provincials

• •



See the Glossary for definition. See Orff Ensembles for more school classes. Time limit, including preparation: 10 minutes.

ONE selection, own choice. 92500 GRADE 1 92510 GRADE 2 92520 GRADE 3 92530 GRADE 4 92540 GRADE 5 92550 GRADE 6

RHYTHM BAND Not Eligible for Provincials •

See Orff Ensembles for more school classes.

ONE selection, own choice. 92800 KINDERGARTEN/ECS 92810 GRADE 1 92820 GRADE 2 92830 GRADE 3 92840 GRADE 4

The selection MUST NOT be a medley of songs. NO movement or costumes are allowed.

ONE selection, own choice 92300 GRADES 1-3 Unison 92310 GRADES 4-6 Unison 92320 GRADES 4-6 Unison with Descant or SA 92330 GRADES 7-9 Unison 92340 GRADES 7-9 Parts 92350 GRADES 10-12 SSA or SSAA 92360 GRADES 10-12 SAB or SATB

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 119

Grades 1 – 3

SUGGESTED SELECTIONS FOR SCHOOL CHORAL

Dinosaurs – Gordon Fleming (Six Primary Songs) Leslie Music Supply Inc. No. 1119 Food – Clifford Crawley (Ev’ryday Things) Leslie Music Supply Inc. No. 1136 Eletelephony – Udo Kasemets RCM Grade 1, 3rd edition My Shadow – Anita Davis (Patches of Verses) Hinshaw Music Hmo-1468 Bird Scarer’s Song – Ronald Tremain (Five Traditional Nursery Rhymes Set 2) Leslie Music Supply No. 1200 Circus Clown – Burton Kurth Leslie Music Supply 1034 April’s A Lovely Lady – Thomas Dunhill Leslie Music Supply No. 1101 Magic In The Raindrops – Henry Clark Leslie Music Supply No. HC 1008 A Load of Turnips - William H. Anderson Unison Leslie Music Supply No. 1016 Spider Hunter - William H Anderson Unison Leslie Music Supply No 1007 Trolls - Clifford Crawley Unison Leslie Music Supply No. 1193 Shake the Papaya Down – arr. Ruth Dwyer and Judith Waller Colla Voce 21-20222 Jumpety, Bumpety – N. Telfer Leslie Music No. 1167 Cha, Cha, Cha – G. Fleming (Six Primary Songs) Leslie Music Supply Inc. No. 1119 Cars - Clifford Crawley (Ev’ryday Things) Leslie Music Supply Inc. No. 1136 Monkeys - W. H. Belyea (The Zoo) Leslie Music Supply Inc. No. 1133 Grades 4 – 6 When In Dreamland – Arr. by Linda Spavacek Heritage Music Press 15/1217H Trolls – C. Crawley Leslie Music Supply Inc. 1994 No. 1193 One Wish – Dean and Jean Perry BriLee Music 1999 BL192 Song of the River – arr. Mark Patterson unison with optional descant Brilee Music Publishing BL48 Lurianna, Luralee – Nancy Telfer Leslie Music Supply The Mending Song – Daniel Kallman Mark Foster Music Company YS 203 Seasons – Michael Coghlan Leslie Music Supply No. 2082 Witch - Gordon Fleming Unison Leslie Music Supply No. 1183 The Pasture - Daniel Kallman Mark Foster Music Company HL 35016736 Purr-ima Donna - Randal Thompson Unison / 2 part Thorpe Music Publishing Company 392-03081 The Owl and the Pussycat - Nancy Telfer Unison Leslie Music Supply LEC 114 I am a Small Part of the World - S. Albrecht Alfred Publishing Dragons - C. Crawley (Creatures Great and Small) Leslie Music Supply 1137 Rocking In Rhythm – M. and M. Coghlan Leslie Music Supply 1178 My World – R. Schram Bel Canto Series BriLee Music BL 189 Grades 4 – 6 – Boys Zum Gali, Gali – arr. Dan Schwartz 2 part Alfred Choral 16314 Like A Mighty Stream – Moses Hogan and John Jacobson Hal Leonard Corporation 08551658 Spirits – Douglas Beam Colla Voce Music Inc 24-96650 Four Is Wonderful – Ruth Watson Henderson Leslie Music Supply No 1202 Donkey Riding – arr. Thomas Bell Two Part Oxford 9780193805248 One Legged Sam – I. Martin Willis Music Co 8946 Grades 4 – 6 Girls The Arrow And The Song – Mary Lynn Lightfoot (two part) Heritage Choral Series 15/116 Fairest Lady – Nick Page (Nursery Rhyme Cantata) Boosey and Hawkes M051471799 The Place Called Morning – Earl J. Reisdorff Santa Barbara Music Pub. Inc. SBMP 798 Antonio - Jay Broeker Two Parts Santa Barbara Music Publishing SBMP 873 Our Gift For You - J. Estes Alfred Publishing Co.11365 Grades 7 – 9 Two Part Shiru – Allan Naplan Boosey And Hawkes MO51472017 The Lily And The Rose – Bob Chilcott Oxford University Press 780193433175 Snow – John Govedas Two Part – Leslie Music Supply No. 2086 Birdsong - Paul Read Boosey and Hawkes M-051-469512 / 48004700 Rattlesnake Skipping Song – D. Holman Boosey & Hawkes—MO51467097 Grades 7 – 9 SAB Goodbye – Janet Kidd Oceanna Music Publication 2004 Autumn – Andy Beck Alfred Publishing Company 23039 The Road Not Taken – Andrea Klouse Hal Leonard 08704934 Welcome, Winter Winds - Cristi Cary Miller Three Part Mixed - Hal Leonard Corporation 08552171 An Invocation –T. Stokes B.C. Choral Federation/CMC Grades 10 – 12 SAB Banks Of Doon – D.G. Schultz Boosey and Hawkes, Inc.1998 OC:B6995 Domine Fili a 3 – Giovanni Battista Martini Edited by Martin Banner Hinshaw Music Inc. HMC 1967 The Road Not Taken – Andrea Klouse Hal Leonard 08704934 It Sings in Me - Philip E. Silvey Santa Barbara Music Publishing Inc. SBMP 808 Your Face – Bob Chilcott OUP – 97801934432994 Grades 10 – 12 SSA Sanctus – Antonio Salieri – Edited Patrick Liebergen Hal Leonard It Was A Lover And His Lass – David Willcocks Oxford U. Press 9780193870369B. When I Think Of You – Laura Farnell Santa Barbara Music Pub. Inc. SBMP 743 Jabberwocky - John Govedas Three Part Treble Rhythmic Trident Music Publishing RTCA-017 Child With The Starry Crayon – Eleanor Daley Alliance Music Publications, Inc.—AMP 0563 Grades 10 – 12 SATB Kyrie – Andrea Klouse Hal Leonard 08704233 Surely He Has Borne Our Griefs – Carl Heinrich Graun Ed. Walter S. Collins Hinshaw Music Inc. HMC 583 Joyful Be To God – Johan Helmich Roman Concordia Publishing House CPH 98-2291 Life’s Mirror - Eleanor Daley SATB - Alliance Music Publications AMP-0725 Hear My Voice – Kathryn Chomick Alliance Music Publications, Inc—AMP 0670

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 120

FAQ - PROVINCIAL FESTIVAL CHORAL CLASSES 971 – 975 for School Choirs Classes

What Choral classes are offered at the Provincial Festival?

971

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CHOIR GRADES 1-3 See Audio Recorded Choral Festival Regulations

972 973 974 975

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CHOIR GRADES 4-6 JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL CHOIR SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL CHOIR SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL ENSEMBLE

Music

How many pieces do we need to sing if we are recommended?

Two pieces, both of which must have adjudicated at the local Festival.

Memorization

Do we have to memorize our music?

No, memorization is optional.

Recommendations

How do we enter the Provincial Festival?

You cannot enter the Provincial Festival. The adjudicator at your local festival must recommend you to the appropriate Provincial Class

Will the adjudicator recommend us to more than one Provincial Class?

No. A choir may be recommended to only ONE class at the Provincial Festival You could not, for example, be recommended for a Provincial National class (901-908) and also for a Provincial class (971-975).

Recorded Choirs

Which choirs will not need to travel to Edmonton?

The School choir recommended to the Provincial Festival in the Elementary School Choir Class 971 - Grades 1–3 will no longer travel to Edmonton for the Choral Festival as their entries will be submitted by CD.

Time Limits

What are the time limits at the Provincial Festival? Will we need to travel to the Provincials?

30 minutes.

Where is the Provincial Choral Festival and when does it start?

The Choral Festival will be held in Edmonton at McDougall United Church from May 8th to 10th, 2014.

Travel

Where and When

Yes, unless you have been recommended to Choir Class 971 – Elementary Grades 1 – 3., as above.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 121

LOCAL FESTIVAL PROVINCIAL/NATIONAL CLASSES FOR SCHOOL CHOIRS 90010 – MALE - 13 or more male singers. No age restrictions (Community and School Class) National Award: City of Lincoln TWO contrasting selections. At least ONE selection must be sung in three or more parts. Only one folk song is permitted.

• •

90030 – 19 YEARS AND UNDER - 13 or more singers from a single school National Award: Paul J. Bourret Five percent (5%) of the choir membership may exceed the specified age limit by no more than two (2) years. • TWO contrasting selections. At least ONE selection must be sung in three or more parts. • Only one folk song is permitted. •

90040 – ENSEMBLE - 8-12 singers, No age restriction (Community and School class) National Award: Richard W. Cooke • TWO contrasting selections. At least ONE selection must be sung in three or more parts and one of which must be a madrigal, which may be a contemporary madrigal.

90060 – 16 YEARS AND UNDER - 13 or more singers from a single school National Award: David Ouchterlony Five percent (5%) of the choir membership may exceed the specified age limit by no more than two (2) years. TWO contrasting selections. At least ONE selection must be sung in two or more parts. Only one folk song is permitted.

• • •

90080 – 12 YEARS AND UNDER - 13 or more singers from a single school National Award: Florine Després Five percent (5%) of the choir membership may exceed the specified age limit by no more than two (2) years. • TWO contrasting selections. At least ONE selection must be sung in two or more parts. • Only one folk song is permitted. •

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 122

FAQ PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL CLASSES #900 – 909 for School Choirs Edmonton, Alberta How do we enter the Provincial Festival?

You cannot enter the Provincial Festival. The adjudicator at your local festival must recommend you to the appropriate Provincial Class

Could we be recommended to more than one class?

No. You may only perform once at the Provincial festival. You could not, for example, be recommended for a Provincial National class (901908) and also for a Provincial class (971-975).

What Provincial National Choral classes are offered at the Provincial Festival for our Community Choir

901 903 904 906 908

PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL – MALES (Community and School) PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL – SCHOOL CHOIR - 19 YEARS AND UNDER PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL – ENSEMBLE (Community and School) PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL – SCHOOL CHOIR - 16 YEARS AND UNDER PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL – SCHOOL CHOIR - 12 YEARS AND UNDER

What are the time limits at the Provincial Festival?

30 minutes.

Do we have to have our music memorized? How many pieces do we need to sing if we are recommended?



No, memorization is optional. Two selections, both of which must have adjudicated at the local Festival. • One of the selections at Provincials must be chosen from the Provincial National class and the other may be chosen from the other choral class entered at the Local level.

Will we need to travel to the Provincials?

No. School Choirs who have entered the Provincial National classes 90010, 90030, 90040, 90060, & 90080 and been recommended to the Provincial Festival will no longer be required to travel to Edmonton for the Choral Festival as their entries will be submitted by CD.

May we sing a multi-movement work or a song cycle.

You will be allowed to sing one song from a multimovement work or song cycle.

Is there a new rule about performing solo passages during our performance?

Brief solo or solo ensemble passages are allowed only in one of the selections and those passages must not exceed 10% of the length of the selection.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 123

FAQ NATIONAL CHORAL CLASSES #100 – 109 for School Choirs Download a copy of the National Syllabus www.fcmf.org

Recommendation

How do we enter the National Festival?

Your choir will need to receive a recommendation from the adjudicator at the Provincial Festival.

Travel

Will we have to travel to the Nationals?

Your choir(s) will be recorded at the Provincial Festival and your performance along with your music will be sent to the National Festival office and forwarded to the two National Choral adjudicators.

Entry Form

What are the entry form deadlines etc.

Submission of the entry form, music and the recording will be done by the Provincial Office.

Entry Fee

Do we pay the National entry fee?

If you are recommended to the National Festival, you will be instructed to meet with the Provincial Administrator in Room 101 at Alberta College (just behind McDougall United Church). At that time you will write a thank you card, receive your scholarship cheque, submit your scores and pay the National entry fee.

More Information

Where can we find information on the National rules?

You many read more about the National Festival rules in the National Festival Syllabus - available at www.fcmf.org

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 124

VOCAL LOCAL FESTIVAL FAQ Are all Vocal classes listed in this syllabus available at most festivals?

Check with your local festival.

How many classes may I enter?

You may enter one or more classes. Check with your local festival.

If I want to be recommended to the Provincial Festival should I enter more than one class?

You will need to perform two contrasting selections that were adjudicated at your local festival.

Music

What music may I sing?

At the beginning of each class the genre of music and the number of selections that may be sung in that class are specified. Call your local festival if you are unsure about what classes you should enter.

Memorization

Does the music have to be memorized?

Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial and National Festivals memorization is required.

Time Limits

How long may I sing in my class?

All performances, unless otherwise noted, may not be longer than 20 minutes or as may be specified by your local festival.

School Vocal

Are there solo and ensemble Vocal classes for schools?

Yes. There are School Vocal & School Popular classes. Entry in these classes is limited to those studying vocal in school and not receiving private lessons. The list of classes is on Pages 145 & 147.

National Festival

Is there a specific class that I must enter to be considered for the National festival?

Yes, you would enter the Local Provincial National Class #93000 or the local equivalent in your festival. For detailed information seepage 132.

Local Classes

Local PROVINCIAL NATIONAL VOCAL CLASS #93000 information is located on Page 13, at the end of the Local Class listings

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 125

LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES VOCAL SOLO - BOYS – PRESCRIBED SELECTION

VOCAL SOLO - GIRLS – PRESCRIBED SELECTION

ONE selection, as specified

ONE selection, as specified

93010

93020

93030

6 AND UNDER

93410

When I Go Outside to Play – K. Vanderkloot DiChiera RCM Preparatory (F. Harris) Monkeys – W. Herbert Belyea RCM Preparatory (F. Harris) 8 AND UNDER

9 AND UNDER

93430

10 AND UNDER

Song of the Boats – Betty Roe RCM Grade 2 (F. Harris) 93060

11 AND UNDER

The Stars are with the Voyager – Jay Althouse RCM Grade 3 (F. Harris) 93070

12 AND UNDER

Boats of Mine – Anne S. Miller Conservatory Canada Grade 4 (Waterloo) 93080

13 AND UNDER

Last Year – William Henry Anderson RCM Grade 4 (2012 Edition ) (F. Harris) 93090

93440

93100

15 AND UNDER

Since I First Saw Your Face – Thomas Ford RCM Grade 6 (2005) (F. Harris) 93110

16 AND UNDER

The Boatmen’s Dance – Aaron Copland Conservatory Canada Grade 8 (Waterloo)

VOCAL SOLO - BOYS - OWN CHOICE The selection must be classical (serious), NOT musical theatre, sacred, folk song, traditional air, sea shanty or popular vocal. ONE selection, own choice. 93210 93220 93230 93240 93250 93260 93270 93280 93290 93300 93310 93320 93330 93340 93350

6 AND UNDER 7 AND UNDER 8 AND UNDER 9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

9 AND UNDER

Butterfly – Lin Marsh RCM Grade 2 (F. Harris) 93450

10 AND UNDER

On the Back of an Eagle – Nancy Telfer RCM Grade 2 (F. Harris) 93460

93470

11 AND UNDER

Song of the Shell – Betty Roe RCM Grade 4 (F. Harris) 12 AND UNDER

Twilight – Thomas Dunhill RCM Grade 4 (2012 Edition) (F. Harris) Conservatory Canada Grade 4 (Waterloo) 93480

14 AND UNDER

The Lark in the Clear Air – Phyllis Tate, arr. RCM Grade 6 (F. Harris)

8 AND UNDER

Mrs. Dinosaur – Clifford Crawley Conservatory Canada Grade 1 (Waterloo)

The Frog – Nina Perry Conservatory Canada Grade 1 (Waterloo) 93050

7 AND UNDER

There Once Was a Puffin – Cyril Hampshire RCM Preparatory (F. Harris)

7 AND UNDER

One Autumn Day – Thomas Dunhill Conservatory Canada Grade 1 (Waterloo) 93040

93420

6 AND UNDER

Song of the Cake – Betty Roe RCM Introductory (F. Harris)

93490

13 AND UNDER

O little lambs, where do you sleep – M. Kisbey-Hicks Conservatory Canada Grade 5 (Waterloo) 14 AND UNDER

The Willow Song – Arthur Sullivan RCM Grade 7 (F. Harris) 93500

15 AND UNDER

Orpheus with His Lute – Ralph Vaughan Williams Conservatory Canada Grade 7 (Waterloo) 93510

16 AND UNDER

The Lark – Richard Rodney Bennett RCM Grade 8 (F. Harris)

VOCAL SOLO - GIRLS - OWN CHOICE The selection must be classical (serious), not musical theatre, sacred, folk song, traditional air, sea shanty or popular vocal.

ONE selection, own choice. 93610 93620 93630 93640 93650 93660 93670 93680 93690 93700 93710 93720 93730 93740 93750

6 AND UNDER 7 AND UNDER 8 AND UNDER 9 AND UNDER 10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 126

FRENCH ART SONG VOCAL SOLO - SPECIAL STUDY • • •

Selections should be classical (serious) not pop. For adults with less than TWO years of formal singing lessons. The ONLY OTHER vocal classes a competitor may enter are Musical Theatre, Folk Song, and Popular Vocal.

TWO contrasting selections, own choice, one of which may be a folk song. 93800 NOT MORE THAN NINE MONTHS OF STUDY 93810 NOT MORE THAN FIFTEEN MONTHS OF STUDY 93820 NOT MORE THAN TWO YEARS OF STUDY

VOCAL SOLO – CONTEMPORARY/MODERN COMPOSERS •

The selection must be classical (serious), not musical theatre, sacred, folk song, traditional air, sea shanty or popular vocal. The text must be secular.

ONE selection, own choice. 93850 6 AND UNDER 93860 7 AND UNDER 93870 8 AND UNDER 93880 9 AND UNDER 93890 10 AND UNDER 93900 11 AND UNDER 93910 12 AND UNDER 93920 13 AND UNDER 93930 14 AND UNDER 93940 15 AND UNDER 93950 16 AND UNDER 93960 17 AND UNDER 93970 18 AND UNDER 93980 19 AND OVER 93990 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

VOCAL SOLO - ART SONG • •

The language of the song determines the class entered, regardless of the composer’s nationality. Competitors may enter more than one Art Song Class.

AMERICAN ART SONG ONE selection, own choice. 94000 16 AND UNDER 94010 17 AND UNDER 94020 18 AND UNDER 94030 19 AND OVER 94040 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

CANADIAN ART SONG ONE selection, own choice. 94050 16 AND UNDER 94060 17 AND UNDER 94070 18 AND UNDER 94080 19 AND OVER 94090 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ONE selection, own choice. 94100 16 AND UNDER 94110 17 AND UNDER 94120 18 AND UNDER 94130 19 AND OVER 94140 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

GERMAN ART SONG • Lieder may be used ONE selection, own choice. 94150 16 AND UNDER 94160 17 AND UNDER 94170 18 AND UNDER 94180 19 AND OVER 94190 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

GREAT BRITAIN ART SONG ONE selection, own choice. 94200 16 AND UNDER 94210 17 AND UNDER 94220 18 AND UNDER 94230 19 AND OVER 94240 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ITALIAN ART SONG ONE selection, own choice. 94250 16 AND UNDER 94260 17 AND UNDER 94270 18 AND UNDER 94280 19 AND OVER 94290 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

OTHER ART SONG ONE selection, own choice. 94300 16 AND UNDER 94310 17 AND UNDER 94320 18 AND UNDER 94330 19 AND OVER 94340 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

VOCAL SOLO – J.S. BACH ARIA • The Selection may be sacred or secular. • It must be sung in the original key and language. ONE selection, own choice. 94400 18 AND UNDER 94410 19 AND OVER 94420 MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

VOCAL SOLO – ORATORIO • A selection from the standard repertoire, NOT to include Bach Oratorio. • It must be sung in the original key and language. ONE selection, own choice. 94430 18 AND UNDER 94440 19 AND OVER 94450 FEMALE MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD 94460 MALE MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 127

VOCAL SOLO – CONCERT • The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator. • May be sacred, secular, Folk, Traditional Air, Sea Shanty or Spiritual. • Selections MUST NOT include Grande Opera, oratorio or popular vocal. A GROUP of selections, own choice from ONE of the following styles: Medieval/Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Impressionism, Contemporary/Modern. 94500 94510 94520 94530 94540 94550 94560 94570 94580 94590 94600

10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

VOCAL SOLO – RECITAL • The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator. • May be sacred or secular. • Selections MUST NOT include Grande Opera, oratorio or popular vocal. • Only ONE Folk, Traditional Air, Sea Shanty, or Spiritual may be sung. THREE selections, own choice from any THREE of the following styles: Medieval/Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Impressionism, Contemporary/Modern. 94700 94710 94720 94730 94740 94750 94760 94770 94780 94790 94800

OPERA • A selection from the standard repertoire. • It MUST be sung in the original key or specified alternative published key, language optional. • Concert dress only, no props. • Competitors may enter more than one SOLO Opera class.

VOCAL SOLO – BAROQUE/CLASSICAL OPERA • Works of Arne, Cherubini, Gluck, Handel, Lotti, Monteverdi, Mozart, Purcell and their contemporaries. ONE selection, own choice 95000 18 AND UNDER 95010 19 AND OVER 95020 FEMALE MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD 95030 MALE MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

VOCAL SOLO – GRAND OPERA (1800 onward) ONE selection, own choice. 95040 18 AND UNDER 95050 19 AND OVER 95060 FEMALE MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD 95070 MALE MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

VOCAL SOLO – CONTEMPORARY/MODERN OPERA • Works of Britten, Menotti and their contemporaries. ONE selection, own choice. 95080 18 AND UNDER 95090 19 AND OVER 95100 FEMALE MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD 95110 MALE MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

10 AND UNDER 11 AND UNDER 12 AND UNDER 13 AND UNDER 14 AND UNDER 15 AND UNDER 16 AND UNDER 17 AND UNDER 18 AND UNDER 19 AND OVER MINIMUM ASSOCIATE STANDARD

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 128

FOLK SONG/

SACRED

TRADITIONAL AIR/

A selection using a religious theme or religious text set to music, not oratorio.

SEA SHANTY/SPIRITUAL Music which has entered into the heritage of the people and which can usually be assigned to no composer, school or period. It has been fashioned and refashioned through many generations by countless individuals and usually passed on orally. If the language is not English, a translation MUST be provided with the music.

SOLO – BOYS ONE selection, own choice 95500 6 AND UNDER 95510 7 AND UNDER 95520 8 AND UNDER 95530 9 AND UNDER 95540 10 AND UNDER 95550 11 AND UNDER 95560 12 AND UNDER 95570 13 AND UNDER 95580 14 AND UNDER 95590 15 AND UNDER

VOCAL SOLO – CLASSICAL SACRED • Serious, not Contemporary Gospel. ONE selection, own choice. 96010 6 AND UNDER 96020 7 AND UNDER 96030 8 AND UNDER 96040 9 AND UNDER 96050 10 AND UNDER 96060 11 AND UNDER 96070 12 AND UNDER 96080 13 AND UNDER 96090 14 AND UNDER 96100 15 AND UNDER 96110 16 AND UNDER 96120 17 AND UNDER 96130 18 AND UNDER 96140 19 AND OVER

VOCAL SOLO – CONTEMPORARY/MODERN COMPOSERS - SACRED • Serious, not Contemporary Gospel.

SOLO - GIRLS ONE selection, own choice. 95600 6 AND UNDER 95610 7 AND UNDER 95620 8 AND UNDER 95630 9 AND UNDER 95640 10 AND UNDER 95650 11 AND UNDER 95660 12 AND UNDER 95670 13 AND UNDER 95680 14 AND UNDER 95690 15 AND UNDER

SOLO

ONE selection, own choice. 96210 6 AND UNDER 96220 7 AND UNDER 96230 8 AND UNDER 96240 9 AND UNDER 96250 10 AND UNDER 96260 11 AND UNDER 96270 12 AND UNDER 96280 13 AND UNDER 96290 14 AND UNDER 96300 15 AND UNDER 96310 16 AND UNDER 96320 17 AND UNDER 96330 18 AND UNDER 96340 19 AND OVER

ONE selection, own choice. 95700 16 AND UNDER 95710 17 AND UNDER 95720 18 AND UNDER 95730 19 AND OVER

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 129

VOCAL DUET

LIGHT OPERA/OPERETTA

Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice. 94900 10 AND UNDER 94910 12 AND UNDER 94920 14 AND UNDER 94930 16 AND UNDER 94940 18 AND UNDER 94950 19 AND OVER

VOCAL TRIO

• A selection from the period of Friml, Herbert, Romberg, Lehar, Johann Strauss, Gilbert and Sullivan and their contemporaries may be used. • It MUST be sung in the original key or specified alternative published key and language. • A competitor MAY use costume and hand props.

VOCAL SOLO – OPERETTA

Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice. 94980 VOCAL TRIO

VOCAL QUARTET

Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice 95200 16 AND UNDER 95210 17 AND UNDER 95220 18 AND UNDER 95230 19 AND OVER

Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice 94990 VOCAL QUARTET

DUET – OPERETTA Not Eligible for Provincials

OPERA DUET Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice. 95120 18 AND UNDER 95130 19 AND OVER

ONE selection, own choice 95300 16 AND UNDER 95310 17 AND UNDER 95320 18 AND UNDER 95330 19 AND OVER

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 130

FAQ - PROVINCIAL FESTIVAL VOCAL CLASSES 921-925 Provincial Class Information

What classes are offered at the Provincial Festival?

921 922 923 924 925

Competing at the Provincial Festival

How do I enter?

You cannot enter a Provincial class - you must be recommended by the adjudicator at your local festival.

May I be recommended to more than one Provincial Class? How many pieces will I have to perform at the Provincial Festival if recommended to 921-925?

No, except if you are also recommended in Musical Theatre.

Music

VOCAL VOCAL VOCAL VOCAL VOCAL

SOLO SOLO SOLO SOLO SOLO

BOYS - 12 AND UNDER GIRLS - 12 AND UNDER BOYS - 16 AND UNDER GIRLS - 16 AND UNDER – SENIOR

You must perform two (2) contrasting pieces – both must have been adjudicated at the local festival. The more selections you perform at your festival the more choice you have when deciding what to perform if you are recommended.

Will I perform both pieces at the same time

Yes. Even though you may see 2 classes shown on the schedule in your age group you will perform both your pieces in one class. A second class may be listed due to the number of entries anticipated.

Time Limits

How long will I have to perform at the Provincials?

18 Minutes – VOCAL SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER 28 Minutes – VOCAL SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER 40 Minutes – VOCAL SOLO – SENIOR

Age

Is there a maximum age at Provincials?

You cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the Provincial Festival. There is not a minimum age.

Won at Provincials before?

For example, if I won the 16 years and under Provincial class last year and I am still not 16 may I play in the 16 and under class again this year if recommended?

No. You would need to be chosen by the adjudicator to go as the Senior class representative. Once you win a Provincial class you must move up to the next level.

Entry Form

If I have been recommended do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival?

No, the entry form will be done by the Local festival.

Fees

How much are the fees for the Provincial classes?

Boys Solo 12 and under Girls Solo 12 and under Boys Solo 16 and under Girls Solo 16 and under Solo Senior - $125

Memorization

Do I need to have my music memorized?

Yes. Memorization is mandatory.

Dates

When is the 2014 Provincial Festival?

Wednesday, May 28th to Saturday, May 31st. The Provincial schedule can be down-loaded at www.albertamusicfestival.org

Place

Where is the Provincial Festival held?

At the Alberta College Campus of Grant MacEwan University in Edmonton. Alberta College is located at 10040 MacDonald Drive (corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street – behind McDougall United Church). It is not located on the City Centre campus of MacEwan University which is located on 104th Avenue.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

-

$100 $100 $100 $100

PAGE 131

[ Local Class #93000 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL VOCAL SOLO PLEASE NOTE: As the 93000 class is in a different stream from the other local festival classes listed above, you must read the PROVINCIAL NATIONAL information below and on the FAQ on the next page before entering this class. Not all festivals offer this class but they do have an equivalent with similar requirements.



Only those senior vocalists who are performing at or above an minimum associate level and who are interested in competing at the National level should enter Class 93000



The adjudicator may recommend a competitor from the local festival to the Provincial Festival but is not required to do so.



If you are recommended by the adjudicator, you must commit to the Provincial and National festival dates listed in the FAQ or an alternate candidate may be recommended in your place.

TIME LIMIT: 60 minutes or as specified in your local addendum. SELECTIONS - Number to be performed at your local festival: 1. 2.

ONE selection from a Senior Opera, with recitative if applicable, original key, language optional OR A Senior sacred aria (aria from an oratorio, a work of J.S. Bach or other major sacred work), with recitative where applicable, original key, language optional

SELECTIONS TO BE PERFORMED if recommended to Provincial Festival: You MUST perform 1. One selection from an Opera, with recitative where applicable, original key, original language. 2. Sacred Aria (aria from an oratorio, a work of J.S. Bach, or other major sacred work) with recitative where applicable, original key & original language optional. 3. Multi-movement / song cycle art song – at least three movements of the song cycle to be performed at the National Festival , or the complete song cycle if less than four movements.

You SHOULD perform your National program at Provincials Festival The National Festival requirements are that you will perform FIVE selections consisting of 1. One selection from an Opera, with recitative where applicable, original key, original language. 2. Sacred Aria (aria from an oratorio, a work of J.S. Bach, or other major sacred work) with recitative where applicable, original key & original language optional. 3. Multi-movement / song cycle art song – at least four movements of the selection or the complete song cycle if less than four movements. 4. Own Choice selection, which may not be a multi-movement work or song cycle. 5. Own Choice selection, which may not be a multi-movement work or song cycle

CLASSES - Number to be entered at your local festival: Enter at least TWO other Minimum Associate Standard classes or as specified in your local festival addendum so that you will have sufficient repertoire should you be recommended to the Provincials. MUSIC: You will need one original copy of both selections for the adjudicator and another original copy for your Accompanist. Photocopies of the music are not acceptable except for the accompanist’s use to ease page turning. The accompanist must have an original copy at the piano. MEMORIZATION: Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial and National Festivals memorization is required. AGE LIMITS: You must not be older than 28 as of December 31st preceding the Provincial Festival. If you are under the age of 14 years of age see the National Syllabus General Regulation #4 - National Syllabus.

[ ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 132

FAQ PROVINCIAL NATIONAL VOCAL CLASS #920 Edmonton, Alberta Going to the Provincial Festival

How do I enter?

You will need to receive a recommendation from the adjudicator at your local festival. Should you win class #920 it is extremely important that you ensure that you will be available to compete in Edmonton between May 28th and May 31st and in Kelowna from August 12th to 17th before accepting the recommendation. Should you not be available for either or both of those dates you must advise your local festival immediately.

Age Limits

What age limits are there?

Cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the National Festival. There is not a minimum age but the rules governing the National Festival stipulate that: If a competitor is under the age of 14 years on December 31 preceding the Festival then: i) that competitor must be accompanied by a parent/guardian ii) the competitor is subject to all rules and regulations applicable to those over 14 years of age excepting that provisions will be made to accommodate the parent/guardian in the same room or on the same floor as the under age 14 competitor iii) any expenses incurred by the parent/guardian are the responsibility of the parent/guardian, and not the Federation.

Entry Form

Do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival? Do I need to have my music memorized? When is the 2014 Provincial National Vocal Class?

No, the entry form will be done by the Local festival.

Memorization Date

Yes. Memorization is mandatory. Wednesday, May 28th at 7:00 pm in McDougall United Church Sanctuary. The Provincial schedule may be down-loaded at www.albertamusicfestival.org

Place

Where is the Provincial Festival held?

The Vocal Provincial National class will be held at McDougall United Church. The church is located at the corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street. It is adjacent to the Alberta College Campus of MacEwan University.

National

What do I have to do if I want to go on to the National Festival?

You will need to win the Provincial National class in Edmonton and Receive the Adjudicator’s recommendation. The adjudicator is not required to recommend the winner of the class. The entry form will be done by the Provincial Festival.

National

What are the National Festival requirements?

Make sure you are aware of all National Festival requirements before entering the local festival Provincial National class or its equivalent. Read the National Syllabus for complete rules & guidelines - available at www.fcmf.org

National

2014 Dates & location

2014 National Festival will be held in Kelowna, British Columbia at the Okanagan Campus of the University of British Columbia. Competitors are required to be in Kelowna starting August 12th until after the Grand Award competition Saturday, August 16th.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 133

FAQ NATIONAL VOCAL CLASS #1 Download a copy of the National Syllabus www.fcmf.org Class Time limit

60 minutes – timed from the first note to the last and including the time between selections.

Selections to be performed at the National Festival

FIVE selections consisting of:

Music



1. One selection from an Opera, with recitative where applicable, original key, original language. 2. Sacred Aria (aria from an oratorio, a work of J.S. Bach, or other major sacred work) with recitative where applicable, original key & original language optional. 3. Multi-movement / song cycle art song – at least four movements of the selection or the complete song cycle if less than four movements. 4. Own Choice selection, which may not be a multi-movement work or song cycle. 5. Own Choice selection, which may not be a multi-movement work or song cycle

• •

You will need one original copy of both selections for the adjudicator and another original copy for your Accompanist (if applicable). Photocopies of the music are not acceptable except for the accompanist’s use to ease page turning. The accompanist must have an original copy at the piano. As an aid to the adjudicators, competitors must number the first bar of each line in their scores.

Memorization

All music must be memorized.

Where can I get a copy of the Rules and Regulations for the National Festival?

See the National Festival Syllabus - download it at www.fcmf.org

What age limits are there?

Cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the National Festival. There is not a minimum age but the rules governing the National Festival stipulate that: If a competitor is under the age of 14 years on December 31 preceding the Festival then: i) that competitor must be accompanied by a parent/guardian ii) the competitor is subject to all rules and regulations applicable to those over 14 years of age excepting that provisions will be made to accommodate the parent/guardian in the same room or on the same floor as the under age 14 competitor iii) any expenses incurred by the parent/guardian are the responsibility of the parent/guardian, and not the Federation.

Where is the 2014 National Festival?

In Kelowna, British Columbia at the Okanagan Campus of The University of British Columbia.

What are the dates?

Competition days are Thursday, August 14th and Friday, August 15th with the Grand Award Concert being held on Saturday, August 16th

When do I have to be in Kelowna?

Must be onsite in Kelowna, BC for the competitor briefing which starts in the evening on Tuesday, August 12th. All competitors must remain until the end of the Grand Award Concert on Saturday, August 16th.

Who should I contact if I have any questions?

Either your local festival or the Provincial Administrator. You may reach Wendy Durieux at [email protected]

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 134

MUSICAL THEATRE LOCAL FESTIVAL FAQ Are all Musical Theatre classes listed below available at most festivals? May I enter both the Ballad and Up-tempo classes?

Check with your local festival.

Do I need to enter more than one class if I hope to be recommended to the Provincials?

You are not required to enter more than one class as you will only need to do ONE selection at the Provincial Festival if you are recommended.

Time Limit

How long may I sing in my class?

All performances, unless otherwise noted, may not be longer than 20 minutes or as specified in your local festival addendum.

Memorization

Does the music have to be memorized?

Music

What music may I sing?

Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial and National Festivals memorization is required. . Your music must come from a stage production or movie musical that incorporates the elements of acting, song and movement. Not to include music from TV, Glee, Smash, pop songs, movie theme songs, operetta, Gilbert and Sullivan or cabaret songs.

Music Medley

May I sing a medley of songs

No. Medleys are not allowed.

Music from Revues

May I use a selection from a revue?

Yes, but full details of the revue must be provided e.g. name of composer, date review was performed etc.

Props

What props may I use in my performance?

You may use hand props, provided that they are used during the performance and you may have ONE stage prop. A table and chair are considered one stage prop.

School Classes

Are there Musical Theatre classes for schools?

Yes. Entry in these classes is limited to those studying Musical Theatre in school and not receiving private lessons. The classes are listed on Page 142.

Classes

Yes.

** NEW IN 2014** Local PROVINCIAL NATIONAL MUSICAL THEATRE CLASS #97000 information is located on Page 13, at the end of the Local Class listings

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 135

LIST OF LOCAL CLASSES Competitors may enter BOTH Ballad and Up-tempo classes for any age category.

DUET – MUSICAL THEATRE

** NEW CLASSES IN 2014 FOR BOTH BALLAD AND UP-TEMPO**

ONE selection, own choice. 97240 6 AND UNDER 97250 8 AND UNDER 97260 10 AND UNDER 97270 12 AND UNDER 97280 14 AND UNDER 97290 16 AND UNDER 97300 18 AND UNDER 97310 19 AND OVER

SOLO – MUSICAL THEATRE BALLAD ONE selection, own choice. 97010 6 AND UNDER 97015 7 AND UNDER 97020 8 AND UNDER 97025 9 AND UNDER 97030 10 AND UNDER 97035 11 AND UNDER 97040 12 AND UNDER 97045 13 AND UNDER 97050 14 AND UNDER 97055 15 AND UNDER 97060 16 AND UNDER 97065 17 AND UNDER 97070 18 AND UNDER 97075 19 AND OVER

SOLO – MUSICAL THEATRE UP-TEMPO ONE selection, own choice. 97080 6 AND UNDER 97085 7 AND UNDER 97090 8 AND UNDER 97095 9 AND UNDER 97100 10 AND UNDER 97105 11 AND UNDER 97110 12 AND UNDER 97115 13 AND UNDER 97120 14 AND UNDER 97125 15 AND UNDER 97130 16 AND UNDER 97135 17 AND UNDER 97140 18 AND UNDER 97145 19 AND OVER

Not Eligible for Provincials

TRIO – MUSICAL THEATRE Not Eligible for Provincials • Please state ages and voicing. • Class may be divided. ONE selection, own choice. 97320 MUSICAL THEATRE TRIO

PRODUCTION NUMBER – MUSICAL THEATRE Not Eligible for Provincials • The selection must not be a medley of songs. • Please state ages. • Class may be divided. ONE selection, own choice. 97330 MUSICAL THEATRE PRODUCTION NUMBER

WHAT ARE PROPS ? ♪ ♪ ♪ ♪ ♪ ♪

Props are objects used to enhance a presentation. HAND HELD props are items such as a purse, a glass, or a mop etc. STAGE props such as a doorway, a stool, a table and chair etc. are set up before the performance begins. In all cases, props should be simple and an integral part of the performance. Only ONE stage prop is allowed in a solo performance. **NEW in 2014** Stage props are not permissible in the new Provincial National Musical Theatre Class.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 136

FAQ - PROVINCIAL FESTIVAL MUSICAL THEATRE CLASSES 931-936 Provincial Class Information

What classes are offered at the Provincial Festival? **NEW CLASSES 931 & 932 AND OTHERS RENUMBERED**

931 932 933 934 935 936

MUSICAL MUSICAL MUSICAL MUSICAL MUSICAL MUSICAL

THEATRE THEATRE THEATRE THEATRE THEATRE THEATRE

SOLO SOLO SOLO SOLO SOLO SOLO

BALLAD – 12 YEARS & UNDER UP-TEMPO – 12 YEARS & UNDER BALLAD – 16 YEARS & UNDER UP-TEMPO – 16 YEARS & UNDER BALLAD – SENIOR UP-TEMPO - SENIOR

Competing at the Provincial Festival

How do I enter?

You cannot enter the Provincial Festival - you must be recommended by the adjudicator at your local festival.

May I be recommended to more than one Provincial Class?

Yes. You could be recommended to both the Up-Tempo and Ballad classes.

Music

How many pieces do I have to perform at the Local Festival?

Only one in each class

Time Limits

How long will I have to perform at the Provincials?

15 minutes in all Provincial Musical Theatre classes.

Age

Is there a maximum age at Provincials?

You cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the Provincial Festival. There is not a minimum age.

Won at Provincials before?

If I won the 16 years and under Provincial class last year and I am still not 16 may I play in the 16 and under class again this year if recommended?

No. You would need to be chosen by the adjudicator to go as the Senior class representative. Once you win a Provincial class you must move up to the next level.

Entry Form

If I have been recommended do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival?

No, the entry form will be done by the Local festival.

Fees

How much are the fees for the Provincial classes?

$100 $100 $100 $100 $125 $125

Memorization

Do I need to have my music memorized?

Yes. Memorization is mandatory.

Dates

When is the 2014 Provincial Festival?

Wednesday, May 28th to Saturday, May 31st. The Provincial schedule can be down-loaded at www.albertamusicfestival.org

Place

Where is the Provincial Festival held?

At the Alberta College Campus of MacEwan University in Edmonton. Alberta College is located at 10040 MacDonald Drive (corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street – behind McDougall United Church). It is not located on the City Centre campus of MacEwan University which is located on 104th Avenue.

931 932 933 934 935 936

SOLO SOLO SOLO SOLO SOLO SOLO

BALLAD – 12 YEARS & UNDER UP-TEMPO – 12 YEARS & UNDER BALLAD – 16 YEARS & UNDER UP-TEMPO – 16 YEARS & UNDER BALLAD - SENIOR UP-TEMPO – SENIOR

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 137

**NEW IN 2014** Local Class #97000 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL MUSICAL THEATRE SOLO As the 97000 class is in a different stream from the other local festival classes listed above, you must read the PROVINCIAL NATIONAL information below and the FAQ on the following page before entering this class. Not all festivals offer this class but they may have an equivalent with similar requirements. GENERAL GUIDELINES: • Only those senior Musical Theatre vocalists who are performing at or above a senior level and who are interested in competing at the National level should enter Class 97000

• The adjudicator may recommend a competitor from the local festival to the Provincial Festival but is not required to do so.

• If you are recommended by the adjudicator, you must commit to the Provincial and National festival dates listed in the FAQ or an alternate candidate may be recommended in your place.

• All selections are to be from a published, staged musical. Must be performed in the original key (no transposition) and be • • • •

gender/voice type appropriate. Competitors may use costumes, one (1) hand prop per selection, and stage movement (no dance break). Spoken passages are allowed only if published in the score provided. A table/chair and a garment/hat rack will be provided for use as stage props – no other stage props will be allowed. In addition to this Provincial National class you may also enter the age-appropriate Up-Tempo and Ballad classes if you would like to have other selections adjudicated that you would then take to the Provincial and/or National festivals.

DEFINITION of Up-Tempo & Ballad The term “Up-Tempo” is used to describe music with a lively tempo, often comedy, e.g. – One Hundred Easy Ways (from Wonderful Town). The term “Ballad” is used to describe music with a slower tempo, often of a serious or introspective nature, e.g. – On My Own (from Les Misérables).

The eras of the Musical Theatre repertoire • • •

Tin Pan Alley era (1920 – 1949) – Composer such as Berlin, Kern, Gershwin, Porter, Rodgers and Hart, Weill, etc. The Golden Age (1943-1974) Composers such as Rodgers and Hammerstein, Lerner and Loewe, Bock and Harnick, Sondheim (early) etc. Contemporary Musical Theatre repertoire (1974 – present day) – Composers such as Sondheim (later), Kander and Ebb, Schwartz, Finn, Jason Robert Brown, etc. - One selection by Sondheim is recommended. - Selections are not to include operetta/light opera (e.g. Romberg, Johann Strauss, Lehar, Offenbach, etc.).

TIME LIMIT at local class: 60 minutes or as specified in your local addendum.

SELECTIONS - Number to be performed at your local festival: You MUST perform TWO selections: 1. 2.

One (1) selection must be a Musical Theatre Ballad One (1) selection must be a Musical Theatre Up-Tempo

SELECTIONS TO BE PERFORMED if recommended to Provincial Festival: You MUST perform THREE selections: 1. 2. 3.

One (1) Musical Theatre Ballad One (1) Musical Theatre Up-Tempo One (1) Musical Theatre selection from Tin Pan Alley, the Golden Age or the Contemporary Musical Theatre repertoire.

MUSIC: You will need one original copy of both selections for the adjudicator and another original copy for your accompanist. Photocopies of the music are not acceptable except for the accompanist’s use to ease page turning. The accompanist must have an original copy at the piano. MEMORIZATION: Each festival sets its own regulations regarding memorization. At the Provincial and National Festivals memorization is required. AGE LIMITS: You must not be older than 28 as of December 31st preceding the Provincial Festival. If you are under the age of 14 years of age see the National Syllabus General Regulation #4 of the National Syllabus.

[ ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 138

FAQ PROVINCIAL NATIONAL MUSICAL THEATRE CLASS #937 Edmonton, Alberta Going to the Provincial Festival

How do I enter?

You will need to receive a recommendation from the adjudicator at your local festival. Should you win class #937 it is extremely important that you ensure that you will be available to compete in Kelowna from August 12th to 17th before accepting the recommendation. Should you not be available for either or both of those dates you must advise the Provincial Festival Administrator immediately.

Selections

How many selections will I need to perform at the Provincial Festival?

You MUST perform THREE selections:

Time Limit

How much time will I have to perform my program?

You will have 60 minutes. The timing will begin at the first note and end with the last. Any breaks or costume changes will be included in the 60 minute limit.

Age Limits

What age limits are there?

You cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the National Festival. There is not a minimum age but the rules governing the National Festival stipulate that: If a competitor is under the age of 14 years on December 31 preceding the Festival then: i) that competitor must be accompanied by a parent/guardian ii) the competitor is subject to all rules and regulations applicable to those over 14 years of age excepting that provisions will be made to accommodate the parent/guardian in the same room or on the same floor as the under age 14 competitor iii) any expenses incurred by the parent/guardian are the responsibility of the parent/guardian, and not the Federation.

Entry Form

Do I need to fill out an entry form for the Provincial Festival?

No, the entry form will be done by the Local festival.

Memorization

Do I need to have my music memorized? Is the Provincial National Musical Theatre class different from the other Provincial Musical Theatre classes? When is the 2014 Provincial National Musical Theatre Class? Where is the Provincial Festival held?

Yes. Memorization is mandatory.

Costumes and Props

Date

Place

National

What do I have to do if I want to go on to the National Festival?

1. 2. 3.

One (1) Musical Theatre Ballad One (1) Musical Theatre Up-Tempo One (1) Musical Theatre selection from Tin Pan Alley, the Golden Age or the Contemporary Musical Theatre repertoire.

Yes. In the Provincial National class competitors may use costumes, one (1) hand prop per selection, and stage movement (no dance break). Stage props are not permissible but a table/chair and a hat rack will be provided for your use. Wednesday, May 28th starting at 1:00 pm. The Provincial schedule can be down-loaded at www.albertamusicfestival.org . At the Alberta College Campus of MacEwan University in Edmonton. Alberta College is located at 10040 MacDonald Drive (corner of MacDonald Drive and 100th Street – behind McDougall United Church). It is not located on the City Centre campus of MacEwan University which is located on 104th Avenue. You will need to win the Provincial National class in Edmonton and Receive the Adjudicator’s recommendation. Please Note: The adjudicator is not required to recommend. The entry form will be done by the Provincial Festival.

National

What are the National Festival requirements?

Make sure you are aware of all National Festival requirements before entering the local festival Provincial National class or its equivalent. Read the National Syllabus which is available at www.fcmf.org

National

2014 Dates & location

2014 National Festival will be held in Kelowna, British Columbia at the Okanagan Campus of the University of British Columbia. Competitors are required to be in Kelowna starting August 12th until after the Grand Award competition Saturday, August 16th.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 139

FAQ NATIONAL MUSICAL THEATRE CLASS #9 Download a copy of the National Syllabus www.fcmf.org Class Time limit

60 minutes – including costume changes and breaks.

Selections to be performed at the National Festival

FIVE selections consisting of: 1. One (1) Musical Theatre Ballad 2. One (1) Musical Theatre Up-Tempo 3. One (1) selection from the Tin Pan Alley Era ** 4. One (1) selection from the Golden Age ** 5. One (1) selection from Contemporary Musical Theatre Repertoire ** ** Selection #3, 4, or 5 must have been recommended from the Provincial Festival. The selections from #3, 4, 5 must include ballad and Up-Tempo.

Music

• • • •

You will need one original copy of both selections for the adjudicator and another original copy for your Accompanist (if applicable). Photocopies of the music are not acceptable except for the accompanist’s use to ease page turning. The accompanist must have an original copy at the piano. As an aid to the adjudicators, competitors must number the first bar of each line in their scores. NO transposition is allowed. Selections are to be done in the original key

Memorization

All music must be memorized.

Costumes and Props

Competitors may use costumes, one (1) hand prop per selection, and stage movement (no dance break). Stage props are not permissible.

Where can I get a copy of the Rules and Regulations for the National Festival?

See the National Festival Syllabus - download it at www.fcmf.org

What age limits are there?

Cannot be over the age of 28 on December 31 prior to the National Festival. There is not a minimum age but the rules governing the National Festival stipulate that: If a competitor is under the age of 14 years on December 31 preceding the Festival then: i) that competitor must be accompanied by a parent/guardian ii) the competitor is subject to all rules and regulations applicable to those over 14 years of age excepting that provisions will be made to accommodate the parent/guardian in the same room or on the same floor as the under age 14 competitor iii) any expenses incurred by the parent/guardian are the responsibility of the parent/guardian, and not the Federation.

Where is the 2014 National Festival?

In Kelowna, British Columbia at the Okanagan Campus of The University of British Columbia.

What are the dates?

Competition days are Thursday, August 14th and Friday, August 15th with the Grand Award Concert being held on Saturday, August 16th

When do I have to be in Kelowna?

Must be onsite in Kelowna, BC for the competitor briefing which starts in the evening on Tuesday, August 12th. All competitors must remain until the end of the Grand Award Concert on Saturday, August 16th..

Who should I contact if I have any questions?

Either your local festival or the Provincial Administrator. You may reach Wendy Durieux at [email protected]

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 140

SCHOOL MUSICAL THEATRE A solo competitor taking private vocal lessons may not enter a solo school vocal class.

WHAT ARE PROPS ? • • • •



Props are objects used to enhance a presentation. HAND HELD props are items such as a purse, a glass, or a mop etc. STAGE props such as a doorway, a stool, a table and chair etc. are set up before the performance begins. In all cases, props should be simple and an integral part of the performance. Only ONE stage prop is allowed in a solo performance.

MUSICAL THEATRE NOTES:

DUET - SCHOOL MUSICAL THEATRE Not Eligible for Provincials

• The selection MUST NOT be a medley of songs. • A competitor MUST use costume and movement, and may use hand props and ONE stage prop. • Only ONE Musical Theatre selection is required in order to be recommended to the Provincial Musical Theatre solo classes.

SOLO - SCHOOL MUSICAL THEATRE ONE selection, own choice. 99210 GRADE 1 99220 GRADE 2 99230 GRADE 3 99240 GRADE 4 99250 GRADE 5 99260 GRADE 6

Competitors may enter BOTH Ballad and Up-tempo classes for a grade category.

SOLO - SCHOOL MUSICAL THEATRE BALLAD ONE selection, own choice. 99270 GRADE 7 99280 GRADE 8 99290 GRADE 9 99300 GRADE 10-12

SOLO - SCHOOL MUSICAL THEATRE UP-TEMPO ONE selection, own choice. 99271 GRADE 7 99281 GRADE 8 99291 GRADE 9 99301 GRADE 10-12

ONE selection, own choice 99310 GRADE 1 99320 GRADE 2 99330 GRADE 3 99340 GRADE 4 99350 GRADE 5 99360 GRADE 6 99370 GRADE 7 93880 GRADE 8 99390 GRADE 9 99400 GRADE 10-12

TRIO - SCHOOL MUSICAL THEATRE Not Eligible for Provincials • •

Please state grades and voicing. Class may be divided.

ONE selection, own choice. 99410 MUSICAL THEATRE TRIO

PRODUCTION NUMBER – SCHOOL MUSICAL THEATRE Not Eligible for Provincials • • •

The selection MUST NOT be a medley of songs. Please state grades. Class may be divided.

ONE selection, own choice. 99420 PRODUCTION NUMBER

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 141

POPULAR VOCAL CONTEMPORARY GOSPEL •

Composers such as Twila Paris, Amy Grant, Sandi Patti, Michael W. Smith, Steven Curtis Chapman and their contemporaries may be used.

SOLO – CONTEMPORARY GOSPEL Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice. 97400 6 AND UNDER 97410 7 AND UNDER 97420 8 AND UNDER 97430 9 AND UNDER

TRIO – POPULAR VOCAL Not Eligible for Provincials • Please state ages and voicing. • Class may be divided. ONE selection, own choice 97730 TRIO

MOVIE/TV/POP •

Competitors may enter BOTH Ballad and Up-tempo classes for an age category.

SOLO - BALLAD – CONTEMPORARY GOSPEL Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice 97440 10 AND UNDER 97450 11 AND UNDER 97460 12 AND UNDER 97470 13 AND UNDER 97480 14 AND UNDER 97490 15 AND UNDER 97500 16 AND UNDER 97510 17 AND UNDER 97520 18 AND UNDER 97530 19 AND OVER

SOLO – UP-TEMPO – CONTEMPORARY GOSPEL Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice 97540 10 AND UNDER 97550 11 AND UNDER 97560 12 AND UNDER 97570 13 AND UNDER 97580 14 AND UNDER 97590 15 AND UNDER 97600 16 AND UNDER 97610 17 AND UNDER 97620 18 AND UNDER 97630 19 AND OVER

DUET – CONTEMPORARY GOSPEL Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice 97650 6 AND UNDER 97660 8 AND UNDER 97670 10 AND UNDER 97680 12 AND UNDER 97690 14 AND UNDER 97700 16 AND UNDER 97710 18 AND UNDER 97720 19 AND OVER

• •

Composers such as Anne Murray, Gordon Lightfoot, John Denver, Elton John, Celine Dion, Kenny G, Paul McCartney, Shania Twain, Whitney Houston, Mariah Carey and their contemporaries. Any instrumental accompaniment may be used. Not to include props or costumes.

SOLO – MOVIE/TV/POP Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice. 97740 6 AND UNDER 97750 7 AND UNDER Competitors may enter BOTH Ballad and Up-tempo classes for an age category.

SOLO - BALLAD – MOVIE/TV/POP ONE selection, own choice. 97760 8 AND UNDER 97770 9 AND UNDER 97780 10 AND UNDER 97790 11 AND UNDER 97800 12 AND UNDER 97810 13 AND UNDER 97820 14 AND UNDER 97830 15 AND UNDER 97840 16 AND UNDER 97850 17 AND UNDER 97860 18 AND UNDER 97870 19 AND OVER

SOLO - UP-TEMPO – MOVIE/TV/POP Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice. 97880 8 AND UNDER 97890 9 AND UNDER 97900 10 AND UNDER 97910 11 AND UNDER 97920 12 AND UNDER 97930 13 AND UNDER 97940 14 AND UNDER 97950 15 AND UNDER 97960 16 AND UNDER 97970 17 AND UNDER 97980 18 AND UNDER 97990 19 AND OVER

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 142

DUET – POPULAR VOCAL Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice 98000 6 AND UNDER 98010 8 AND UNDER 98020 10 AND UNDER 98030 12 AND UNDER 98040 14 AND UNDER 98050 16 AND UNDER 98060 18 AND UNDER 98070 19 AND OVER

TRIO – POPULAR VOCAL Not Eligible for Provincials • State ages and voicing. • Class may be divided. ONE selection, own choice. 98080 TRIO

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 143

SCHOOL VOCAL PLEASE NOTE A solo competitor who is taking private vocal lessons may not enter a solo school vocal class. SCHOOL VOCAL SOLO - BOYS – PRESCRIBED SELECTION

SCHOOL VOCAL SOLO - GIRLS – PRESCRIBED SELECTION

ONE selection, as specified 98300 GRADE 1 Cold Winter – Clifford Crawley (Three Songs of Science for Juniors) Leslie Music Supply Inc. – 1120 (Choral Series)

ONE selection, as specified 98510 GRADE 1 Little Silver Fishes – Thomas F. Dunhill Leslie Music Supply Inc. – C210 (Choral Series)

98310

98320

98330

98340

98350

GRADE 2 Long Time Ago – Clifford Crawley (Three Songs of Science for Juniors) Leslie Music Supply Inc. – 1120 (Choral Series) GRADE 3 Clouds – Clifford Crawley (Three Songs of Science for Juniors) Leslie Music Supply Inc. – 1120 (Choral Series) GRADE 4 Nursery Rhyme Nonsense – Marilyn Broughton Alfred Archive Edition – VG184 Alfred Publishing Co. GRADE 5 The North Wind – E. Markham Lee Leslie Music Supply Inc. – LBG77 (Choral Series) GRADE 6 Shenandoah – arr. J. Althouse Folk Songs For Singers Vol 2 Alfred Publishing Co. – Med High 16300 or Med Low 16301

98520

GRADE 2 The Rose and the Butterfly – Henry Clark Leslie Music Supply Inc. – 1095 (Vocal Series)

98530

GRADE 3 Grandfather Clock - Thomas F. Dunhill Leslie Music Supply Inc. – C213 (Choral Series)

98540

GRADE 4 The Laughing Brook – Cyril Hampshire (Seven Unison Songs) Leslie Music Supply Inc. – 1198 (Choral Series)

98550

GRADE 5 Wind Music – W. H. Anderson Leslie Music Supply Inc. – 1126(School Series)

98560

GRADE 6 To the Sky – arr. C. Strommen Folk Songs For Singers Vol 1 Alfred Publishing Co. – Med High 4952 Low 4953

SCHOOL VOCAL SOLO – GIRLS - OWN CHOICE •

SCHOOL VOCAL SOLO – BOYS - OWN CHOICE • Must be classical (serious), not pop. ONE selection, own choice. 98410 GRADE 1 98420 GRADE 2 98430 GRADE 3 98440 GRADE 4 98450 GRADE 5 98460 GRADE 6 98470 GRADE 7 98480 GRADE 8 98490 GRADE 9 98500 GRADES 10-12

Must be classical (serious), not pop.

ONE selection, own choice. 98610 GRADE 1 98620 GRADE 2 98630 GRADE 3 98640 GRADE 4 98650 GRADE 5 98660 GRADE 6 98670 GRADE 7 98680 GRADE 8 98690 GRADE 9 98700 GRADES 10-12

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 144

or Med

SCHOOL VOCAL SOLO - CONCERT • The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator. • One MUST be a Folk, Traditional Air, Sea Shanty or Spiritual. • MUST NOT include musical theatre or popular vocal. TWO selections, own choice, from ONE of the following styles: Medieval/Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Impressionism, and Contemporary/Modern 98810 98820 98830 98840 98850 98860 98870 98880 98890 98900

GRADE 1 GRADE 2 GRADE 3 GRADE 4 GRADE 5 GRADE 6 GRADE 7 GRADE 8 GRADE 9 GRADES 10-12

SCHOOL VOCAL DUET Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice. 99110 GRADE 1 99120 GRADE 2 99130 GRADE 3 99140 GRADE 4 99150 GRADE 5 99160 GRADE 6 99170 GRADE 7 99180 GRADE 8 99190 GRADE 9 99200 GRADES 10-12

SCHOOL VOCAL SOLO - RECITAL • The artistic arrangement and the quality of music chosen will be taken into consideration by the adjudicator. • MUST NOT include Musical Theatre, Folk, Traditional Air, Sea Shanty, Spiritual or Popular vocal THREE contrasting selections, own choice, from any THREE of the following styles: Medieval/Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, Romantic, Impressionism, and Contemporary/Modern. 99010 99020 99030 99040 99050 99060 99070 99080 99090 99100

GRADE 1 GRADE 2 GRADE 3 GRADE 4 GRADE 5 GRADE 6 GRADE 7 GRADE 8 GRADE 9 GRADES 10-12

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 145

SCHOOL POPULAR VOCAL A solo competitor taking private vocal lessons may not enter a solo school vocal class. SCHOOL CONTEMPORARY GOSPEL • Composers such as Twila Paris, Amy Grant, Sandi Patti, Michael W. Smith, Steven Curtis Chapman and their contemporaries may be used.

SOLO - SCHOOL CONTEMPORARY GOSPEL ONE selection, own choice. 99450 GRADE 1 99460 GRADE 2 99470 GRADE 3 99480 GRADE 4 99490 GRADE 5 99500 GRADE 6 99510 GRADE 7 99520 GRADE 8 99530 GRADE 9 99540 GRADE 10-12

DUET - SCHOOL CONTEMPORARY GOSPEL Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice. 99550 GRADE 1 99560 GRADE 2 99570 GRADE 3 99580 GRADE 4 99590 GRADE 5 99600 GRADE 6 99610 GRADE 7 99620 GRADE 8 99630 GRADE 9 99640 GRADE 10-12

TRIO - SCHOOL CONTEMPORARY GOSPEL Not Eligible for Provincials • State ages and voicing. • Class may be divided. ONE selection, own choice. 99650 TRIO

SCHOOL MOVIE/TV/POP • Composers such as Anne Murray, Gordon Lightfoot, John Denver, Elton John, Celine Dion, Kenny G, Paul McCartney, Shania Twain, Whitney Houston, Mariah Carey and their contemporaries. • Any instrumental accompaniment may be used. • Not to include props or costumes.

SOLO - SCHOOL MOVIE/TV/POP ONE selection, own choice. 99710 GRADE 1 99720 GRADE 2 99730 GRADE 3 99740 GRADE 4 99750 GRADE 5 99760 GRADE 6 99770 GRADE 7 99780 GRADE 8 99790 GRADE 9 99800 GRADE 10-12

DUET - SCHOOL MOVIE/TV/POP Not Eligible for Provincials ONE selection, own choice. 99810 GRADE 1 99820 GRADE 2 99830 GRADE 3 99840 GRADE 4 99850 GRADE 5 99860 GRADE 6 99870 GRADE 7 99880 GRADE 8 99890 GRADE 9 99900 GRADE 10-12

TRIO - SCHOOL MOVIE/TV/POP Not Eligible for Provincials • State ages and voicing. • Class may be divided. ONE selection, own choice. 99950 TRIO

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 146

THE PROVINCIAL FESTIVALS

6

The Provincial Festival is comprised of two sections.

PROVINCIAL CHORAL FESTIVAL May 8 to 10, 2014 at McDougall United Church, Edmonton

Provincial Choral Classes – • • •

School choirs may be recommended to classes 971-975. In order to be eligible to be recommended to classes 911-916, choirs MUST have competed in Community Choral classes at the local level Travel to Edmonton is not required for the following choirs: Elementary School Choir Class 911 - 10 years and under Elementary School Choir Class 971 - Grades 1 – 3 They will compete at the Provincial Festival by CD.

Provincial National Choral Classes – • • • • • • •

Choirs may be recommended to classes 900-909. Competitors must be recommended by the adjudicator to proceed from the local level to the Provincial Festival The local festival contact will complete the Provincial entry form Only classical (serious), not pop choral music is acceptable for recommendation to the Provincial Festival Choirs who are recommended to Provincial National Classes will compete at the Provincial Festival only by CD. Travel will not be required. The winner in each class, if recommended by the provincial adjudicator, will compete by CD in the National Music Festival. AMFA will complete the National entry form and oversee the submission of CDs to the National level

PROVINCIAL SOLO, ENSEMBLE AND CHORAL SPEECH FESTIVAL May 28 to 31, 2014 at the Alberta College Conservatory of Music campus of MacEwan University and at McDougall United Church, Edmonton

™

Competitions are held for Chamber Group, String, Classical Guitar, Woodwind, Brass, Piano, Speech, Voice and Musical Theatre and Choral Speech

™

Except for Chamber, Choral and Choral Speech all Provincial Classes are solo.

™

Provincial Choral Speech Classes – • There are two classes for Choral Speech: Class 851 for Grades 13 and Class 852 for Grades 4-6.

™

There are no Provincial National classes for Choral Speech or Speech.

™

Competitors must be recommended by the adjudicator to proceed from the local level to the Provincial Festival

™

The local festival will complete the Provincial entry form

™

**NEW in 2014** - Provincial National Musical Theatre class.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 147

Rules Governing the Provincial Festival If your intention is to proceed to the National Festival – see Pg. 123 Competitors, teachers, directors and parents are responsible for obtaining all pertinent local addendum and provincial and national syllabi and for familiarizing themselves with rules, regulations and requirements.

ADMINISTRATION / GENERAL Acceptance of entries Number of competitors each festival may enter

100A

AMFA reserves the right to refuse any entry

100B

Each member festival is allowed to enter ONE competitor in each class, and each competitor must have been recommended by an adjudicator. If a competitor is unable to perform, a designated alternate, recommended by the adjudicator, will be allowed to perform. Exception: Festivals having over 2000 entries may recommend TWO candidates in Piano Classes 701, 702, 703, 707, 708 and 709.

Talking to the adjudicator

100C

At no time may a teacher, parent or competitor engage the adjudicator in conversation prior to or during any class. Such an approach may result in the competitor’s disqualification. Conversations after a session or class must be confined to social comments and not any aspect of a performance.

Recording competitions or adjudications

100D

• • •

The use of tape or cassette recorders, video or other cameras is permitted provided that the user remains stationary and unobtrusive, and records only his or her own competitor. The use of flash cameras is prohibited during a performance or adjudication. Adjudications MUST NOT be recorded.

Minimum Score

100E

A competitor must achieve at least 85% in order to be eligible for a scholarship.

Final Decisions

100F

Adjudicators’ decisions regarding performance are final.

Who may enter

110

The Festival movement is confined to “amateurs”. (See Glossary)

Residency

120

The residence or domicile (family home) of a competitor must be within the Province of Alberta, unless the competitor has studied in that discipline in Alberta for a minimum of 6 months during the previous year.

Age

130

The age of a competitor is established as of December 31 preceding the Festival.

Age Limit

140

The age limit for any solo competitor is 28 years.

Number of Classes at local level

150

A solo competitor must have participated at the local festival in at least 2 solo classes using the same instrument.

SOLO COMPETITORS

Note: The singing voice and the speaking voice are different instruments. Exceptions: Music Composition- 1 solo class Musical Theatre - 1 solo class Provincial National classes - 3 Associate Standard (minimum level) solo classes Number of Recommendations

210

A competitor who has been recommended from one local festival must so advise any other local festival entered, and must accept only the 1st recommendation and perform associated repertoire.

Entering classes using the same instrument

220

A competitor may enter only one solo class using the same instrument. Note: The singing voice and the speaking voice are different instruments. Exception: 1. A competitor may enter both Ballad and Up-Tempo Musical Theatre classes and a Vocal solo class. 2.

Competitors in Piano Concerto classes 707, 708 & 709 (1 Movement, 2 Movements & Complete respectively) may also be recommended to Classes 701 to 706 and vice versa.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 148

Winners entering the Festival again

270

A. The winner of a solo (other than a Provincial National) class may enter the same class in any subsequent Provincial Festival after sitting out two festival years. Notes: • The winner of a solo class at the National Music Festival may compete in a Provincial Festival using the same instrument after sitting out two festival years. • The National Festival Grand Award winner may not compete in any subsequent Provincial Festival using the same instrument. B. The winner of a solo (other than a Provincial National) class may not enter a lower age class in the same discipline in any subsequent year.

Entry Forms & Adjudicator’s Signatures

280

• • • •

Every entry must be submitted to the Provincial Administrator on a fully completed Entry Form by the member festival. The signature of the adjudicator making the recommendation must be obtained on the signature sheet provided. At no time is the form to be given to the competitor, conductor or teacher Adjudicator’s signature sheets are to be forwarded to the Provincial Administrator. The Entry Form must be sent by the local festival within 10 days after the end of the local festival.

Music Composition scores & media

281

A photocopy of the Music Composition scores and CD must be sent to the Provincial Administrator no later than two weeks before the start of the Provincial Festival.

Who may enter

110

The Festival movement is confined to “amateurs”. (See Glossary)

Residency

120

The residence or domicile (family home) of a competitor must be within the Province of Alberta, unless the competitor has studied in that discipline in Alberta for a minimum of 6 months during the previous year.

Age

130

The age of a competitor is established as of December 31 preceding the Festival.

Number of selections - group Number of Recommendations

160

A group competitor must have performed at least two selections in the local festival.

510

A competitor who has been recommended from one local festival must so advise any other local festival entered, and must accept only the 1st recommendation and perform associated repertoire.

Group Competitors

230

A group competitor must enter the class corresponding to the age, grade, or level in which they participated at the local festival.

Choir Member Ages

240

Every choir member must be a bona fide member. TEN percent of the choir membership may exceed a specified age limit by no more than two years. Note: Professional vocalists and teachers of singing may sing in a choir of which they are bona fide members.

GROUP COMPETITORS

Regulations for Provincial National classes are different – See National Syllabus. Choir Grade Ranges

250

When a School Choral or Choral Speech competitor contains a grade range that falls into two Provincial classes, the class entered is based on the grade of the majority number of students.

Choir with members from more than one school Entry Forms & Adjudicator’s Signatures

260

A school choir with members from more than one school may compete as a school choir only if members have not been selected on the basis of performing ability. Otherwise, it must compete as a general choir.

280

• • • •

Choral classes solo passages and choreography

410

Every entry must be submitted to the Provincial Administrator on a fully completed Entry Form by the member festival. The signature of the adjudicator making the recommendation must be obtained on the signature sheet provided. At no time is the form to be given to the competitor, conductor or teacher Adjudicator’s signature sheets are to be forwarded to the Provincial Administrator. The Entry Form must be sent by the local festival within 10 days after the end of the local festival.

In Choral classes, brief solo passages are allowed, but choreography is not allowed. If you are intending to enter a National Class please read the National syllabus.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 149

DETERMINING ELIGIBILITY FOR PROVINCIAL CLASSES What classes are eligible?

170

Only those classes listed in the Provincial Syllabus may be used for eligibility to compete at the Provincial Festival. Note: The Syllabus identifies those classes that cannot be used to satisfy eligibility requirements for the Provincial Festival. Exceptions: 1. If a class listed in the Syllabus is divided on the basis of age, the subdivided classes may be used to satisfy eligibility requirements. 2. A class from a local festival addendum may be used to satisfy eligibility requirements if that class has been approved in advance by the Provincial Administrator or the Syllabus Coordinator.

Selections must be adjudicated.

180

Every selection must have been adjudicated at the local festival. in a class approved under Determining Eligibility for Provincial National Classes Rule 190 on Page 115.

Number of Recommendations

210

A competitor who has been recommended from one local festival must so advise any other local festival entered, and must accept only the First: recommendation and perform associated repertoire.

Entering classes using the same instrument

220

A competitor may enter only one solo class using the same instrument. Note: The singing voice and the speaking voice are different instruments. Exception: 3. A competitor may enter both Ballad and Up-Tempo Musical Theatre classes and a Vocal solo class. 4.

Competitors in Piano Concerto classes 707 and 708 (16 and under and Senior respectively) may also be recommended to Classes 702 to 706).

DETERMINING ELIGIBILITY FOR PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CLASSES Adjudicated selections in Provincial National class.

190

For Provincial National classes, ONE of the required selections must have been adjudicated in a Provincial National class at the local level. Exception: In the Provincial National Vocal class at the Provincial level, a minimum of THREE to a maximum of FIVE selections must be performed. TWO of the selections must be the required selections adjudicated in a Senior or Provincial National class at the local level.

Choir member ages in Provincial National classes

241

For Provincial National classes, only five percent of the choir membership may exceed the age limit. NOTE: Professional vocalists and teachers of singing may sing in a choir of which they are bona fide members.

RESPONSIBILITIES FOR LOCAL FESTIVALS Entry Forms & Adjudicator’s Signatures

280

• • • •

Music Composition Scores Provincial Entry Fees

Selections on Provincial Entry Forms

Every entry must be submitted to the Provincial Administrator on a fully completed Entry Form by the member festival. The signature of the adjudicator making the recommendation must be obtained on the signature sheet provided. At no time is the form to be given to the competitor, conductor or teacher Adjudicator’s signature sheets are to be forwarded to the Provincial Administrator. The Entry Form must be sent by the local festival within 10 days after the end of the local festival or by May 1, 2013.

281

A photocopy of Music Composition scores and audio CD must be sent to the Provincial Administrator no later than two weeks before the start of the Provincial Festival.

290

Provincial Class Fees Solo (12 and under) - $100 Solo (16 and under) - $100 Solo (Senior) - $125 Solo Piano (Grade 5/6) - $100 Solo Piano (Grade 7/8) - $100 Solo Piano (Grade 10) - $125 Piano Concerto – 1 Movement - $100

300

Piano Concerto – 2 Movements - $100 Piano Concerto – Complete - $125 Chamber Group - $150 Choral & Choral Speech Groups - $150 Provincial National Class Fees Choral (General & School) - $150 Chamber - $300 Solo - $200

A selection listed on the Entry Form may be changed only with the approval of the Provincial Administrator. No changes are allowed within ten days of the Provincial Festival.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 150

PERFORMANCE Number of selections to be performed

310

Memorization

320

Maximum Performance Times

330

In every class the competitor must perform two selections showing contrast in period, mood and style. Exceptions: Music Composition - one selection Musical Theatre - one selection Vocal Solo Provincial National – three to five selections Guitar Solo Provincial National – three selections All selections must be performed from memory. Exceptions: Music Composition Creative Story Telling Note: Chamber groups and choirs (not Choral Speech choirs) may choose not to perform from memory. Maximum performance times: Solo 12 and under........................18 minutes Solo 16 and under........................28 minutes Solo Senior .................................40 minutes Musical Theatre............................15 minutes Grades 5 & 6 (Piano) ....................18 minutes Grades 7 & 8 (Piano) ....................28 minutes Grades 9 & 10 (Piano)...................40 minutes Piano Concerto.............................40 minutes Chamber Group............................40 minutes Choir ..........................................30 minutes Choral Speech..............................15 minutes *Provincial National .....................60 minutes *Provincial National Chamber ........60 minutes •

Timing starts when the first note is heard and ends with the last note.



In String classes the first tuning is not included but the second is.



*In Provincial National classes the time between selections is included.

Numbering Bars and Marking Selections Brief solo passages and choreography in Choral classes

370

The first bar of each line in music scores must be numbered. Each selection must be clearly marked with the class and competitor number.

410

In Choral classes, brief solo passages are allowed, but choreography is not allowed. If you are intending to enter a National Class please read the National syllabus.

Props in Musical Theatre

420

In all Musical Theatre classes competitors must use costume and movement. Hand props and one stage prop may be used. ALL hand props must be used during the performance.

Coaching

360

No person on or off stage may augment or coach a performance.

Solo classes Choir classes Accompaniments – played as written. Recorded accompaniments Coaching

361 362 340 350

Accompaniment is limited to one non-electronic instrument. Accompaniment is limited to three instruments, which may or may not include a piano. Accompaniments must be played as written. Exceptions: Folk songs and Musical Theatre classes Recorded audio accompaniments are not allowed in any class.

360

No person on or off stage may augment or coach a performance.

Published editions – not photocopies Authorized Photocopies Photocopies for page-turning

370

In all music and speech classes a published edition, not a photocopy, of each selection must be given to the adjudicator's secretary before the class begins. In every class other than Music Composition a photocopy may be used ONLY if the publisher’s written approval has been given. A photocopy of an accompaniment may be used to ease page turning provided the accompanist has, at the accompanying instrument, a published edition of the selection.

ACCOMPANIMENT

COPYRIGHT 371 372

Please read the Speech Glossary items and preambles for the Speech classes to become familiar with the GUIDELINES for the use of gestures, movement, props and simple costumes.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 151

LIST OF PROVINCIAL CLASSES GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR PROVINCIAL CLASSES ALL PROVINCIAL & PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CLASSES Each festival may send, upon the adjudicators’ recommendation, ONE competitor to each one of the Provincial classes. If competitor is recommended to one of classes 701 to 706 they may also be recommended to 707 or 708. EXCEPTION: PIANO CLASSES Festivals with more than 2000 local entries may send ONE representative to each of 704, 705 & 706 and TWO competitors to each of 701, 702, 703, 707, 708 & 709. PROVINCIAL ENTRY FORMS • The Provincial Administrator will notify each festival when the forms are available. They will be posted on the Provincial website www.albertamusicfestival.org. A log-in and password to the entry forms and other Provincial forms will be provided by the Provincial Administrator.

More information on the Provincial Festival may be found on Page 112-117 of the Syllabus Time Limit in minutes

FEE

PROVINCIAL CHAMBER 170 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHAMBER GROUP 171 CHAMBER GROUP

60 40

$300 $150

PROVINCIAL MUSIC COMPOSITION 201 MUSIC COMPOSITION – 12 YEARS & UNDER 202 MUSIC COMPOSITION – 16 YEARS & UNDER 203 MUSIC COMPOSITION – SENIOR

18 28 40

$100 $100 $125

PROVINCIAL STRING SOLO 300 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL STRING SOLO 301 VIOLIN SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER 302 VIOLIN SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER 303 VIOLIN SOLO-SENIOR 304 VIOLA – 16 YEARS & UNDER 305 VIOLA SOLO – SENIOR 311 CELLO OR DOUBLE BASS SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER 312 CELLO OR DOUBLE BASS SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER 313 CELLO OR DOUBLE BASS SOLO – SENIOR

60 18 28 40 28 40 18 28 40

$200 $100 $100 $125 $100 $125 $100 $100 $125

PROVINCIAL CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO 390 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO 381 CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – 12 YEARS AND UNDER 382 CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – 16 YEARS AND UNDER 383 CLASSICAL GUITAR SOLO – SENIOR

60 18 28 40

$200 $100 $100 $125

PROVINCIAL WOODWIND SOLO 400 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL WOODWIND SOLO 401 WOODWIND SOLO – 16 YEARS AND UNDER 402 WOODWIND SOLO – SENIOR

60 28 40

$200 $100 $125

PROVINCIAL BRASS SOLO 500 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL BRASS SOLO 501 BRASS SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER 502 BRASS SOLO – SENIOR

60 28 40

$200 $100 $125

PROVINCIAL PIANO SOLO 700 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL PIANO SOLO 701 PIANO SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER 702 PIANO SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER 703 PIANO SOLO – SENIOR

60 18 28 40

$200 $100 $100 $125

NAME & DESCIPTION OF PROVINCIAL CLASS

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 152

PROVINCIAL PIANO SOLO continued 704 PIANO SOLO – GRADES 5 & 6 705 PIANO SOLO – GRADES 7 & 8 706 PIANO SOLO – GRADES 9 & 10 707 PIANO SOLO – CONCERTO – 1 Movement 708 PIANO SOLO – CONCERTO – 2 Movements 709 PIANO SOLO – CONCERTO – Complete

18 28 40 40 40 40

$100 $100 $125 $100 $100 $125

PROVINCIAL SPEECH SOLO 801 SPEECH SOLO – 12 YEARS & UNDER 802 SPEECH SOLO – 16 YEARS & UNDER 803 SPEECH SOLO – SENIOR

18 28 40

$100 $100 $125

PROVINCIAL SCHOOL CHORAL SPEECH 851 CHORAL SPEECH ELEMENTARY SCHOOL – GRADES 1 - 3 852 CHORAL SPEECH ELEMENTARY SCHOOL – GRADES 4 - 6

15 15

$150 $150

30 30 30 30 30 30 30

$150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $150

– 12 YEARS AND UNDER – SCHOOL - 12 YEARS AND

30 30

$150 $150

– 25 YEARS AND UNDER

30

$150

PROVINCIAL CHORAL 911 CHORAL – 10 YEARS & UNDER 912 CHORAL – 14 YEARS & UNDER 913 CHORAL – 16 YEARS & UNDER 914 CHORAL - 19 YEARS & UNDER 915 CHORAL – ENSEMBLE 916 CHORAL – SENIOR

30 30 30 30 30 30

$150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $150

PROVINCIAL SCHOOL CHORAL CLASSES 971 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CHOIR – GRADES 1-3 972 ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CHOIR – GRADES 4-6 973 JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL CHOIR 974 SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL CHOIR 975 SENIOR HIGH SCHOOL ENSEMBLE

30 30 30 30 30

$150 $150 $150 $150 $150

PROVINCIAL VOCAL SOLO 920 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL VOCAL SOLO 921 VOCAL SOLO BOYS – 12 YEARS AND UNDER 922 VOCAL SOLO GIRLS – 12 YEARS AND UNDER 923 VOCAL SOLO BOYS – 16 YEARS AND UNDER 924 VOCAL SOLO GIRLS – 16 YEARS AND UNDER 925 VOCAL SOLO – SENIOR

60 18 18 28 28 40

$200 $100 $100 $100 $100 $125

60

$200

15 15 15 15 15 15

$100 $100 $100 $100 $125 $125

PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 900 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 901 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 902 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 903 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 904 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 905 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 906 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL UNDER 907 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL 908 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL UNDER 909 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL CHORAL

– – – – – – –

19 YRS AND OVER MALES 19 YRS AND UNDER SCHOOL- 19 YRS AND UNDER ENSEMBLE 16 YRS AND UNDER SCHOOL - 16 YEARS AND

PROVINCIAL MUSICAL THEATRE SOLO All new class numbers and some new classes. **NEW IN 2014** 937 PROVINCIAL NATIONAL MUSICAL THEATRE SOLO 931 MUSICAL THEATRE SOLO BALLAD – 12 YEARS AND UNDER 932 MUSICAL THEATRE SOLO UPTEMPO – 12 YEARS AND UNDER 933 MUSICAL THEATRE SOLO BALLAD – 16 YEARS AND UNDER 934 MUSICAL THEATRE SOLO UPTEMPO – 16 YEARS AND UNDER 935 MUSICAL THEATRE SOLO BALLAD – SENIOR 936 MUSICAL THEATRE SOLO UPTEMPO – SENIOR

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 153

2013 PROVINCIAL FESTIVAL WINNERS 170 Provincial National Chamber Group NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $500 AND THE NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION PLAQUE Recommended: tetrauQ gnirtS (Weilu Zhang, Alicia Venables, Sarah Bleile and Paul van der Sloot) - Calgary Kiwanis 171 Chamber Group ALBERTA MUSIC EDUCATION FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND THE FORT SASKATCHEWAN MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Robles, Caulfield, Lu – Edmonton Kiwanis 2nd Place: Perfect Fourth (Isabel Lebeuf-Taylor, Georgia Vogeli, Odelle Ma, Hannah Wilson) – Calgary Kiwanis 201 Music Composition - 12 years & under RUDY & WENDY DURIEUX SCHOLARSHIP OF $150 AND THE ATHABASCA AND DISTRICT MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Ryan Miralles - Fort McMurray Oilsands Rotary 2nd Place: Kevin Chen - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Katie Forbes – Edmonton Kiwanis 202 Music Composition - 16 years & under MEDICINE HAT ROTARY MUSIC FESTIVAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $200 AND THE MEDICINE HAT ROTARY MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE. 1st Place: Benjamin Williams - Edmonton Kiwanis 2nd Place: Akshaya Lakshmi - Fort McMurray Oilsands Rotary 2nd Place: Jacky Wong - Calgary Kiwanis 203 Music Composition - Senior ST. ALBERT ROTARY MUSIC FESTIVAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION PLAQUE 1st Place: Samantha Semler - St. Albert Rotary 2nd Place: Trevor Mansell - Calgary Kiwanis 300 Provincial National Strings NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $500 AND THE KALYNA COUNTRY PERFORMING ARTS PLAQUE Recommended: Mari Coetzee – Medicine Hat 2nd Place: Tate Zawadiuk - Calgary Kiwanis 301 Violin Solo - 12 years and under GRANDE PRAIRIE & DISTRICT MUSIC FESTIVAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $150 AND GRANDE PRAIRIE & DISTRICT MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Silke Nodwell - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Sonya Shin – Edmonton Kiwanis 2nd Place: Olivia Toth – Olds Kiwanis 302 Violin Solo - 16 years & under NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $200 AND THE LACOMBE AND DISTRICT MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Yan Li - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Connor Clark - Brooks 2nd Place: Logan Robles – Sherwood Park 303 Violin Solo - Senior PAUL DORNIAN & BILL VAN DER SLOOT - MOUNT ROYAL UNIVERSITY CONSERVATORY SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND MOUNT ROYAL UNIVERSITY CONSERVATORY PLAQUE 1st Place: Weilu Zhang - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Rafael Piesiur - Edmonton Kiwanis 304 Viola Solo - 16 years & under ALBERTA STRING ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $200 AND ALBERTA STRING ASSOCIATION PLAQUE 1st Place: Odelle Ma - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Catherine Benoit – Vermilion 305 Viola Solo – Senior NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION PLAQUE 1st Place: Seth McMillan - Lacombe

311 Cello or Double Bass Solo - 12 years & under FORT MCMURRAY OILSANDS ROTARY MUSIC FESTIVAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $150 AND THE FORT MCMURRAY OILSANDS ROTARY MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Luka Coatzee - Medicine Hat Rotary 2nd Place: Joan Herget - Calgary Kiwanis 312 Cello or Double Bass Solo - 16 years & under VERA MARCHUK MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $200 AND THE HIGH RIVER & DISTRICT LIONS MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Joshua Lee - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Adam Caufield – Edmonton Kiwanis 313 Cello or Double Bass Solo - Senior NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND THE WHITECOURT MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Mendelle Robles – Sherwood Park 2nd Place: Joshua Ching – Edmonton Kiwanis 381 Classical Guitar Solo - 12 years & under FORT MCMURRAY OILSANDS ROTARY MUSIC FESTIVAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $150 AND THE LAC LA BICHE AND DISTRICT MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Ihn-Ah Jung - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Evelyn Forbes – Edmonton Kiwanis 382 Classical Guitar Solo - 16 years & under HEATHER & KEITH GROPP SCHOLARSHIP OF $200 AND THE HEATHER & KEITH GROPP PLAQUE 1st Place: Benjamin Williams – Edmonton Kiwanis 2nd Place: Quinn Goddard – Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Daiwei (David) Zhang – Lethbridge Kiwanis 383 Classical Guitar Solo - Senior NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND THE OLIVE EMOND MEMORIAL PLAQUE 1st Place: David Guillemaud - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Sebastian Robles – Sherwood Park 390 Provincial National Classical Guitar Solo NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $500 AND THE OLIVE EMOND MEMORIAL PLAQUE Recommended: Xavier Davidson - Calgary Kiwanis 400 Provincial National Woodwind Solo NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $500 AND THE NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION PLAQUE Recommended: Emily Phernambucq- Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Brendan Catalano - Medicine Hat Rotary 401 Woodwind Solo - 16 years & under EDMONTON KIWANIS MUSIC FESTIVAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $200 AND THE EDMONTON KIWANIS MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Trevor Mansell - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Sophia Schoen - Edmonton Kiwanis 402 Woodwind Solo - Senior ST. ALBERT ROTARY MUSIC FESTIVAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND THE ST. ALBERT ROTARY MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Jacob Ridgway – Edmonton Kiwanis 2nd Place: Jace Eagle Bear - Calgary Kiwanis 500 Provincial National Brass Solo No Competition 501 Brass Solo - 16 years & under JERRY & SHEILA LONSBURY SCHOLARSHIP OF $200 AND THE JERRY & SHEILA LONSBURY PLAQUE 1st Place: Estelle Frank - Edmonton Kiwanis 2nd Place: Alexis Leadbeater – Lethbridge Kiwanis 502 Brass Solo - Senior NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND THE LEDUC MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Sam McNally - Calgary Kiwanis

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 154

700 Provincial National Piano Solo NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $500 AND THE DR. GLADYS EGBERT PLAQUE OF REMEMBRANCE Recommended: John Chan - Calgary Kiwanis 701 Piano Solo - 12 years & under DAVID TUCKEY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $150 AND THE PROVOST MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Jessica Qianhui Ma - Edmonton Kiwanis 2nd Place: Anna Ciprick - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Alyssa Fu – Medicine Hat Rotary 702 Piano Solo - 16 years & under ALBERTA REGISTERED MUSIC TEACHERS' ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $200 AND THE CAMROSE & DISTRICT MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Yunzhi Han - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Jasmine Wang – Edmonton Kiwanis 703 Piano Solo - Senior ALBERTA MUSIC EDUCATION FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND THE BARRHEAD ROTARY MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Candace Chu – Edmonton Kiwanis 2nd Place: Jeremy Ho - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Peter Krejcar – Edmonton Kiwanis 2nd Place: Matthew Peavoy – Red Deer

LETHBRIDGE MUSICAL THEATRE SCHOLARSHIP OF $200 AND THE LETHBRIDGE AND DISTRICT KIWANIS MUSIC & SPEECH ARTS FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Danielle Fung - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Patrick Benoit – Vermilion 2nd Place: David Erasmus - Provost 803 Speech Solo - Senior NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND THE THREE HILLS & DISTRICT ARTS FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Wyatt Nelson - Lethbridge Kiwanis 2nd Place: Leanne Hoffman – Medicine Hat 851 Choral Speech Elementary Gr. 1 - 3 NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND THE VERMILION & DISTRICT MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Griffin Park School Grade 3T0 - Brooks 2nd Place: Elmer Elson School Choral Speech Gr. 1-3 Whitecourt Rotary Music 852 Choral Speech Elementary School Grades 4 - 6 NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION PLAQUE 1st Place: Greenfield Elementary School – Edmonton Kiwanis 2nd Place: Tilley School Grade 3/4 - Brooks

704 Piano – Grades 5 & 6 GRANDE PRAIRIE & DISTRICT ENCANA MUSIC FESTIVAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $150 AND SHERWOOD PARK MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Celina He – Fort McMurray Oilsands Rotary 2nd Place: Susanne Sevcik – Drumheller 2nd Place: Keke Zhang – Calgary Kiwanis

900 Provincial National Choral – 19 years and over (Hon. B.A. Hagerman) OLDS & DISTRICT KIWANIS MUSIC FESTIVAL & PROVOST MUSIC FESTIVAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $500 AND OLDS & DISTRICT KIWANIS MUSIC FESTIVAL & PROVOST MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE Recommended: Camrose Camerata - Camrose

705 Piano – Grades 7 & 8 CORONATION MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $200 AND THE CORONATION MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Samantha Dolter – Medicine Hat Rotary 2nd Place: Jacob Eisenstat - Edmonton Kiwanis

901 Provincial National Choral - Men and/or Boys (City of Lincoln) No competition

706 Piano – Grades 9 & 10 NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND CAMPBELL’S MUSIC PLAQUE 1st Place: Michelle Yuan - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Audrey Axten - Camrose 2nd Place: Faith Holwerda – Sherwood Park 2nd Place: Thomas Kube – St. Albert Rotary 707 Piano – Concerto (1 Movement) NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $150 AND: NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION PLAQUE 1st Place: Yunzhi Han - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Louisa Lu - Edmonton Kiwanis 2nd Place: Angela Nguyen – Calgary Kiwanis 708 Piano – Concerto (2 Movements) SHARON COOK SCHOLARSIP OF $250 AND THE SHARON COOK PLAQUE 1st Place: Shawn Fu - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Graham Schaufele – Medicine Hat Rotary 709 Piano – Concerto (Complete) NORMA JEAN ATKINSON SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND THE NORMA JEAN ATKINSON PLAQUE 1st Place: Anastasia Kulikova – Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Danbee Ko – Lethbridge Kiwanis 801 Speech Solo - 12 years & under DEON ERASMUS, PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $150 AND THE LEONA PATERSON PLAQUE 1st Place: Thomas Schussler - Medicine Hat Rotary 2nd Place: Emily Laidlaw – Lethbridge Kiwanis

902 Provincial National Choral - 19 years & under (George S. Mathieson) DRAYTON VALLEY KIN CLUB PERFORMG ARTS FESTIVAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $500 AND DRAYTON VALLEY KIN CLUB PERFORMG ARTS FESTIVAL PLAQUE Recommended: Cantilon Chamber Choir – Edmonton Kiwanis 903 Provincial National Choral - School - 19 years and under (Paul J. Bourret) CANTILON CHOIRS SCHOLARSHIP OF $500 AND THE PARKLAND MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE Recommended: William Aberhart Concert Choir - Calgary Kiwanis 904 Provincial National Choral – Ensemble (Richard W. Cooke) NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $500 AND THE OLIVE EMOND MEMORIAL PLAQUE Recommended: Cantrice – Cardston Rotary 905 Provincial National Choral – 16 years & under (Dr. & Mrs. J.F.K. English) GIBSON ENERGY SCHOLARSHIP OF $500 AND THE HEATHER BEDFORD-CLOONEY PLAQUE Recommended: Cantilon Junior Choir - Edmonton Kiwanis 906 Provincial National Choral – School - 16 years & under (David Ouchterlony) No Competition 907 Provincial National Choral - 12 & under (Margaret Wharton Memorial) No Competition

802 Speech Solo - 16 years & under

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 155

908 Provincial National Choral – School – 12 years & under (Florine Després) GIBSON ENERGY SCHOLARSHIP OF $500 AND OLIVE EMOND MEMORIAL PLAQUE Recommended: Cardston School Senior Choir - Cardston Rotary

931 Musical Theatre Solo - 12 years & under DON CHITTICK MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $150 AND THE DON CHITTICK MEMORIAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Keelan McAuley – Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Hailey Benedict – St. Albert Rotary 2nd Place: Tomas Lukacs – Olds Kiwanis

909 Provincial National Choral - 25 years and under (Barbara Clark) No Competition

932 Musical Theatre Solo Ballad – 16 years & under ALBERTA REGISTERED MUSIC TEACHERS' ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $200 AND THE HANNA MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Shelby MacPhail - Medicine Hat Rotary 2nd Place: Dalys Fletcher – Cardston Rotary 2nd Place: Emily Sunderland – Calgary Kiwanis

911 Choral - 10 years & under No Competition 912 Choral - 14 years & under ALBERTA CHORAL FEDERATION SCHOL 1st Place: Cantilon Children's Choir - St. Albert Rotary 2nd Place: Nottingham Girls’ Choir – Sherwood Park 913 Choral - 16 years & under No Competition 914 Choral - 19 years & under No Competition 915 Choral – Ensemble NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND YELLOWKNIFE MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Gracenotes Ensemble – Stettler 2nd Place: Keynotes - Olds Kiwanis 916 Choral - Senior NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND THE NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION PLAQUE 1st Place: Soli Deo Gloria Choir - Lacombe 920 Provincial National Vocal Solo NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $500 AND NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION PLAQUE Recommended: Mairi Irene McCormack – St. Albert Rotary 921 Vocal Solo Boys - 12 years & under PAUL BOURRET MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $150 AND THE PAUL BOURRET MEMORIAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Ciaran Plant - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Joseph Brigley – Stettler 2nd Place: Tomas Lukacs – Olds Kiwanis 922 Vocal Solo Girls - 12 years & under ELAINE PITT SCHOLARSHIP OF $150 AND THE STETTLER & DISTRICT MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Katelynn David – Red Deer 2nd Place: Anna Low – Airdrie Rotary 923 Vocal Solo Boys - 16 years & under FORT MCMURRAY OILSANDS ROTARY MUSIC FESTIVAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $200 AND THE NORTH PEACE PERFORMING ARTS FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Adam Link - Leduc 2nd Place: Colden Palo - Camrose 924 Vocal Solo Girls - 16 years & under ALBERTA REGISTERED MUSIC TEACHERS' ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $200 AND THE DRUMHELLER AND DISTRICT MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Andrea Wyllie – Fort McMurray Oilsands Rotary 2nd Place: Baille Melnyk – Edmonton Kiwanis 925 Vocal Solo - Senior BROOKS MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND THE BROOKS MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION PLAQUE 1st Place: Sydney Baedke – Medicine Hat Rotary 2nd Place: Lauren Chalaturnyk – Edmonton Kiwanis

933 Musical Theatre Solo Up-Tempo – 16 years & under GRANDE PRAIRIE & DISTRICT MUSIC FESTIVAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $200 AND THE ST. JOHN’S MUSIC PLAQUE 1st Place: Brian Delong – Olds Kiwanis 2nd Place: Dacia Gramlick - Stettler 2nd Place: Darian Yurkoski - Camrose 934 Musical Theatre Solo Ballad - Senior RED DEER FESTIVAL OF THE PERFORMING ARTS SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND THE RED DEER FESTIVAL OF THE PERFORMING ARTS PLAQUE 1st Place: Chelsea Murphy - Drumheller 2nd Place: Andrew Boyd – St. Albert Rotary 2nd Place: Kiel Fredrickson – Calgary Kiwanis 935 Musical Theatre Solo Up-Tempo – Senior LETHBRIDGE MUSICAL THEATRE SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND HEATHER BEDFORD-CLOONEY PLAQUE 1st Place: Stacey Bacon – Medicine Hat Rotary 2nd Place: McKenna DeWyn - Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Chelsea Murphy - Drumheller 971 Elementary School Choir - Grades 1 - 3 LEE BRODEUR MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND THE LEE BRODEUR MEMORIAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Cardston Elementary School Junior Choir - Cardston Rotary 2nd Place: Webber Academy Division I Choir – Calgary Kiwanis 972 Elementary School Choir Grades 4 - 6 CROWSNEST PASS MUSIC FESTIVAL SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND THE CROWSNEST PASS MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Master’s Academy Grade 4 Choir – Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Vital Grandin Catholic School St. Choir – St. Albert Rotary 973 Junior High School Choir AIRDRIE ROTARY FESTIVAL OF PERFORMING ARTS SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND AIRDRIE ROTARY FESTIVAL OF PERFORMING ARTS PLAQUE 1st Place: Ecole Okotoks Jr. High School – High River Lions 2nd Place: Ecole Meridian Heights Magic Voices - St. Albert Rotary 974 Senior High School Choir ALBERTA CHORAL FEDERATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND THE CARDSTON & DISTRICT ROTARY MUSIC & SPEECH FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: William Aberhart Senior Women’s Choir – Calgary Kiwanis 2nd Place: Chinook Voices – Lethbridge Kiwanis 975 Senior High School Ensemble NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP OF $250 AND THE COLD LAKE MUSIC FESTIVAL PLAQUE 1st Place: Monsignor McCoy High School Choir – Medicine Hat Rotary

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 156

The Alberta Music Festival Association sincerely thanks the sponsors of the Scholarships on the preceding pages.

THE AMFA SCHOLARSHIP TRUST FUND Some years ago the AMFA Scholarship Trust Fund was established to provide scholarship money or to fund other forms of recognition of outstanding performances at the Provincial Festival. Known donors, or the names of those in whose memory donations were made are: The Alberta Music Conference Fr. Leo Green Polyna Savridi Dr. Alan Walker Jean Pierre Vetter

Freda deBranscoville Lydia Pals Frank Sklove Don R. Walker

During past years these individuals and organizations did much to contribute to their own local festivals or the provincial organization. Scholarships, awards and plaques made possible with monies generated by the Trust are identified as being contributed by the AMFA Scholarship Trust Fund Those awards that are identified as being contributed by the Alberta Music Festival Association are funded through the current operating budget.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 157

PROVINCIAL FESTIVAL STATISTICS PROVINCIAL MAY FESTIVAL Year

For the years 2005 to 2007 both the choral and solo/ensemble festival were at the same time. Starting in 2008 the choral festival was held in advance of the solo/ensemble festival

Location of Festival Total Entries

Choral 1986 Calgary 38 1987 Camrose 46 1988 Camrose 42 1989 Camrose 49 1990 Camrose 43 1991 Camrose 47 1992 Camrose 43 1993 Camrose 41 Choral & Choral Speech 1994 Camrose 78 Choral, Choral Speech & Orchestra 1995 Camrose 68 1996 Camrose 76 1997 Camrose 81 1998 Camrose 75 Choral & Choral Speech 1999 Camrose 69 2000 Camrose 73 2001 Camrose 83 2002 Camrose 73 2003 Camrose 79 2004 Edmonton 85

PROVINCIAL JUNE FESTIVAL Year

Location of Festival Total Entries

1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004

Medicine Hat Fort McMurray Lethbridge Calgary Edmonton Edmonton Vermilion Red Deer Red Deer Red Deer Red Deer Red Deer Edmonton Edmonton Edmonton Edmonton Edmonton Edmonton Edmonton Edmonton Edmonton Edmonton

212 198 249 216 234 257 232 245 273 285 321 281 281 290 282 283 289 296 294 260 293 298

Year 2005

Location of Festival Edmonton

2006

Edmonton

2007

Edmonton

2008

Edmonton

2009

Edmonton

2010

Edmonton

68 Choral 359 Solo & Ensemble

2011

Edmonton

2012

Edmonton

43 Choral 367 Solo, Ensemble & Choral Speech 59 Choral

Edmonton

389 Solo, Ensemble & Choral Speech 46 Choral

2013

Total Entries 80 Choral 308 Solo & Ensemble 68 Choral 293 Solo & Ensemble 67 Choral 259 Solo & Ensemble 51 Choral 300 Solo & Ensemble 68 Choral 325 Solo & Ensemble

390 Solo, Ensemble & Choral Speech

Love to volunteer? Want to help your community? Come and volunteer at your local music festival Music Festivals in your community are almost completely run by volunteers… so call today!

You can make a difference in a young musician’s life

For more information call the local music festival contact nearest you or AMFA at 403-556-3038

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 158

ALBERTA WINNERS AT NATIONALS 1973-2013 1973 1974 1976 1977 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986

1987 1988

1989

1990 1991 1993 1994

1995

1996 1997 1998 1999

2000 2001

PIANO: John Hendrickson, Edmonton BRASS: Eric Schultz (Trumpet), Calgary CHORAL: Viscount Bennett High School, Calgary CHAMBER GROUP: Southern Alberta Trio, Lethbridge STRING: Susan Cottrell (Violin), Grande Prairie WOODWIND: Susan Foster (Flute), Lethbridge CHORAL: The Linnets, Lethbridge VOICE: Cory Miller, Calgary CHAMBER GROUP: Festival Trio, Calgary WOODWIND: Leslie Newman (Flute), Lacombe WOODWIND: Rhian Kenny (Flute), Calgary BRASS: Jens Lindemann (Trumpet), Edmonton CHORAL: The Linnets, Lethbridge GRAND AWARD: Cathy French (Violin), Calgary STRING: Cathy French (Violin), Calgary WOODWIND: Rosalind Harvey, Lethbridge CHORAL: Linnet Singers, Lethbridge Mount Royal Senior Youth Choir, Calgary Western Canada High School Ensemble, Calgary CHORAL: Pitt’s Pets, Stettler WOODWIND: Tanya Dusevic (Flute), Calgary CHAMBER GROUP: Mount Royal JEB Quartet, Calgary CHORAL: Western Canada High School Chamber Choir, Calgary Western Canada High School Ensemble, Calgary WOODWIND: Jennifer Boeda (Flute), Calgary CHORAL: Mount Royal Children’s Choir, Calgary Medicine Hat College Girls Choir, Medicine Hat Western Canada High School Madrigal Singers, Calgary Mount Royal Youth Choir, Calgary CHORAL: Mount Royal Vocal Ensemble, Calgary CHAMBER GROUP: The Hammerhead Consort, Edmonton PIANO: Daniel Moran, Calgary CHAMBER GROUP: The Bridge Trio, Lethbridge WOODWIND: Christie Reside (Flute), Calgary CHORAL: Mount Royal Youth Choir, Calgary Lethbridge Collegiate Institute Chamber Choir, Lethbridge Mount Royal Madrigal Singers, Calgary STRING: Emily Fowler (Violin), Calgary CHORAL: Mount Royal Madrigal Singers, Calgary Mount Royal Childrens Chamber Choir, Calgary Bishop Greschuk School Primary Chorus, Edmonton CHORAL: Bel Canto, St. Albert Calgary Girls Choir - Ragazze, Calgary SPEECH: Danille Lazzaretto, Lethbridge CHORAL: Belle Canto, St. Albert CHORAL: Bel Canto Ensemble, St. Albert Belle Canto, St. Albert Calgary Girls Choir - Allegra, Calgary STRING: Emily Fowler (Violin), Calgary CHORAL: Mount Royal Youth Choir, Calgary Calgary Girls Choir - Brava, Calgary Calgary Girls Choir - Viva, Calgary PIANO: John Tsiang Tu, Calgary CHORAL: Schola Cantorum Chamber Choir, Edmonton; Bel Canto, St. Albert STRING: Arnold Choi, Calgary CHAMBER GROUP: Enigma String Quartet, Edmonton CHORAL: Schola Cantorum Chamber Choir, Edmonton; Cantare Children’s Choir, Calgary

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

PIANO: Yu Jia Wang, Calgary CHORAL: Cantilon Chamber Ensemble, St. Albert Belle Canto Ensemble, St. Albert STRING: Andrew Wan, Edmonton CHORAL: Belle Canto, St. Albert Cantilon Chamber Choir, Edmonton Ad Libitum Arts Ensemble, Calgary Cantilon Junior Chamber Choir, Edmonton Cantare Children’s Choir: Cantiga, Calgary STRING: Nikki Chooi, Calgary PIANO: Yue Chu, Calgary WOODWIND: Sarah Gieck, Calgary CHAMBER: Tong Chooi Chu Trio, Calgary CHORAL: Belle Canto, St. Albert Cantilon Chamber Choir, Edmonton Belle Canto Ensemble, St. Albert Cantilon Junior Chamber Choir, Edmonton GRAND AWARD WINNER: Nikki Chooi, Calgary CHAMBER: Alberta Chamber, Calgary CHORAL: Belle Canto, St. Albert Belle Canto Ensemble, St. Albert Cantilon Junior Chamber Choir, Edmonton GRAND AWARD WINNER: Alberta Chamber, Calgary CHAMBER: Elizabeth MacCorquodale, Alexander Malikov, Ashton Lim, Calgary PIANO: Magdalena von Eccher, Lethbridge CHORAL: Belle Canto, Edmonton Cantilon Chamber Choir, Edmonton Belle Canto Ensemble, Edmonton Cantilon Junior Chamber Choir, Edmonton CHORAL: Belle Canto, Edmonton Cantilon Chamber Choir, St. Albert Belle Canto Ensemble, Edmonton Cantilon Junior Chamber Choir, St. Albert CHAMBER: Sachadaré Quartet, Lethbridge STRING: Tegen Davidge, Medicine Hat PIANO: Jan Lisiecki, Calgary GRAND AWARD WINNER: Jan Lisiecki, Calgary CHORAL: Cantilon Chamber Choir, Edmonton Belle Canto Ensemble, St. Albert STRING: Jing Zheng, Calgary GUITAR: Peter Powell, Calgary WOODWIND: Michael Morimoto, Edmonton CHORAL: Belle Canto, St. Albert; Belle Canto Ensemble, St. Albert; Calgary Girls School Concert Choir, Calgary PIANO: Scott MacIsaac, Calgary CHORAL: Belle Canto, St. Albert; Cantilon Junior Choir, Edmonton: Cardston Elementary School Choir, Cardston BRASS: Leanne Paisley, Calgary Festival; CHORAL: Belle Canto, St. Albert; Belle Canto Ensemble, St. Albert; Cantilon Junior Choir, Edmonton VOICE: Janice Marple, Edmonton Kiwanis; CHAMBER: MRU String Quartet, Calgary Festival CHORAL: Grande Prairie Men of Note, Grande Prairie Encana; Cantilon Junior Chamber Choir, Edmonton; Cardston Elementary School Senior Choir Cardston Rotary

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2013 SYLLABUS

PAGE 159

ALBERTA AT THE NATIONALS IN 2013 The 2013 National Festival took place on August 8 to 10 at Wilfrid Laurier University in Waterloo, Ontario. We congratulate the Alberta winners

PIANO John Chan, Calgary Festival - FIRST STRINGS Mari Coetzee, Medicine Hat Festival - THIRD WOODWIND Emily Phernambucq, Calgary Festival - FIRST

CHORAL CLASSES CLASS 100

HONOURABLE BARBARA A. HAGERMAN

Camrose Camerata

FIRST

CLASS 102

GEORGE S. MATHESON

Cantilon Chamber Choir Edmonton Kiwanis

SECOND

CLASS 103

PAUL J. BOURRET

William Aberhart Senior Choral Ensemble Calgary Kiwanis

FIRST

CLASS 104

RICHARD W. COOKE

Cantrice Cardston Rotary

SECOND

CLASS 105

DR. & MRS. J. F. K. ENGLISH

Cantilon Junior Chamber Choir Edmonton Kiwanis

SECOND

CLASS 108

FLORINE DESPRÉS

Cardston Elementary School Senior Choir Cardston Rotary

FIRST

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2013 SYLLABUS

PAGE 160

Greetings from the FEDERATION OF CANADIAN MUSIC FESTIVALS • Supporting young musicians and community arts festivals across Canada • Organizer of the annual National Music Festival For more information on the Federation of Canadian Music Festivals Come visit us at [email protected] Tax deductible receipts issued for all donations.

2014 NATIONAL MUSIC FESTIVAL August 14 – 16 Kelowna, BC

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2013 SYLLABUS

PAGE 161

PRESIDENT’S CIRCLE, PATRONS & DONORS

PRESIDENT’S CIRCLE

NICKLE FAMILY FOUNDATION

In association with the Alberta Society of Music Festival Friends.

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 162

PATRONS

Norma Jean Atkinson MIKE MALONE Northern Digital Productions

DONORS June Chittick Paul Dornian, Director – Mount Royal University Conservatory AMFA Trust Fund Bill van der Sloot, Manager, Academy & Choral Programs, and Shakespeare in the Park Mount Royal University Conservatory Joan & Kenn Tuckey Leduc Music Festival Heather and Keith Gropp Larry & Donna Johnson Provost Music Festival Wendy & Rudy Durieux Alberta String Association Alberta Choral Federation Coronation Music Festival Lethbridge Musical Theatre Edmonton Kiwanis Music Festival Alberta Music Education Foundation Deon Erasmus, Professional Corporation Medicine Hat Rotary Music Festival St. Albert Rotary Music Festival Crowsnest Pass Music Festival Stettler & District Music Festival Brooks Music Festival Association Olds & District Kiwanis Music Festival Red Deer Festival of the Performing Arts Airdrie Rotary Festival of the Performing Arts Fort McMurray Oilsands Rotary Music Festival Alberta Registered Music Teachers’ Association Drayton Valley Kin Club Performing Arts Festival Jerry & Sheila Lonsbury Georgette Brodeur Cantilon Choirs Sharon Cook

FRIENDS Campbell’s Music Heather Bedford Clooney St. John’s Music and the 37 associated local music festivals

Culture and Community Spirit

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 163

BECOME A FRIEND OF THE ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION! It will be the best thing that you do all year! Imagine the pleasure of knowing that you were instrumental in the development of music in the Province of Alberta and across Canada. What you will receive as a donor:

♪ Your name will be listed in the Provincial Syllabus and Provincial Programs. ♪ You will receive a tax receipt for all donations of $10.00 or more. ♪ Your donation, if scholarship, will be acknowledged by the winner. Mail the form and your cheque to: Alberta Music Festival Association Bev Sweet, Treasurer 102 Aspen Ridge Crescent Wetaskiwin AB T9A 3N7

Name:___________________________________________ Address:_________________________________________ City:______________

Province:____

Postal Code:_______

Home Phone: (_____) ____-________ Work Phone: (_____) ____-________ Cell Phone: (_____) ____-________ Email_________________________________________________ Please accept my donation of $ ___________

ALBERTA MUSIC FESTIVAL ASSOCIATION 2014 SYLLABUS

PAGE 164